# C_Gruppen

C_Memo:
NOVELL TERMS and CONDITIONS

The software files enclosed in this self extracting file ("FILE") are
protected by the copyright laws of the United States and international
copyright treaties.  This FILE contains software files which are intended to
replace, patch or otherwise run with commercially available versions of
Novell software products.  You may without charge, reproduce and distribute
copies of the FILE and use copies of the files contained within the FILE for
their intended purposes to replace legally obtained, commercially available
Novell software; provided you do NOT (1) receive any direct payment,
commercial benefit, or other consideration for the reproduction, distribution
or use, or distribute the FILE as part of or in combination with any other
software or hardware product without the prior written consent of Novell Inc.
(2) change or omit any proprietary rights notice appearing on or in the FILE.

EXCEPT AS RESTRICTED BY LAW, THE SOFTWARE PROGRAMS CONTAINED IN THE FILE ARE
PROVIDED "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED,
INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
TITLE OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.


C_Memo:
Diese Datei oder Diskette enthalt von Hewlett Packard entwickelte
Software. Dieser Update wird als besonderer Service für "Dashboard 
für Windows 2.0" Benutzer vertrieben.

Hewlett Packard gewährt keine Garantie irgendwelcher Art auf dieses 
Material, einschließlich, aber nicht beschränkt auf, die Garantie, daß
das Produkt von marktgängiger Qualität und für einen bestimmten Zweck
geeignet ist.  Hewlett-Packard übernimmt keine Haftung für Fehler in
diesem Dokument oder für beiläufige bzw. Folgeschäden in Zusammenhang
mit der Bereitstellung oder Verwendung dieses Materials.

Hewlett-Packard freut sich über jede Art von Informationen Ihrerseits
bezüglich Verwendung, Problemen und Erfahrungen, die Sie mit
"Dashboard für Windows" gemacht haben, um die zukünftigen Versionen
noch besser und kundengerechter gestalten zu können.

Sie können unter der folgenden Adresse Kontakt mit uns aufnehmen, 
um uns Ihre Informationen mitzuteilen:

US Mail:                        Hewlett-Packard
                                PC Software Division
                                5301 Stevens Creek Blvd
                                Santa Clara, CA 95052 USA
                                
                                Attn: Online Support MS/53UGC

FAX     (U.S.A.)                408 553-2918

BBS     (U.S.A.)                408 553-3777 (1200->14,400BPS N-8-1)

Voice   (U.S.A.)                408 345-8900
        
         (Germany)               0130 818-726

              (U.K.)                  0800 89 82 70


C_Memo:
3COM(R) END USER SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT
===============================================

  YOU SHOULD CAREFULLY READ THE FOLLOWING TERMS AND CONDITIONS 
  BEFORE OPENING OR USING THIS PRODUCT.  IT CONTAINS SOFTWARE, THE 
  USE OF WHICH IS LICENSED BY 3COM TO ITS CUSTOMERS FOR THEIR USE 
  ONLY AS SET FORTH BELOW.  OPENING THIS PACKAGE OR USING ANY PART OF 
  THE SOFTWARE INDICATES THAT YOU ACCEPT THESE TERMS.  IF YOU DO NOT 
  AGREE TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT, RETURN THIS 
  ENTIRE PACKAGE UNOPENED OR WITH THE SOFTWARE UNUSED TO 3COM OR 
  THE LOCATION WHERE YOU OBTAINED IT.


  LICENSE:  3Com grants you a nonexclusive license to use the accompanying 
  software program(s) (the "Software") subject to the terms and 
  restrictions set forth in this License Agreement.  Except as provided 
  below, this License Agreement does not grant you any rights to patents, 
  copyrights, trade secrets, trademarks, or any other rights in respect to 
  the Software.
  
  The Software is licensed to be used on any workstation or any network 
  owned or leased by you, provided that the Software is used only in 
  connection with a 3Com adapter.  You may make only those number of 
  backup and archive copies of the Software and supporting documentation 
  as essential to backup use of the Software as provided hereunder.  [You 
  may not reproduce the supporting documentation accompanying the 
  Software.]  You must reproduce and include the copyright notice(s) and 
  any other proprietary rights notices appearing on the Software on any 
  copy that you make.
  
  ASSIGNMENT; NO REVERSE ENGINEERING:  You may transfer the Software and 
  license to another party in the same country in which you obtained the 
  Software if the other party agrees in writing to accept the terms and 
  conditions of this License Agreement.  If you transfer the Software, you 
  must at the same time either transfer any copies of the Software as well 
  as the supporting documentation to the same party or destroy any such 
  materials not transferred.  Except as set forth above, you may not 
  assign your rights under this License Agreement.  
 
  Modification, reverse engineering, reverse compiling, or disassembly of 
  the Software is expressly prohibited.  However, if you are a European 
  Community ("EC") resident, information necessary to achieve 
  interoperability of the Software with other programs within the meaning 
  of the U.K. Copyright [Computer Program] Regulations 1992 implementing 
  the EC Directive on the Legal Protection of Computer Programs is 
  available to you from 3Com upon written request.
  
  EXPORT RESTRICTIONS:  You agree that you will not export or re-export 
  the Software or accompanying documentation (or any copies thereof) or 
  any products utilizing the Software or such documentation in violation 
  of any applicable laws or regulations of the United States or the 
  country in which you obtained them.
 
  TRADE SECRETS; TITLE:  You acknowledge and agree that the structure, 
  sequence and organization of the Software are the valuable trade secrets 
  of 3Com and its suppliers.  You agree to hold such trade secrets in 
  confidence.  You further acknowledge and agree that 3Com and its 
  suppliers retain title to the Software recorded on the original media 
  and all subsequent copies regardless of the form or media.


C_Memo:
NACHTRAG ZUR MICROSOFT SOFTWARE LIZENZVEREINBARUNG
für Microsoft® WindowsTM Betriebssystem Version 3.10


Die Dateien, die sich auf den beigefügten Disketten befinden, dienen
als Ersatz für die entsprechenden Dateien in Microsoft Windows 3.10. 
Bei der Installation werden diese Dateien Teil des Windows Betriebs-
systems und unterliegen der gleichen Lizenzvereinbarung und  
Konditionen des Windows 3.10 Produktes, das Sie von Microsoft 
erhalten haben. Eine andere Benutzung dieser Dateien ist verboten.

_____________________________________________________________


ADDENDUM TO THE MICROSOFT SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT
for Microsoft® WindowsTM  operating system, version 3.10

The files provided on the enclosed disks are intended to replace 
the corresponding files provided with Microsoft Windows 3.10.  
Upon installation, these files become a part of the Windows 
operating system and are subject to the same license terms 
and conditions as the Windows 3.10 product you previously 
acquired from Microsoft Corporation.  Any other use of these 
files is prohibited.


______________________________________________________________


C_Memo:
Software License Agreement

Important Notice:

Read the license agreement below before installing the HP JetDirect
Network Interface utilities on your file server.  The right to use these
utilities is sold only on the condition that the customer agrees to the
following License.  If you do not agree to the terms of the License
Agreement, you may return the unopened package for a full refund.
However, installing the utilities on your file server indicates your
acceptance of these terms and conditions.

*  In return for the payment of the one-time fee for the HP JetDirect
   Network Interface the customer receives from Hewlett-Packard Company(HP)
   a license to use this product subject to the following terms and 
   conditions.
*  The HP JetDirect Network Interface utilities may not be duplicated or 
   copied except for archival purposes, program error verification or to
   replace defective media.  All copies must bear the copyright notices
   contained on the original product.
*  No copies of the HP JetDirect Network Interface utilities may be 
   produced for sale to third parties or for any purpose other than those
   purposes expressly permitted in paragraph 1 above.
*  This license and the HP JetDirect Network Interface utilities may be 
   transfered to a third party only with the prior written consent of 
   Hewlett-Packard, provided the third party agrees to all terms of the
   license.
*  Agreement and the customer does not retain any copies of the utilities.
*  Purchase of this license does not transfer any right, title or interest
   in the HP JetDirect Network Interface utilities to the customer except 
   as specifically set forth in this License Agreement.
*  Hewlett-Packard reserves the right to terminate this license upon 
   breach.  In the event of termination, the customer will either return all
   copies of the product to Hewlett-Packard, or with Hewlett-Packard's prior
   written consent, provide Hewlett-Packard either a certificate of 
   destruction of all copies.
*  In the event the customer modifies the HP JetDirect Network Interface 
   utilities or includes it with any other software program, the customer
   agrees upon termination of the license to either remove the HP JetDirect
   Network Interface utilities or any portion thereof from the modified 
   program and return it to Hewlett-Packard or provide Hewlett-Packard with
   a certificate of destruction thereof.


C_Memo:
LICENSE AGREEMENT FOR OS/2 DEVICE DRIVERS
 =========================================
 (c) Copyright IBM Corporation 1990,1991,1992,1993,1994.
        All rights reserved.

 IF YOU DOWNLOAD OR USE THIS PROGRAM YOU AGREE TO THESE TERMS.

 International Business Machines Corporation grants you a
 license to use the Program, only in the country where you
 acquired it.  The Program is copyrighted and licensed (not
 sold).  We do not transfer title to the program to you.  You
 obtain no rights other than those granted you under this
 license.
 Under this license, you may:

 1.  make copies of the program for backup purposes; and
 2.  make copies of the original file you downloaded and
     distribute them, provided that you transfer a copy of
     this license to the other party.  The other party
     agrees to these terms by its first use of the Program.

 You must reproduce the copyright notice and any other legend
 of ownership on each copy or partial copy, of the Program.

 You may NOT:

 1.  use, merge, copy, display, adapt, modify, execute,
     distribute, or transfer the Program, except as provided
     in this license;
 2.  sublicense, rent, lease, or assign the Program; and
 3.  reverse assemble, reverse compile, or otherwise
     translate the Program.

 The warranty details and limitations are described in the
 Statement of Limited Warranty that accompanied OS/2.

 You may terminate this license at any time.  We may
 terminate this license if you fail to comply with any of its
 terms.  In either event, you must destroy all your copies of
 the Program.

 You are responsible for payment of any taxes resulting from
 this license.

 You may not sell, transfer, assign, or subcontract any of
 your rights or obligations under this license.  Any attempt
 to do so is void.

 Neither of us may bring a legal action more than two years
 after the cause of action arose.

 If you acquired the Program in the United States, this
 license is governed by the laws of the State of New York.
 If you acquired the Program in Canada, this license is
 governed by the laws of the Province of Ontario.  Otherwise,
 this license is governed by the laws of the country in which
 you acquired the Program.


C_Memo:
MICROSOFT WINDOWS DRIVER,
SCHEDULE + AND MICROSOFT MAIL HELP FILE LIBRARY

MICROSOFT SOFTWARE LICENSE


1. 	GRANT OF LICENSE.  Microsoft grants to you the 
right to use and to reproduce and distribute all or a 
portion of the Windows Driver, Schedule + and 
Microsoft Mail Help File Library  ("Software") 
provided that (i) the Software is not distributed for 
profit; (ii) the Software is used only in conjunction 
with licensed copies of  Microsoft Windows 3.xx 
products, including Windows for Workgroups; (iii) the 
Software may not be modified; (iv) all copyright 
notices are maintained on the Software; and (v) the 
licensee/end user agrees to be bound by the terms of 
this Agreement.

2.	COPYRIGHT.  The Software is owned by Microsoft 
or its suppliers and is protected by United States 
copyright laws and international treaty provisions. 
You may not remove the copyright notice from any copy 
of the Software or any copy of the written materials, 
if any, accompanying the Software.

3.	OTHER RESTRICTIONS.  This Microsoft License 
Agreement is your proof of license to exercise the 
rights granted herein and must be retained by you.  
You may not rent or lease the Software.  You may not 
reverse engineer, decompile or disassemble the 
Software.

	NO WARRANTY.  ANY USE BY YOU OF THE SOFTWARE IS 
AT YOUR OWN RISK.  THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED FOR USE 
ONLY WITH MICROSOFT WINDOWS 3.XX PRODUCTS AND RELATED 
APPLICATION SOFTWARE.  THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED FOR 
USE "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND.  TO THE 
MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, MICROSOFT AND ITS 
SUPPLIERS DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EITHER 
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, 
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR 
A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. MICROSOFT IS NOT OBLIGATED TO 
PROVIDE ANY UPDATES TO THE SOFTWARE.

	NO LIABILITY FOR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES.  In no 
event shall Microsoft or its suppliers be liable for 
any damages whatsoever (including, without limitation, 
incidental, direct, indirect special and consequential 
damages, damages for loss of business profits, 
business interruption, loss of business information, 
or other pecuniary loss) arising out of the use or 
inability to use this Microsoft product, even if 
Microsoft has been advised of the possibility of such 
damages.  Because some states/countries do not allow 
the exclusion or limitation of liability for 
consequential or incidental damages, the above 
limitation may not apply to you.

	INDEMNIFICATION BY YOU.  If you distribute the 
Software in violation of this Agreement, you agree to 
indemnify, hold harmless and defend Microsoft and its 
suppliers from and against any claims or lawsuits, 
including attorney's fees that arise or result from 
the use or distribution of the Software in violation 
of this Agreement.

U.S. GOVERNMENT RESTRICTED RIGHTS

The Software and documentation are provided with 
RESTRICTED RIGHTS.  Use, duplication, or disclosure by 
the Government is subject to restrictions as set forth 
in subparagraph (c)(1)(ii) of The Rights in Technical 
Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252.227-
7013 or subparagraphs (c)(1) and (2) of the Commercial 
Computer Software - Restricted Rights at 48 CFR 
52.227-19, as applicable.  Manufacturer is Microsoft 
Corporation/One Microsoft Way/Redmond, WA  98052-6399.

If you acquired this product in the United States, 
this Agreement is governed by the laws of the State of 
Washington.

Should you have any questions concerning this 
Agreement, or if you desire to contact Microsoft for 
any reason, please contact your local Microsoft 
subsidiary or write: Microsoft Customer Sales and 
Service/One Microsoft Way/Redmond, WA  98052-6399.


C_Memo:
Dieser Treiber wird Ihnen ohne zusätzliche Kosten über dieses Distributionsmedium zur Verfügung gestellt. Diese Treibersektion ist frei zugänglich; es werden keine zusätzlichen Gebühren erhoben. Die Software wird Ihnen so überlassen wie sie vom Hersteller abgegeben wurde.

Eine Lizensierung oder Vermietung der Software findet nicht statt. Die Software wurde Ihnen nicht verkauft, sondern Sie erhalten sie kostenlos über unseren PATCHWORK-Treiberservice. Das PATCHWORK-System ist vergleichbar mit einer ONLINE-BBS. Der entrichtete Kaufpreis für diesen Datenträger deckt lediglich Produktions-, Personal- sowie Verwaltungskosten. Es handelt sich in diesem Falle also um eine non-Profit-Distribution analog zu der eines Online-Dienstes.


C_Memo:
******************************************************************************
        A C H T U N G       W I C H I G E R   H I N W E I S :

     Bei diesem Treiber handelt es sich um eine Beta-Version,
     die möglicherweise noch fehlerhaft ist. Sie erhalten diese
     Software zum Test, bitte richten Sie keine Anfragen an die
     Hotline des Herstellers !!!!
 
******************************************************************************


# S_Gruppen

S_Hinweise:
When you use Windows for Workgroups version 3.11 with serial
communications software, you may experience the following problems:

 - If you are using a Pentium(TM)-based machine with a 16550 UART chip,
   your system stops responding (hangs) if there is data in the chip
   when the serial communications application attempts to open the
   communications port.
   
   A problem with the 16550 UART implementation causes the chip to
   become trapped in a mode in which data is always detected in its
   FIFO buffer.

 - When you are using communications software, you may be able to make
   one connection after starting Windows for Workgroups, but any
   subsequent connections fail and may hang your system.
   
   This problem occurs when SERIAL.386 sends an extra NUL character
   through the port when the communications software calls the
   CloseComm application program interface (API) function. While this
   does not normally cause problems, your second connection may fail
   with some modems.

The WG1001 disk included with this Application Note contains an
updated SERIAL.386 driver that corrects both of these problems.


S_Hinweise:
NOVELL TECHNICAL INFORMATION DOCUMENT

TITLE:              NetWare 3.12 OS Patches
DOCUMENT ID:        TID022054
DOCUMENT REVISION:  B
DATE:               07APR95
ALERT STATUS:       Yellow
INFORMATION TYPE:   Symptom Solution
README FOR:         312PT6.EXE

NOVELL PRODUCT and VERSION:
NetWare 3.12

ABSTRACT:

This file contains the latest operating system test patches for NetWare 3.12.
Included with this release are all patches for all user-versions of NetWare
3.12.  The patches included have  been system tested by Novell. (07APR95
Change was to readme only)


S_Hinweise:
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Alle notwendigen Dateien für eine Netwareanbindung an Windows
.........................................................................................................
       WINUP9.EXE divided into WINDR2.EXE and NWDLL2.EXE


NOVELL PRODUCT and VERSION:
NetWare Client for DOS/MS Windows 1.2

ABSTRACT:

This file contains updated Windows Driver files for workstations using either
VLMs or NETX.  This file includes NETWARE.DRV v3.03 released for workstations
using the VLMS with Windows 3.1x or Windows for Workgroups 3.11.  NETWARE.DRV
v2.02 and its HLP file are version specific for NETX and have been moved to
NET33X.EXE. The updated VIPX.386 v1.19 included in this file, needs to be used
with LSL.COM v2.12 or higher, and IPXODI.COM v3.01 or higher from VLMUP2.EXE.


S_Hinweise:
Installationsanweisung fuer MS Windows 3.1 NEC Druckertreiber

Unterstuetzte Modelle:

Drucker:                      Treiber:

Jetmate 400                   JMINK.DRV
Jetmate 800                   JMINK.DRV


S_Hinweise:
=============================================================
         NEC PS Printer Support Kit                     Version 1.50-E
         =============================================================

         This is the fourth release of the NEC PS Printer Support Kit.
         Use this kit to support the following PostScript printers
         from NEC:

           Silentwriter S102P              Silentwriter S62P
           Silentwriter S60P
           
           Silentwriter LC 890XL           Silentwriter LC 890
           Colormate PS/40                 Colormate PS/80


S_Hinweise:
**************************************************************************************************************
README.TXT file for HISA8MPC.SYS driver

This driver improves the MPC performance on CDR1700S, CDR3700 & CDR101A/S
drives compared to the the 2.20 or earlier drivers for the 8 bit ISA bus
interface cards.  To obtain the best performance with these drives, upgrade
the interface card and driver to the 16 bit ISA bus card, the CDRIF16A card
and CDREXT6 driver disk.  The new card and drivers improve cpu usage by
almost 20% from this driver, while this driver improves usage by about 15% 
compared to the 2.20 drivers.  Best results will be obtained with CDR1700S 
drives manufactured in Feb.91 or later, and drives such as the CDR1700SA/3700 
which have 64K or larger data buffers.
***************************************************************************************************************


S_Hinweise:
16 February 1995
------------
| OVERVIEW |
------------
This README describes an OS/2 device driver (LMS205.ADD) for the
single session Philips LMS CM205 and CM225 CD-ROM drives.
The single session CM205 has series code A, B, C, or D.  Some series E
drives were also single session.  The series code is the first character
of the serial number on the drive label on the rear of the drive.  Series F
and later (and some series E) are multisession drives.  For those drives,
use the multisession and 2x device driver: LMS206.ADD.

Supported Features
------------------
The OS/2 Philips LMS CD-ROM device driver (LMS205.ADD) supports the
following features:
  * Reads data from CD-ROM discs conforming to the High Sierra/ISO-9660
    file formats.
  * Plays audio from standard audio CDs or mixed mode CD-ROM discs
    containing both data and audio
  * Single session photo CD
  * Reads data from Mode 2 Form 1 or Mode 2 Form 2 sector formats
  * MMPM/2 Software Motion Video
  * MMPM/2 CD Audio Player
  * Data transfer via interrupts

THIS CD-ROM DEVICE DRIVER IS DESIGNED TO BE USED WITH THE OS/2 2.1 AND OS/2
WARP PRODUCT AND IS GOVERNED BY THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE OS/2 PROGRAM
LICENSE AGREEMENT.


S_Hinweise:
16 February 1995
------------
| OVERVIEW |
------------
This README describes an OS/2 device driver (LMS206.ADD) for the
Philips LMS CM205 (multisession), CM225 (multisession), CM206 and
CM226 CD-ROM drives.
The multisession CM205 has series code F and later.  Some series code E
drives were also multisession. The series code is the first character of
the serial number on the drive label on the rear of the drive.  If you
have a single session CM205 drive, use the single session device
driver: LMS205.ADD.

Supported Features
------------------
The OS/2 Philips LMS CD-ROM device driver (LMS206.ADD) supports the
following features:
  * Reads data from CD-ROM discs conforming to the High Sierra/ISO-9660
    file formats.
  * Plays audio from standard audio CDs or mixed mode CD-ROM discs
    containing both data and audio
  * Multisession photo CD
  * Reads data from Mode 2 Form 1 or Mode 2 Form 2 sector formats
  * MMPM/2 Software Motion Video
  * MMPM/2 CD Audio Player
  * Software lock, unlock, eject (CM206 only)
  * Data transfer via interrupts

THIS CD-ROM DEVICE DRIVER IS DESIGNED TO BE USED WITH THE OS/2 2.1 AND OS/2
WARP PRODUCT AND IS GOVERNED BY THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE OS/2 PROGRAM
LICENSE AGREEMENT.


S_Hinweise:
Flash-Bios Upgrade A06 für DELL Latitute 486 Note


S_Hinweise:
Alle anderen Treiber, insbesondere zu Laserdruckern erhalten Sie ausschließlich nur über EPSON Deutschland und dessen BBS-System.

Oder Sie verwenden die generischen Treiber aus der Sektion Microsoft - Windows - WDL


S_Hinweise:
NOVELL TECHNICAL INFORMATION DOCUMENT

TITLE:  Current German update for Novell DOS 7
README FOR:  D70G13.EXE

NOVELL PRODUCTS and VERSIONS:
Novell DOS 7

ABSTRACT:

This file contains the current German updates to the release of Novell DOS 7


S_Hinweise:
====================================================================
Installing the NEW Creative Labs CD-ROM Driver in OS/2 2.1 and above
for CRCCD2.ADD Version 2.00
====================================================================

You should replace any earlier version with this new driver.
This driver will now support the following drives.

        Panasonic CR 52x
        Panasonic CR 563
        Creative  CD 200


S_Hinweise:
NOVELL PRODUCT and VERSION:
PERSONAL NetWare 1.0

ABSTRACT:

This document contains the following PERSONAL NetWare 1.0 Update files:
DOSINST.OVL, *DPMS.EXE, NET.EXE, PNWDIAG.EXE, SERVER.EXE, and *SERVER.MSG


S_Hinweise:
NOVELL TECHNICAL INFORMATION DOCUMENT

TITLE:  Updated VLMs (1.20A) and ODI drivers
README FOR:  VLMUP3.EXE

NOVELL PRODUCTS and VERSIONS:
NetWare Client for DOS/MS Windows 1.1

ABSTRACT:


 Contains updated DOS client files.  This file includes the
v1.20a NetWare DOS Requester (VLMs), NetBIOS, DOS client files,
and MLID drivers. This is an update to the NetWare Client for
DOS/MS Windows that ships with NetWare v3.12 and v4.x, or is
purchased separately.  The entire client kit can be downloaded -
including these updates - from Novfiles\client.kit\vlms.


S_Hinweise:
LATEST ETHEREXPRESS 16 ADAPTER FAMILY DRIVERS & FILES


FILE DESCRIPTION             	FILENAME            VERSION
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Softset                       	SOFTSET.EXE         v2.03 
MCA & MCA/TP ADF FILE         	@628B.ADF           v1.01 
NetWare 2.2 server            	?EXP16A?.OBJ        v3.02 
NetWare IPX                   	IPX.COM             v3.05     
NetWare OS/2 ODI	      	EXP16ODI.SYS        v2.03    
NetWare DOS ODI (latest)      	EXP16ODI.COM        v2.34
NetWare 4.x/3.1x server       	EXP16.LAN           v2.43
NetWare's NETX                	NETX.EXE            v3.32     
NetWare's LSL                 	LSL.COM             v2.02     
NetWare's IPXODI              	IPXODI.COM          v2.10     

NDIS 2.0 DOS                  	EXP16.DOS           v2.36     
NDIS 2.0 OS/2                 	EXP16.OS2           v2.26     
NDIS 3.0 Windows for Workgroups EE16.386	    v1.04
NDIS 3.1 Windows NT 3.5x        EE16MINI.SYS	    v1.00
NDIS 3.1 Windows '95            EE16MINI.SYS	    v1.00
	
LANtastic Native 5.0\6.0        EXP16LAN.EXE        v3.01 

Packet Driver                 	EXP16.COM           v11.6


S_Hinweise:
24F/24FA EISA SCSI controller 
OS2 Drivers from Disk Release Version 2.1


S_Hinweise:
34F/34FA VESA SCSI controller 
OS2 Drivers from Disk Release Version 2.2


S_Hinweise:
==================================================================
                  README Notes for WinFax PRO 4.0 Patch               April 22, 1994
==================================================================
This README file includes the following information:

- Who Needs this WinFax PRO 4.0 Patch
- How to Update WinFax PRO 4.0 from DOS
- How to Update WinFax PRO 4.0 from Windows
- Contacting Technical Support


Who Needs this WinFax PRO 4.0 Patch
===================================
Only users running the March 20, 1994 release of WinFax PRO should 
run this patch. See the About dialog in WinFax PRO for the program 
release date. 

The enclosed patch updates WinFax PRO 4.0 to include the following:

-  Remote Retrieval capability - If you have a Class 1 fax/modem, 
   you can poll remote fax devices to retrieve faxes. For example, 
   connect to a fax information service to obtain up-to-the-minute 
   international weather forecasts. You can also poll your computer
   from remote locations to retrieve faxes from your WinFax
   Receive Log folder. Password and Calling Station Identifier (CSID) 
   checks ensure the security of polling.

-  Fax MailBox capability - When you subscribe to the Fax MailBox
   service, you get a unique, private telephone number to deposit 
   or retrieve faxes and voice messages. You can call into this 
   service from WinFax and receive the faxes directly into your
   WinFax Log.


S_Hinweise:
***************************************************************************************************************
   INSTALLATION GUIDE FOR THE SDMS OS/2 DRIVER V3.03.00

* Features of the SDMS OS/2 Driver *

Enhances host bus adapter performance
Supports synchronous negotiation (including fast SCSI)
Supports Wide SCSI (single-ended and differential)
Supports multiple host adapters
Supports Disconnect/Reselect
Supports scatter/gather
Allows tagged command queuing


* Description of the SDMS OS/2 Driver *

Although the NCR SCSI controller's firmware can access 
the SCSI hard disk drives attached to the computer 
independently, the SCSI device driver OS2CAM.ADD acts 
as an enhanced interface between the computer system and 
the SCSI BIOS firmware. Use of the device driver 
increases the abilities of the SCSI controller firmware 
and fully utilizes the advancements and improvements of 
80386 and higher microprocessors. 

The device driver is also necessary to support the use of 
SCSI tape drives and CD-ROM drives with an OS/2 system. 
The NCR OS2CAM.ADD device driver is written in compliance 
with the IBM OS/2 ADD (Adapter Device Driver) 
specification, and will work with third party applications 
that comply with the same specification.
***************************************************************************************************************


S_Hinweise:
==========================================================
                          INTEL LANDesk Response Software für Windows
                                          Test Drive Version 1.0
==========================================================
Intel LANDesk(TM)  Response Release Notes for Version 1.0

These product release notes contain information about 
Release 1.0 of LANDesk Response.  In general, the 
information in these Release Notes supersedes 
information in the Intel LANDesk Response Installation 
and Administration Guide, the Intel LANDesk Response 
User's Guide, and the online Help.


S_Hinweise:
Included in this file are the TSLCDR.SYS SCSI driver for PAS Cards, and the 
file MSCDEX.EXE version 2.21. 

Please note if you are using DOS 6.0, then the MSCDEX that you need to use is
located in your DOS directory. ( ver 2.22 )

Copy both file to the directory where your sound drivers are located.


S_Hinweise:
I.    IBM 238X Plus Printer Driver for Microsoft Windows 3.0 & 3.1
        (Includes driver support for IBM Personal Printer II 2380/2381
        and IBM 4226 Model 302 printers)

       DRIVER VERSION:  2.3


S_Hinweise:
IBM 4076 ExecJet II Printer Driver and Lexmark 4076 Mono Printer
Driver for Microsoft Windows 3.1


S_Hinweise:
=========================================================
                            SHARP Druckertreiber für Windows 3.x
=========================================================
Lesen Sie folgende Installationsanweisung!
---------------------------------------------------------------
Sobald Sie die Windows 3.1 Driver Library ("Software")
benutzen, erkennen Sie die Lizenz Vereinbarungen an. 
Bitte beachten Sie die Datei LIZENZ.TXT.

Installation eines Druckertreibers
----------------------------------

1.  In der Hauptgruppe waehlen Sie das 
    Icon Systemsteuerung aus.


2.  In der Systemsteuerung, waehlen Sie das Drucker Icon.

    Die Drucker Dialogbox erscheint. Falls Sie noch nie
    einen Druckertreiber installiert haben, erscheint die
    Dialog Box mit einer Liste der Drucker, die in Windows
    3.1 verfuegbar sind und die Option "Drucker Hinzufuegen"
    ist nicht anwaehlbar. Fahren Sie fort bei Punkt 8.


3.  Waehlen Sie die Option DRUCKER HINZUFUEGEN.

    Die Dialog Box erscheint und zeigt die Druckerliste.


4.  Waehlen Sie aus der Druckerliste den Punkt "NICHT
    UNTERSTUETZTE ODER NEUE DRUCKERTREIBER" aus.


5.  Waehlen Sie anschliessend INSTALLIEREN.

    Eine Dialogbox erscheint, die Sie auffordert, die
    Druckertreiberdiskette einzulegen.


6.  Legen Sie nun die Diskette ein, auf die Sie den 
    Treiber downgeladen haben, oder geben Sie den PFAD
    und das Verzeichnis an, wohin Sie den Treiber
    kopiert haben (z.B. Laufwerk a: oder b:). 
    Dann waehlen Sie die Option O.K.

    Eine andere Dialog Box erscheint, die mehrere
    Druckermodelle auflistet.

7.  Waehlen Sie den gewuenschten Drucker aus dieser 
    Liste aus.

8.  Waehlen Sie nun die Option O.K.
    
    Die Drucker Dialogbox erscheint. Ihr Drucker ist
    aufgefuehrt in der Liste der installierten Drucker.


9.  Waehlen Sie die Option BEENDEN.


10. Fuer Hinweise wie Sie Ihren Druckertreiber konfigurieren,
    schauen Sie Kapitel 5, "Systemsteuerung, im "Microsoft
    Windows Benutzer Handbuch" nach.
   

Updaten des Universal Druckertreibers (UNIDRV.DLL)
-------------------------------------------------

Die Windows Driver Library enthaelt die aktuelle Version
des Universal Druckertreibers. Um die neue Version zu
installieren folgen Sie bitte den nachfolgenden Anweisungen:

1  Wechseln Sie zu der Diskette oder dem Verzeichnis,
   in welches Sie die Treiber downgeladen haben.

2  Auf DOS-Ebene (c:>), geben Sie folgendes ein:

     copy unidrv.dll <PFAD>

   wobei <PFAD> das Laufwerk und Verzeichnis sein muss,
   dass Ihre bereits existierende UNIDRV.DLL Datei enthaelt!

Dies ueberschreibt Ihre existierende UNIDRV.DLL Datei.


Updaten des Postscript Treibers (PSCRIPT.DRV)
---------------------------------------------

Die Windows Driver Library enthaelt die aktuelle Version
des Postscript Druckertreibers. Um die neue Version zu
installieren folgen Sie bitte den nachfolgenden Anweisungen:


1  Wechseln Sie zu der Diskette oder dem Verzeichnis,
   in welches Sie die Treiber downgeladen haben.


2  Auf DOS-Ebene (c:>), geben Sie folgendes ein:

     copy POSTSCRIPT.DRV <PFAD>

   
   wobei <PFAD> das Laufwerk und Verzeichnis sein muss, dass Ihren 
   bereits existierenden Postscript.drv Treiber enthaelt!

Dies ueberschreibt Ihren existierende Postscript.drv Treiber.


S_Hinweise:
BUSLOGIC CDROM Dos driver without ASPI
======================== How to launch your CDROM ======================

 1). Config.sys :
rem ----- ASPI -----
device=c:\btdosm.sys  /d  /p330  /n11  /f04 

<driver specific switch>:
/d -- Displays driver on load
/p -- Specifies I/O port address
/l -- Provides support for Logical Unit Numbers
/n -- Specifies bus on time (default = 11 Microseconds ;range = 02-15 M/sec)
/f -- Specifies bus off time (default = 04 Microseconds ;range = 01-64 M/sec)
/i -- Specifies INT 13 module to not load (default  = INT 13 is redirected)
/m -- Specifies mailbox structure be reserved for Novell 386 install by CDROM
/e -- Specifies DOS manager rescan SCSI bus for added SCSI devices after boot
/x -- Specifies AT bus master transfer rate (default = 5.7 Mbytes)

Option          AT Transfer Speed
   00                5.0 MBytes/sec
   01                6.7 MBytes/sec
   02                8.0 MBytes/sec
   03               10.0 MBytes/sec
   04                5.7 MBytes/sec


rem ----- CD ROM -----
device=c:\btcdrom.sys  /D:MSCD002  

<driver specific switch> :
/D:device name  ( 8 Characters at most )
/L -- enable to support LUN


rem ----- Not Necessary ----- for Expanded memory
device=c:\qemm\qemm386.sys
 or 
device=C:\HIMEM.SYS
device=C:\EMM386.EXE
 or 
device=c:\386max.sys pro=c:\386max\386max.pro NOLOW
rem ----- end of Not Necessary -----


 2). Autoexec.bat :

c:\MSCDEX.EXE /D:MSCD002 /L:E /M:10 /V /E  

<driver specific switch> :
/D:device name -- must be same as the name which btcdrom.sys specifies.
/L:drive letter -- assign a drive unit for CD-ROM
/M:<value> -- how many sector buffers MSCDEX allocates when it installs itself 
/V -- display memeory usage
/E -- use expanded memory if available

* Note - If the BIOS on the SCSI host adapter is enabled,  make sure the 
SCSI-ID of the CDROM drive is between 2-6.  With the BIOS on the host adapter 
enabled,  it will reserve the SCSI -ID's  0  &  1  for hard drives. 

* Note - Device drivers can be loaded high with current version of the driver 
V2.00 and current versions of Firmware and BIOS.  The Firmware must be at 
least  V 3.35,  and BIOS must be at least V4.70.

*Note - On Some earlier manuals, a type-O was discovered.  The extention on 
the BTCDROM.SYS driver was mistyped.  A colon is needed in the  "/D: " 
parameter.  The correct syntax is shown above.


Support CD-ROM drives :
  
 1. SONY CDU-541, CDU-561, CDU-6211

 2. CHINON CDS-431, CDX-431, CDS-535, CDX-535

 3. TOSHIBA XM-3301B, XM-3401B

 4. HITACHI CR-3750

 5. TEXEL DM-3024, DM-5024

 6. NEC CDR-38, CDR-73, CDR-74, CDR-83, CDR-84, CDR-741, CDR-841

 7. PANASONIC CDR-532

 8. IBM

 9. PIONEER DRM-600, DRM-604

 10. Other CD-ROM drives which support SCSI-2 command sets

 Multisession Photo CD-ROM drive :

 1. SONY CDU-6211
 2. CHINON CDS-535, CDX-535
 3. TOSHIBA XM-3401B
 4. TEXEL DM-5024       
 5. NEC CDR-38, CDR-741, CDR-841


S_Hinweise:
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                ET - Treiber Original by TSENG-Labs
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      ET3000 Windows 3.1 Video Driver Installation Instructions

This driver disk is designed to allow you to select or change the
video driver for Windows 3.1 using Windows Setup. Setup can be
executed from within Windows, or from DOS. Note that these driver
files are in Microsoft compressed format and can only be accessed and
executed by installing through Windows Setup. Simply copying the files
into your \Windows\System subdirectory WILL NOT work and may corrupt
your Windows installation. Installing the drivers correctly is,
however, a simple process. It is accomplished by following these
instructions:


S_Hinweise:
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                ET - Treiber Original by TSENG-Labs
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      ET4000 Windows 3.1 Video Driver Installation Instructions

This driver disk is designed to allow you to select or change the
video driver for Windows 3.1 using Windows Setup. Setup can be
executed from within Windows, or from DOS. Note that these driver
files are in Microsoft compressed format and can only be accessed and
executed by installing through Windows Setup. Simply copying the files
into your \Windows\System subdirectory WILL NOT work and may corrupt
your Windows installation. Installing the drivers correctly is,
however, a simple process. It is accomplished by following these
instructions:


S_Hinweise:
ET4000/W32/W32i/W32p Windows 3.1 Video Driver Installation Instructions

			    ** IMPORTANT **

The drivers named "ET4-W32" in the Windows Setup use the ET4000/W32 accelerator
features. The remaining drivers supplied are the same as used on the ET4000/AX.

This driver disk is designed to allow you to select or change the video driver
for Windows 3.1 using Windows Setup. Setup can be executed from within Windows,
or from DOS. Note that these driver files are in Microsoft compressed format
and can only be accessed and executed by installing through Windows Setup.
Simply copying the files into your \Windows\System subdirectory WILL NOT work
and may corrupt your Windows installation. Installing the drivers correctly is,
however, a simple process.


S_Hinweise:
STANDARD MICROSYSTEMS CORPORATION

                                SuperDisk 
                         For Ethernet LAN Adapters

   This software is licensed by SMC for use by its customers only.
         Copyright (c) 1994 Standard Microsystems Corporation.
                           All rights reserved.

                     Version 2.1       8 March 1995
             Compressed Driver File SMCG21.EXE


DISK INFORMATION

This SMC SuperDisk is designed to be used with SMC's EZStart Program,
which is on this SuperDisk.  EZStart configures and tests your adapter, 
copies the files you need from this disk to your PC, and displays or 
prints appropriate instruction files that are located on this disk.


S_Hinweise:
STANDARD MICROSYSTEMS CORPORATION

              Novell NetWare DOS ODI Workstation Driver
                      For Ethernet LAN Adapters

                         RELEASE INFORMATION

   This software is licensed by SMC for use by its customers only.
        Copyright (c) 1994 Standard Microsystems Corporation.
                         All rights reserved.

                Version 5.03          March 30, 1995


This driver conforms to the ODI Developer's LAN Driver Toolkit
Guide for DOS WorkStation HSMs, version 4.0, 1 August 1994.

This release information describes the version history of the 
Novell NetWare DOS ODI workstation driver.

Note: This driver supports all 8416 (EtherEZ), 8216 (Ultra) and
      80xx (PLUS) Series ISA and Micro Channel Ethernet adapters.


S_Hinweise:
STANDARD MICROSYSTEMS CORPORATION
                    Windows NT 3.5 NDIS 3.0 Driver
                    For Ethernet LAN Adapters

                       RELEASE INFORMATION

       Version 1.13                            June 01, 1995



VERSION HISTORY

--Version 1.13 (Current Version)

Fixed the lockup problem seen in I/O mapped mode.

--Version 1.12 

Fixed a bug found in some TCP/IP environments.

Fixed problem where the driver sometimes locked the machine during
MicroSoft's Conformance Stress Test.

--Version 1.11 

Make driver to work on 8003E card.  This problem was reported by
Microsoft.

For 790/795 chip, enable shared memory and set it to 16-bit mode
before transferring data between host memory and shared memory. 
Disable shared memory and set it to 8-bit mode when the data transfer
is completed.

Fixed problem reported by Microsoft.  The error message "Your adapter
is not working" is displayed if the cable is not plugged in SMC card
during Win95 system boot.

--Version 1.10

Same as 1.05, released to have same version strings in both WFW3.11 and NT.


--Version 1.05  

Used interface library to do I/O.
Fixed Data error seen during Microsoft's conformance tests.


-- Version 1.04 
Disable I/O on interrupt.


-- Version 1.03  --

Fixed Bug in I/O mode.


-- Version 1.02  --

Added support for Auto Media Detection.


-- Version 1.01 

Supports all SMC ISA adapters including 8416 adapters and 
8 bit adapters.  


-- Version 1.00

EtherCard Ultra, EtherCard PLUS, and SuperDisk are trademarks, and
SMC and Standard Microsystems are registered trademarks of Standard
Microsystems Corporation. Other trademarks mentioned herein belong to
their respective companies.


S_Hinweise:
STANDARD MICROSYSTEMS CORPORATION

            Novell NetWare 386 v3.12 and 4.x Server Driver
                      For Ethernet LAN Adapters

                         RELEASE INFORMATION

   This software is licensed by SMC for use by its customers only.
        Copyright (c) 1994 Standard Microsystems Corporation.
                         All rights reserved.

                     Version 6.02         8 September 1994


S_Hinweise:
=========================================================
                   ACCULOGIC IDE SUPPORT FÜR DOS, WINDOWS, OS/2
                                            Produkt: IDE 4/VL
      =========================================================

Introduction

The READ.ME file is in ASCII format and may be printed under DOS
by typing:
          
           print read.me<enter>

This READ.ME file contains a Troubleshooting section in addition
to detailed information about the drivers.  If their is any
updated information it twill also be contained in this file.


S_Hinweise:
*****************************************************************************************************
    NEU    NEU    NEU    NEU    NEU    NEU    NEU    NEU    NEU    NEU    NEU     
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      PENTIUM BUG-FIX, umgeht den bekannten Rechenfehler.            
                                                                                                                          
*****************************************************************************************************

This program will work only for Microsoft(R) Windows(TM) 3.1 and 
3.11, and for Microsoft Windows(TM) for Workgroups 3.1 and 3.11. A 
separate solution is available for Windows NT(TM) 3.5.

To install and run this software, copy the file PENTFIX.EXE to the 
Windows directory on your hard disk. Then, from Program Manager, 
select the File/Run menu, and type PENTFIX.

When you execute the PENTFIX command, you will be presented with 
information about your processor’s floating point hardware division 
accuracy, and provided with three choices:

  o  Use floating point hardware.
  o  Disable floating point hardware when a Pentium processor 
      with the division error is detected.
  o  Disable floating point hardware all the time.


S_Hinweise:
========================================================
                                 ARCsolo 3.02 Update Notes
========================================================
ARCsolo 3.02 is a comprehensive compilation of enhancements and fixes which have been incorporated since the ARCsolo 3.0 Release of December 1993.  The enhancements in this release include full international language support for German, French, Italian, Spanish and Japanese.  Additionally, support has been added for tape drives and tape drivers.   To ensure the proper operation of the entire network environment, we have also included five (5) Novell DLLs.


S_Hinweise:
CMD640 chip enhancement IDE of CD-ROM drives for OS/2 Warp. When IDE-CDROM (ATAPI) connected tp 2'nd IDE channel.


S_Hinweise:
=========================================================
                MATROX  MGA Windows Supplementary Disk Version 2.11
=========================================================
Beinhaltet:
ACAD for Windows Treiber, DCI Treiber, MGA Screensaver, Dyna View for Windows

Monitor file may be used with following boards; Ultima models -
PCI/2, PCI/2+, VLB/2 and VLB/2+; Impression Plus 2+/P;
Impression Lite /P except as noted.


S_Hinweise:
=========================================================
                    The MGA Windows Drivers and PowerDesk
                                         Revision 2.11 
=========================================================
                              Patchdate: December 12, 1994


                    The MGA Windows Drivers and PowerDesk
                                          Revision 2.11 

This diskette contains the MGA Windows Drivers and the following PowerDesk 
utilities: 

   MGA Control Panel and Quick Access Panel 
   MGA Board Info and Monitor Selection Program 

Other Matrox Windows Drivers and Utilities are included on the Supplemental Disk:

   MGA DCI Driver
   MGA 3D Screen Saver
   MGA AutoCAD for Windows Driver
   MGA DynaView/3D for Windows application


S_Hinweise:
=========================================================
                          LJ4 Family Printer Driver 31.v1.50-German
                 HP LASERJET LJ4 DRIVER WINDOWS GERMAN
=========================================================
  [German] LaserJet 4 Family printer driver 31.v1.50 for Microsoft Windows 3.1.

 NOTE: For font cartridge support with this driver, see L4PCM.EXE in this
  library.


S_Hinweise:
WINUP9.EXE divided into WINDR2.EXE and NWDLL2.EXE
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

NOVELL PRODUCT and VERSION:
NetWare Client for DOS/MS Windows 1.2

ABSTRACT:


This file contains updated Windows DLL (Dynamic Link Libraries) for
workstations using either NETX or the VLMs. This file is to be used as an
update to the DOS/Windows Clients Kits v1.02 and v1.1x. If you have NetWare
4.1 and installed the client that is provided, then there is no need to
updates to these modules. In this update, the DLLs have decreased the amount
of conventional fixed memory used.


S_Hinweise:
DOSUP9.EXE divided into VLMUP2.EXE and NET33X.EXE
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

NOVELL PRODUCT and VERSION:
NetWare Client for DOS/MS Windows Pre 1.1

ABSTRACT:

This file includes the NetWare driver set v2.02 for workstations using NETX
and Windows 3.0,3.1 or 3.11.  Netx has been updated to run with all version of
DOS 7.x. and below. Note:   DO NOT USE THESE FILES ON WORKSTATIONS USING THE
NETWARE DOS REQUESTER (VLMs). (No further development is being done on
IPX.OBJ, NETX.EXE, EMSNETX.EXE and EMSNETX.EXE. Novell recommends you use the
ODI/VLM client requester software. To get the latest info on  the client
requester download VLMUPx.EXE ,where x stands for the latest rev.)


S_Hinweise:
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                       CD55A OS/2 Device Driver
                          Installation Procedure
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The TEACCD1.ADD file can be added to the OS/2  CONFIG.SYS file.
The following OS/2 file must also be loaded in the CONFIG.SYS.

!!!! 	For using the TEAC Interface set Interfacecard to default 230H
and write into the basedev line ... /P:220                     !!!!
(or card to 250H  and basedev ../P:240 and so on !!!)


For OS\2 WARP you have just to add the basedev command line in your config.sys.


S_Hinweise:
================================================================== 
        	     COPYRIGHT (c) 1995 WESTERN DIGITAL CORPORATION
			    WDCDRV.DOC
		    READ ME FILE FOR WDCDRV.386
===================================================================  

WDCDRV.386
Version:    2.6
Date:       1/6/95
Size:       16,475 BYTES


				 DESCRIPTION

WDCDRV.386 is a "Fastdisk" hard disk driver for use under Microsoft's 
Windows 3.1 and Microsoft's Windows For Workgroups 3.11 on 386 or higher
based systems. WDCDRV.386 is a direct replacement for the built-in
Microsoft 32-Bit Disk Access driver WDCTRL.

Its main benefit is its ability to work with drives with more than 1,024
cylinders and capacities greater than 528 Million bytes (516 Megabytes).
WDCDRV.386 also has the ability to transfer data from the hard disk in either
a Block Mode PIO fashion, EISA type 'B' DMA fashion, or PCI type 'F' fashion.

Block Mode PIO is a means of transferring multiple sectors at a time between 
the host and hard disk as opposed to transferring one sector at a time. 
Normally in an AT compatible machine a hardware interrupt occurs for each 
sector transferred to/from the hard disk. Under Block Mode PIO one interrupt 
will occur for a block of sectors. The number of sectors that are to be 
transferred per interrupt is programmable by the host and is referred to as 
the blocking factor. The driver will determine if block mode is enabled for 
the drive when you start Windows. If block mode is detected then the blocking 
factor programmed is used as the default value for the Fastdisk driver. If 
block mode was not enabled for the drive when Windows was started the default 
blocking factor used equals the maximum blocking factor supported that is 
reported by the drive on an Identify Drive command.

Transferring data via Block Mode PIO increases throughput by eliminating
the inter-sector overhead associated with each sector. This is most
beneficial when the hard disk is transferring data out of its cache. 
Block Mode data transfers are enabled by default.

This driver also supports EISA type 'B' DMA transfers for drives that
support this feature and are installed in an EISA system. Data is
transferred at a rate of 4 MB/sec which is about double that of a
6 MHz AT. The standard Read DMA and Write DMA commands as described in
the CAM ATA specification are used.

Furthermore, type 'F' DMA is supported in PCI based systems. Data is
transferred at a rate of between 6 and 8 MB/sec using type 'F' DMA.
The same Read DMA and Write DMA op codes are used, the only difference
is in the programming of the DMA controller on the motherboard.


S_Hinweise:
=========================================================== 
               EPSON Kombidiskette für Dos Applikationen und Windows
=========================================================== 
    Auf dieser Diskette  befinden sich Druckertreiber fr verschiedene
    Anwendungsprogramme unter MS-DOS.

    Alle Drucker von EPSON sind nach Druckerklassen gemá unten 
    aufgefhrter Liste sortiert.

    Seitendrucker    24-Nadeldrucker     24-Nadeldrucker   9-Nadeldrucker
                     24-Dsendrucker     48-Dsendrucker   
		     48-Nadeldrucker
		     48-Dsendrucker
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Betriebssysteme:
       GQ-Mode           ESC/P               ESC/P2             ESC/P 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       GQ-3500           LQ-200              LQ-100             LX-100
       GQ-5000           LQ-400              LQ-300             LX-300
       EPJ-200           LQ-450              LQ-570+/1070+      LX-400
       EPL-4100          LQ-500              LQ-870/1170        LX-800
       EPL-4300          LQ-550/1010         SQ-870/1170        LX-850
       EPL-7100          LQ-850+/1050+       EPSON Stylus 300   FX-850/1050
       EPL-8100          LQ-860/1060         EPSON Stylus 400   FX-870/1170
                         LQ-2550             EPSON Stylus 800   DFX-5000
                         SQ-850/2550	     EPSON Stylus 800+  DFX-5000+
                         DLQ-2000	     EPSON Stylus 1000  DFX-8000
			 TLQ-4800            EPSON Stylus COLOR 
			 TSQ-4800            DLQ-3000


    Fr jede dieser Druckerklassen gibt es eine Diskette mit Druckertreibern 
    und Utilities.


S_Hinweise:
=========================================================
               	SCSI DOS Utilities         (c)SyQuest, 1992 - 1994
========================================================
The SyQuest DOS SCSI UTILITY is intended for use with SyQuest SCSI drives.

In the discussions below, DBLSPACE is used to refer to both DBLSPACE of
MS DOS 6.0 and MS DOS 6.2 and DRVSPACE of MS DOS 6.22.

This SCSI software is designed specifically for the following SCSI
Host Bus Adapters.

1. Adaptec AHA 1515, AHA 1520, and AHA 1540 with SyDOS BIOS.
2. SyQuest EPP Parallel to SCSI adapters.
3. Seagate ST01 with SyDOS BIOS.
4. SyQuest (Future Domain) TMC 841 with SyQuest custom BIOS.
5. SyDOS PUMA Parallel to SCSI products. (see limitation below)
6. SCSI HBA whose BIOS contains support for SyQuest Software.

Other SCSI HBAs may also work as long as they provide an ASPI device
driver and the ASPI driver is loaded before SyQuest driver is loaded.
The "+n" option described below can also be used to force SyQuest SCSI
driver to install on other SCSI HBAs.


S_Hinweise:
=========================================================
                SCSI DOS Utilities         (c)SyQuest, 1992 - 1994
                                Windows Setup Programm           
========================================================
The SyQuest DOS SCSI UTILITY is intended for use with SyQuest SCSI drives.

In the discussions below, DBLSPACE is used to refer to both DBLSPACE of
MS DOS 6.0 and MS DOS 6.2 and DRVSPACE of MS DOS 6.22.

This SCSI software is designed specifically for the following SCSI
Host Bus Adapters.

1. Adaptec AHA 1515, AHA 1520, and AHA 1540 with SyDOS BIOS.
2. SyQuest EPP Parallel to SCSI adapters.
3. Seagate ST01 with SyDOS BIOS.
4. SyQuest (Future Domain) TMC 841 with SyQuest custom BIOS.
5. SyDOS PUMA Parallel to SCSI products. (see limitation below)
6. SCSI HBA whose BIOS contains support for SyQuest Software.

Other SCSI HBAs may also work as long as they provide an ASPI device
driver and the ASPI driver is loaded before SyQuest driver is loaded.
The "+n" option described below can also be used to force SyQuest SCSI
driver to install on other SCSI HBAs.


S_Hinweise:
=========================================================
                SYQUEST IDE DRIVES  VERSION 3.12        (c)SyQuest, 1992 - 1994
                                Windows Setup Programm           
========================================================
               
        IDE/AT DOS Utilities   (c) SyQuest, 1992 - 1994
    **********************************************************************
    *                   TABLE OF CONTENTS                                *
    *                                                                    *
    * 1.0     FILES IN THIS RELEASE                                      *
    * 2.0     APPLICATION AND COMPATIBILITY NOTES                        *
    * 3.0     Jumper pin settings                                        * 
    *                                                                    *
    * Note: All rules regarding DBLSPACE have to be followed by DRVSPACE *
    *       users.                                                       *
    **********************************************************************

The SyQuest DOS IDE/AT UTILITY is intended for use with SyQuest IDE
drives and parallel port attached IDE drives on a 80286 and above system.

This software is designed to support SyQuest IDE drives connected to a
generic IDE adapter, a SyQuest SQ08 IDE controller, a SyDOS Parallel
to IDE adapter and/or a SyQuest Enhanced parallel to IDE adapter.

If you use an "INTELLIGENT" IDE controller there is a good chance that
this software won't work.  In which case you can most likely use your
SyQuest IDE drive as a FIXED DRIVE.


S_Hinweise:
=========================================================
                SYQUEST Removability Software       (c)SyQuest, 1992 - 1994
                                               OS/2 2.1 & 3.Warp   
========================================================
 DOS requires that all hard disks (including SyQuest removable cartridge disk
drives) be partitioned. DOS hard disks may be partitioned into a single
partition that includes the whole disk or into multiple partitions.  OS/2
requires that removable media not be partitioned, i.e. be formatted like a
"floppy diskette"

SyQuest OS/2 Removability Software allows you to dynamically interchange
partitioned FAT (File Allocation Table) cartridges between DOS and OS/2.
The latest level SyQuest DOS Software supports the interchange of non-
partitioned cartridges ("OS/2 floppy cartridges") between OS/2 and DOS.

Since OS/2 assigns drive letters to ALL primary partitions before logical
partitions, removability support will NOT work when OS/2 is booted from
a logical partition.  (OS/2 dynamically changes the drive letter of the
boot partition when it attempts to load a primary partition on a SyQuest or
any removable drive and fails).  ALWAYS BOOT OS/2 FROM THE PRIMARY PARTITION
OF YOUR HARD DRIVE (Hard Disk 0) WHEN USING SyQUEST REMOVABILITY SOFTWARE.
When using standard OS/2 software ("OS/2 floppy") support, you are able
to boot OS/2 from logical drives since OS/2 assigns removable media drives
after all primary and logical hard drives.


S_Hinweise:
=========================================================
                  SCSIWorks! ASPI MANAGER UPGRADE PROGRAM
=========================================================                  
                  for the following SCSI Host Adapters:

                        Trantor MiniSCSI Plus (T348)
                        Trantor MiniSCSI EPP  (T358)
                        Adaptec MiniSCSI Plus (APA-348)
                        Adaptec MiniSCSI EPP  (APA-358)
                        Adaptec SlimSCSI (APA-460 & APA-1460)
                        Trantor T160
                        Trantor T260


S_Hinweise:
=========================================================
                    APA-460 PCMCIA card for Laptops installed
                 with PCMCIA sockets and T160 Adapter card as well.
                           Version number: BETA 1.0 (941108)
=========================================================
!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! BETA !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
This is a BETA 1.0 release of APA-460 Host adapter.
		     
This driver version support APA-460 PCMCIA card for Laptops installed
with PCMCIA sockets and T160 Adapter card as well. 

	This release has added /ADDR command line switch. This will
	allow users to choose a port address for 460 card. 
	
	Example: BASEDEV=T160SCSI.ADD /ADDR=360 will assign port address
	360.
	
This driver is based on OS/2 V3.0 (WARP) operating system. 

***** NOTE *****
Currently, only one APA-460 card is supported.
APA-460 card has 4 I/O space ranges defined: 360h-36fh, 350h-35fh,
260h-260h, and 250h-25fh. But, currently ONLY port 360h-36fh is working
with APA-460. The card services is failing to initialize other
ports. Therefore, the driver cannot detect the presence of a 460
card on any other ports besides 360h. 
	      						    
Installation instructions for the APA-460 OS/2 3.0 PCMCIA Driver
				      	       
1) Open the OS/2 System folder, then open the Selective install.

2) Do PCMCIA installation.

3) Edit CONFIG.SYS file and add BASEDEV=T160SCSI.ADD.			    
						 
4) Copy T160SCSI.ADD to \OS2\BOOT directory.
       
5) Do a SHUTDOWN and power off the system.

6) Insert the APA-460 card into the PCMCIA socket and connect to the
SCSI peripherals. 
		 
7) Power up and reboot the system.

***** NOTE *****
In order to install this driver for APA-460 card, the system has 
to have OS/2 V3.0 pre-installed. Currently, IBM does not have the 
support for CDROM installation with any PCMCIA card attached to 
a CDROM. Therefore, it is NOT recommended to do OS/2 CDROM 
installation using PCMCIA card. 

Any feedback can be sent to ADAPTEC's BBS at VASPI_BETA account or
VASPI@adaptex.cirr.com.


S_Hinweise:
==========================================================
                   Ornetix CD-ROM Extensions Driver
                            Version  1.10
                            Release Notes
                             August 1994
==========================================================
The driver (OCDX.EXE) provided with this package is intended to be
used in conjunction with Ornetix's CD-View, a CD-ROM networking 
product. CD-View makes the CD-ROM drives appear to client 
workstations as standard NetWare volumes.

OCDX was developed to overcome the following problems:

  *  Some old applications require the Microsoft CD-ROM Extensions 
     (MSCDEX) loaded in order to be able to run. These applications use 
     some of MSCDEX's APIs. MSCDEX will not load on a workstation 
     which does not have a CD-ROM device driver (and CD-ROM drives) 
     connected to it. In addition, when MSCDEX loads, it allocates a 
     large memory buffer for its use. All of this is not required when 
     using OCDX.

  *  Other types of applications access the CD-ROM disc directly 
     through the device driver for either performance or security 
     reasons.


S_Hinweise:
=========================================================
                         Trantor Windows NT and OS/2 Installation disk
=========================================================
Windows NT note:

If you are installing a T160 or T260 SCSI adapter using the WINNT Install
script on this disk, you will need to set the IRQ on the adapter to IRQ
10 or modify the last line in the TXTSETUP.OEM to match the actual IRQ
you have set on the SCSI card.

If the IRQ you have jumpered on the T160 is not the same as the IRQ
specified in the TXTSETUP.OEM file, NT may not install the driver
correctly and can cause unpredictable results.


S_Hinweise:
=========================================================
                              SCSIworks! version 1.3 updater
=========================================================                      Updated ASPI Managers and HD and CD-ROM drivers

The TSCSI.SYS and TSLCDR.SYS drivers will only work with Trantor ASPI
Managers. For universal ASPI driver software for non-Trantor ASPI,
contact Adaptec at 800-442-7274 or 408-957-7274 to order an update.


S_Hinweise:
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        ET4000/w32,  /w32i, /w32p display driver for OS/2 Warp Revision
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
This diskette contains the Tseng Laboratoriess ET4000/w32,  /w32i, /w32p 
display driver for OS/2 Warp intended to make Warp work with
the w32p Rev D chip. Create a floppy with the 3 files in this zipfile
If you have installed WARP in a directory other than one called OS2, before 
installing this, edit the install.cmd file on this floppy so the driver gets
copied to the correct directory. In install.cmd file in the line
copy %1\tliw32pm.dll %2\os2\dll\tliw32pm.dll, change os2 to whatever directory
you installed os2 in.


S_Hinweise:
=======================================================================
Stealth 64 Series                                     README.TXT       2 Disketten
=======================================================================

Release Notes
-------------
This is v2.07 of the Stealth 64 Series Windows v3.1 Driver disk.

Changes in v2.07
----------------
*  Added support for additional memory types.

Windows Installation Notes
--------------------------
Use the INSTALL program to install the Windows 3.1 drivers from DOS
or from the Windows Program Manager.

*  Suggestion:  If you are upgrading from a previous version of the
   Diamond InControl Tools, you should install from DOS, not from
   within Windows.  This will bypass errors regarding any files that
   may be in use and cause the installation to fail.
                  
*  Suggestion:  When running the Windows install, use MS VGA
   to eliminate any OEM files that could create a conflict.

*  When running a windows install, if the install says 
   "file in use, abort/continue" and the file in question is 
   a font (*.FON) file, continue the install.

*  If strange errors occur and text is missing from dialogs,
   check for .VBX files in your \WINDOWS directory.  .VBX files
   should only reside in the \WINDOWS\SYSTEM sub-directory.

Once the driver launches Windows, you will be placed in 640x480
256-color mode and prompted to select your monitor type.  Select 
the brand monitor you have, compatible type, or use the Custom 
Monitor Timings to create your own configuration and custom 
screen centering.

*  Icon fonts are controlled by InControl Tools.  When changing
   modes back to VGA or a non-Diamond driver, these settings
   still remain.  To change back to default icon font, search
   the WIN.INI file for the IconTypeFace, IconTypeStyle, and
   IconTypeSize lines.  Place a semicolon (;) in front of these
   lines or remove the lines entirely.

*  Only resolutions that have been selected as supported in the
   Display module will be available in the Viewport choices.  If
   your monitor can display a resolution provided by the card,
   go to Display and select a monitor that offers that mode and
   refresh, or select Custom Monitor Timings and Add the mode.

*  If Windows only displays a single alphabetic character for the
   icon font, select a different font from the list of InControl
   Tools.  Windows may not support the font type/size requested
   in the resolution and resource size displayed.

*  If you had screen savers loaded previously, and they seem not
   to load on startup any longer, see the message at the top 
   regarding backing up important files and the limitation down
   below of LOAD= line being replaced and not appended.  This is
   a limitation of the Windows 3.xx SETUP program. This does not
   occur with the Diamond install.


Trouble Shooting Suggestions
----------------------------
All of the options listed below are to be added into a section called
[STLTH64.DRV].  This section is not created during the installation
of the Diamond drivers and InControl Tools.  You must manually add this
section.  It should be added to the end of the SYSTEM.INI.


*  If you are experiencing random lock-ups in Windows you can add the
   following line to the [STLTH64.DRV] section of the SYSTEM.INI. This
   type of lock-up may occur with applications that interrogate the
   systems memory searching for virill.

     LEAVEMMIODISABLED=1  --  This is set to 0 by default.

*  If you are encountering some lock-ups during heavy DMA transfers or
   your motherboard supports bus time-outs then you may try setting
   the following option in the [STLTH64.DRV] section of your SYSTEM.INI

     BUSYCHECK=ON  --  This is set to OFF by default.

*  If you are using Lenny Music Tunes, Microsoft Art Gallery, Small
   Blue Planet, Ocean Below, Vampire's Coffin, D-Day, all of the
   Brightstart education CD's, and other similar applications, you
   will want to add the following line to the [STLTH64.DRV] section
   of the SYSTEM.INI.  This will correct the corrupted screens you
   may experience during animation sequences.
 
     DEVICEBITMAPS=1 -- This is set to 0 by default.

   With the fix enabled you may possibly experience compatibility issues
   with other programs; one confirmed problem is with Adobe Illustrator
   v4.01.


   * IMPORTANT NOTE:  This is a problem with the way bitmaps are treated
                      by the application. This is not a deficiency in the
                      driver.  We have provided a means to correct this
                      issue, until the software vendor rectifies the problem.
                      All Edutainment vendors have been made aware of the
                      problem and are currently taking steps to correct the
                      bitmap issue.

*  Important Note for VLB Card users.  If you are experiencing problems
   entering Windows v3.1, in 640x480x8bpp, or greater you can relocate
   the Linear Address of the Stealth 64 Series.  Add the following line
   into the [STLTH64.DRV] section of the SYSTEM.INI.

     MEMADDR=xxxx --  This is set to 7C00 by default.

     Where xxxx can be only ONE of the following options:
        8000
        0100
        0200
        0400


Windows 3.1
-----------
The following Windows 3.1 drivers are included:

Resolution   Colors Displayed
640x480      256   65,536   16,777,216
800x600      256   65,536   16,777,216
1024x768     256   65,536   16,777,216+*
1152x864     256   65,536   16,777,216+*
1280x1024    256   65,536+* 16,777,216+*&
1600x1200    256+  65,536+*

+ Stealth 64 Video VRAM only.
* 4 Megabytes of on-board memory required.
& This is a 24-bit Mode, not a 32-bit mode.

Problems Addressed
------------------
 None

The following items require a SYSTEM.INI switch be changed:
-----------------------------------------------------------
 
 1024x768x8/16/32bpp, D-Day select Media Tour Menu and by
 Theme | select Army topics and choose
 "Artillery : Allied AntiTank Weapons" | No video displayed
 (or fragmented video displayed)
 
 All resolutions All Color depths, The Vampires's Coffin,
 At the intro screen, the screen will fade in and
 out very very slowly.  PROJECTR caused a GPF in module
 GDI.EXE @ 0001:0F6A
 
 All resolutions, 8bpp, Lenny's Music Toons, Horizontal
 line appears and picture is corrupt.
 
 All resolutions, 8bpp, MS Art Gallery, picture appears
 corrupt.
 
Known Restrictions:
-------------------

 If you have a Sound card installed in your PC, you will need
 to disable the Internal Mix Manager for Incontrol Tools.  This is done
 throught the Audio button, a check box in the lower left corner marked
 "Disable Mixer" will enable/disable the mixer.

 DCI has limitations in it's abilities to maintain the pallete in 8bpp modes.
 This problem will exist in Microsoft's Encarta `95, and Comptons Encyclopdia.

 Dinosaur Safari from Creative Media.  This product does not operate properly
 under Windows, the vendor can be contacted at 503-241-1530.

 You cannot center any modes under "User Defined..." until you restart
 Windows.

 800x600x32bpp, 1024x768x32bpp, Small Blue Planet, "Runtime
 Error : Stack Overflow" when the  application is loaded.
 NOTE: This will occur with ALL 32bpp drivers.
 
 All resolutions, 16/24bpp, Paintbrush, Print to HP
 LaserJet 4 | Prints nothing.
 
 Run Landmark Speed - it will drop you to a dos prompt.
 This is a limitation of the application, if you
 run a DX2/66 in non-turbo mode, the program will work
 fine, in turbo mode the system hangs, this is a
 issue with the application itself, not the driver.
 
 Some monitors which do not support DPMS will start scrolling until
 entering into Sleep mode.


Contacting DIAMOND
------------------
Diamond can be reached through a number of ways:

Postal Service  : Diamond Multimedia Systems, Inc.
                  2880 Junction Avenue
                  San Jose, CA  95134
Voice (Main)    : (408) 325-7000
Voice (TechSppt): (408) 325-7100 [M-F 6-7; Sat 8-4 Pacific]
                                 [plus 24hr automated help]
FAX (Main)      : (408) 325-7070
FAX (Support)   : (408) 325-7171
BBS (to 2400)   : (408) 325-7080
BBS (9600+)     : (408) 325-7175
CompuServe      : GO DMNDONLINE
America Online  : GO DIAMOND




All product names listed are trademarks or copyrights of their
respective owners.
=======================================================================
Diamond Multimedia Systems, Inc.                            (c) 1993-95
(408) 325-7000                                      All Rights Reserved
=======================================================================
 $Id: readme.tx@ 1.9 1994/05/19 00:11:57 FFAZZIO Exp $
=======================================================================


S_Hinweise:
=======================================================================
                                                     Stealth 64 DRAM  OS/2
=======================================================================

INSTALLATION NOTES:
-------------------------------------

 1.  You must have OS/2 DOS Support installed in order to install this driver.

 2.  The OS/2 ATTRIB command is used during installation.  If you elected not
     to install the OS/2 System Utility Programs or you have deleted the
     ATTRIB, command you must use Selective Install to restore the ATTRIB
     command before continuing.

 3.  If you previously installed SVGA support, return to VGA resolution using
     the new SETVGA procedure found at the end of this README before you
     install this driver.

 4.  You must have run the S64DMODE.EXE utility and selected a monitor
     from the Stealth 64 Installation disk prior to installing these
     drivers.  **You must select a predefined monitor, as Custom does not 
     work properly under OS/2.  If you have not done this, do so now.  Note, 
     that the S64DMODE.EXE which is on this disk, does not list Custom monitor 
     as an option.  Refer to instructions in the Stealth 64 User's Manual for 
     running S64DMODE.EXE and selecting a monitor.

5.   The Volume Labels for the diskettes must be 'S3 DRV1' and 'S3 DRV2' for
     the first and second diskettes respectively.


S_Hinweise:
=======================================================================
                                                            Viper Serie Windows NT 3.5 Treiber
=======================================================================

    "Diamond Viper Pro (i386)" = "Diamond Viper Pro Video for Intel"
    "Diamond Viper SE  (i386)" = "Diamond Viper SE for Intel"
    "Diamond Viper Pro (PPC)" = "Diamond Viper Pro Video for Power PC"
    "Diamond Viper SE  (PPC)" = "Diamond Viper SE for Power PC"


S_Hinweise:
=======================================================================
                                                                       Stealth 64 DRAM    
=======================================================================
                                This is v1.35 of the Stealth 64 DRAM Windows v3.1 Driver disk.

Changes in v1.35 from v1.34
----------------------------------------
* See Section "Problems Addressed" below.


Windows Installation Notes

Use the INSTALL program to install the Windows 3.1 drivers from DOS
or from the Windows Program Manager.

*  Suggestion:  If you are upgrading from a previous version of the
   Diamond InControl Tools, you should install from DOS, not from
   within Windows.  This will bypass errors regarding any files that
   may be in use and cause the installation to fail.
                  
*  Suggestion:  When running the Windows install, use MS VGA
   to eliminate any OEM files that could create a conflict.

*  When running a windows install, if the install says 
   "file in use, abort/continue" and the file in question is 
   a font (*.FON) file, continue the install.

*  If strange errors occur and text is missing from dialogs,
   check for .VBX files in your \WINDOWS directory.  .VBX files
   should only reside in the \WINDOWS\SYSTEM sub-directory.

Once the driver launches Windows, you will be placed in 640x480
256-color mode and prompted to select your monitor type.  Select 
the brand monitor you have, compatible type, or use the Custom 
Monitor Timings to create your own configuration and custom 
screen centering.

*  Icon fonts are controlled by InControl Tools.  When changing
   modes back to VGA or a non-Diamond driver, these settings
   still remain.  To change back to default icon font, search
   the WIN.INI file for the IconTypeFace, IconTypeStyle, and
   IconTypeSize lines.  Place a semicolon (;) in front of these
   lines or remove the lines entirely.

*  Only resolutions that have been selected as supported in the
   Display module will be available in the Viewport choices.  If
   your monitor can display a resolution provided by the card,
   go to Display and select a monitor that offers that mode and
   refresh, or select Custom Monitor Timings and Add the mode.

*  If Windows only displays a single alphabetic character for the
   icon font, select a different font from the list of InControl
   Tools.  Windows may not support the font type/size requested
   in the resolution and resource size displayed.

*  If you had screen savers loaded previously, and they seem not
   to load on startup any longer, see the message at the top 
   regarding backing up important files and the limitation down
   below of LOAD= line being replaced and not appended.  This is
   a limitation of the Windows 3.xx SETUP program. This does not
   occur with the Diamond install.


S_Hinweise:
===================================================================
                                               Maintenance Patch for the WinComm PRO 1.1
                                                                       DOS & Windows 3.x install
                                                                                   March 24, 1995
===================================================================

This README file includes the following information:

       A.   Who Needs This WinComm PRO 1.1 Patch

       B.   Upgrading WinComm PRO v1.1 to 1.1 (03/24/95)
            via Windows 3.x

       C.   Upgrading WinComm PRO v1.1 to 1.1 (03/24/95)
            via MSDOS or OS/2

       D.   Contacting Technical Support

--------------------------------------------------------------------

The file (WCP011.EXE) contains the following files:

   FILE_ID.DIZ  (Short program description)
   README.TXT   (Upgrade instructions)
   DOSUP.BAT    (Batch file to upgrade via DOS)
   UPGRADE.EXE  (Executable to upgrade via Windows 3.x, OS/2)
   PATCH.EXE    (Main patch executable)
   UWCP11A.RTP  (Data file)
   UWCP11A.PIF  (Data file)
   UWCP11B.RTP  (Data file)
   UWCP11B.PIF  (Data file)
   UWCP11C.RTP  (Data file)
   UWCP11C.PIF  (Data file)

A.   Who Needs This WinComm PRO 1.1 Patch
===============================================================

This upgrade corrects some problems found in WinComm PRO 1.1
and Internet Messenger 1.0.


S_Hinweise:
=================================================================
                                        HP Download Manager für Jetdirect Update
=================================================================

1. hpdlinst.exe muß auf die Festplatte kopiert  werden. 

2. Es wird nun automatisch ein Verzeichnis in der Root angelegt.

3. Unter Windows  bitte "setup" in diesem Verzeichnis aufrufen.


HP Download Manager A.01.17: JetDirect Utility
HP JETDIRECT SW RD UTILITY DOWNLOAD MANAGER ETHERNET TOKENRING

  HP Download Manager version A.01.17.

  This Download Manager is for NetWare users who wish to upgrade their JD255xA
  internal print servers.


S_Hinweise:
========================================================================
                                   HP DJ300 Series v5.0 printer driver (German)
========================================================================

  (German) HP DeskJet 300 Series ColorSmart printer driver v5.0 for Microsoft
  Windows 3.1.  Updates, installation instructions, troubleshooting, and
  application notes can be found in the README.TXT file.


S_Hinweise:
====================================================================
                                                 Treiber für PainJet 310 und DeskJet 1200 C
                                                                                Version 3.40
====================================================================

+	Lesemich-Datei für den Windows-Treiber für
	HP DeskJet 1200C und HP PaintJet XL300.

***WICHTIG***Dieser Windows-Treiber (Version 03.40) unterstützt 
Windows 3.0 NICHT. Sie sollten Ihr System auf Windows 3.1
aufrüsten, um die Leistung Ihres Druckers zu optimieren.

Hinweis: Möchten Sie diese Datei mit dem Windows Editor oder Write
ausdrucken, müssen Sie sie zunächst auf Ihre Festplatte kopieren 
und anschließend die Kopie auf der Festplatte öffnen. 

Schnellinstallation von Windows aus
   -- Dies ist die empfohlene Vorgehensweise.

1.	Die Treiberdiskette in das Laufwerk A (oder ein 
	anderes Laufwerk) einlegen.
2.	Im Programm-Manager "Datei" und dann "Ausführen..." wählen.
3.	In der Befehlszeile a:\install eingeben und auf "OK" klicken.
4.	Die gewünschte Konfiguration im Dialogfeld "Druckertreiber-
	Aktualisierer" wählen und auf "Installieren" klicken.


Schnellinstallation von DOS aus (Windows läuft nicht)

1.	Die Treiberdiskette in das Laufwerk A (oder ein
	anderes Laufwerk) einlegen.
2.	win a:\install eingeben.
3.	Die gewünschte Konfiguration im Dialogfeld "Druckertreiber-
	Aktualisierer" wählen und auf "Installieren" klicken.


Manuelle Installation 
   -- Für asiatische Windows- und Netzwerk-Installationen empfohlen.

1.	Die Treiberdiskette in das Laufwerk A (oder ein
	anderes Laufwerk) einlegen.
2.	Im Programm-Manager "Hauptgruppe" wählen.
3.	In der Hauptgruppe "Systemsteuerung" wählen.
4.	In der Systemsteuerung "Drucker" wählen.
5.	Im Dialogfeld "Drucker" auf "Drucker hinzufügen>>" klicken.
6.	In der Druckerliste den Eintrag "Nicht aufgeführter oder 
	aktualisierter Drucker" wählen und auf "Installieren"
	klicken.
7.	Im Dialogfeld "Treiber installieren" A: (oder ein anderes
	Laufwerk) eingeben und auf "OK" klicken.
8.	Im Dialogfeld "Nicht aufgeführten Drucker hinzufügen" den
	entsprechenden Druckernamen wählen und auf "OK"
	klicken.
9.	Nachdem die Farbtabellen aufgebaut sind, das Feld
	"Druck-Manager verwenden" ankreuzen und dann auf "Verbinden" 
	klicken.
10.	Im Dialogfeld "Verbinden" auf den gewünschten Anschluß
	doppelklicken und das Feld "Direkt zum Anschluß drucken"
	ankreuzen.
	****SEHR WICHTIG****
	Dann den Wert "Übertragung wiederholen" auf 900 ändern und auf
	"OK" klicken.


S_Hinweise:
===================================================================
                                              Device drivers for Sound Blaster series 
                                                          of Audio Cards on OS/2 Warp
                                                                          Feb 24, 1995
===================================================================

The drivers provided are:

for Sound Blaster           - sbd2.sys
for Sound Blaster Pro(OPL2) - sbpd2.sys
for Sound Blaster Pro2(OPL3)- sbp2d2.sys
for Sound Blaster 16        - sb16d2.sys


S_Hinweise:
========================================================================
                                                          OS/2 PCL Printer Driver
                                                                Version 30.445
========================================================================

    Copyright (C) Hewlett-Packard Company, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995.
    Copyright (C) IBM Corporation 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995.  All Rights
    Reserved. Licensed material - program property of IBM and Hewlett-Packard
    U.S. Government Users Restricted Rights Use, duplication, or disclosure
    restricted by GSA ADP Schedule Contract with IBM Corporation

++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++

For best results, create a temporary directory on your hard drive and
copy the files in that directory.  This step can be done while in DOS.
Boot to OS/2 and run the executable file SETEAS from the temporary 
directory.  This MUST be performed from an OS/2 prompt.  This will
continue to decompress other files, create sub-directories, and will
set the OS/2 extended attributes for the files in the directory.

The driver can be installed from either the temporary directory or
a floppy disk.

To create an OS/2 driver installation floppy, copy the files in 
the temporary directory to a high density floppy.  


++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++

The Hewlett-Packard PCL 5 Driver (Version 30.445) is supported with
version 2.0 w/Service Pak and 2.1 of the OS/2 operating system. This
driver supports the following Hewlett-Packard printers:



     LaserJet 5P
     LaserJet 5MP

     LaserJet 4
     LaserJet 4L
     LaserJet 4M
     LaserJet 4ML
     LaserJet 4MP
     LaserJet 4P
     LaserJet 4 Plus
     LaserJet 4M Plus
     LaserJet 4Si
     LaserJet 4Si Mx
     LaserJet 4V
     LaserJet 4MV
     LaserJet III
     LaserJet IIID
     LaserJet IIISi
     LaserJet IIIP

     HP Color LaserJet
     Laserjet PaintJet XL300
     Laserjet DeskJet 1200C

     LaserJet 2000
     LaserJet 500 Plus
     LaserJet Plus
     LaserJet Classic
     LaserJet Series II
     LaserJet IID
     LaserJet IIP
     LaserJet IIP Plus

NOTE:
   This driver also contains support for certain PCLIV clone printers.
   Hewlett-Packard does not support these clone printers.  To obtain
   support for these printers, call the IBM support line at 1-800-237-5511.
   Have your customer support number ready when you call.


S_Hinweise:
=======================================================================
                                                   CMD 32-Bit Local Bus IDE Controller 
                              Dos, Win 3.x, WinNT 3.x, OS/2, OS/2 3.0 Warp, SCO, Novell
=======================================================================
		      Welcome to CMD QuickIDE   
                                              --------------------------------------

  This README file contains important information about QuickIDE
  and your CMD 32-Bit Local Bus IDE Controller.  For the latest 
  information about your CMD IDE controller and QuickIDE, please read 
  this file in its entirety.

  This is the general release of CMD CSA-6400 32-bit local bus drivers. 
  This release includes the following drivers :

  - DOS driver 
  - OS/2 2.x driver             
  - Windows NT driver
  - SCO Unix 3.2.4.x driver
  - Netware 3.1x driver
  - Netware 4.0x driver


NOTE:  Some IDE drives have firmware bugs which cause them to declare
       themselves as Mode 2 drives even though they are really slower.
       As a result, the following exception table has been implemented in
       all CMD drivers:

      1. Samsung Mode 2 drives are slowed down to Mode 1.
      2. Maxtor Mode 2 drives are slowed down to Mode 1.
      3. Quantum Mode 2 drives are slowed down to Mode 0.

      If you have a drive with a similar bug not listed above, refer to
      the following command line switches:
      1) DOS: CMD640X.SYS - /O - documented in README.DOS
      2) OS/2: CMD640X.ADD - /PIOMODE:d - documented in README.OS2
      3) NT: see README.NT - ATA PIO Mode Timing Overrides


S_Hinweise:
=======================================================================
                                              CMD 32-Bit Local Bus IDE Driver Installation
=======================================================================

INSTALLATION
------------
A) If you want to install the Windows NT 3.5 and your CD-ROM is configured on 
the second channel of the CMD PCI 640x controller chip, start from part A:

B) If you have CD-ROM configured as the primary slave or the second channel is
using a ISA IDE controller, just follow the Windows NT 3.5 installation.  Then
go to part B:

C) If you already have Windows NT 3.5 installed in the system, go to part B:

------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Part A

1) In the Windows NT Workstation(Server) Setup Screen, choose Custom setup
and skip detection.

2) Choose S for Specify Additional Device and insert the CMD NT 3.5 
installation Disk.

3) Select the CMD CSA-640X IDE Driver.

4) Then continue the Win NT 3.5 installation.

5) After Win NT 3.5 installation, continue part B.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Part B


S_Hinweise:
=======================================================================
                                                                             FASTSCSI.EXE V.3.10
=======================================================================

This version of FASTSCSI.EXE has been modified to work with European  versions of Microsoft Windows 3.1 (French, German...).  Please install EZ-SCSI  version 3.11 first, then replace the FASTSCSI.EXE in your EZ-SCSI directory  (e.g. C:\SCSI) with this version.


S_Hinweise:
========================================================================                                    7800 Family Managers for Windows NT 3.1 and 3.5
========================================================================  




Directory Structure:  
---------------------------  
 
The files which are required for the installation of  
the 7800 family Windows NT drivers are as follows:  
  
    \DISK1                   - Disk tag file  
    \TXTSETUP.OEM            - Install script used during NT installation  
    \WINNT\3_1\AIC78XX.SYS   - Adaptec 7800 family driver v1.10 for Windows NT 3.1
    \WINNT\3_1\README.TXT    - Readme for installation of driver for Windows NT 3.1 
    \WINNT\3_1\OEMSETUP.INF  - Install script used by Windows NT Setup 
    \WINNT\3_5\AIC78XX.SYS   - Adaptec 7800 family driver v1.10 for Windows NT 3.5
    \WINNT\3_5\README.TXT    - Readme for installation of driver for Windows NT 3.5
    \WINNT\3_5\OEMSETUP.INF  - Install script used by Windows NT Setup


S_Hinweise:
=====================================================================
           Der Farb-Prsentationsdrucker WinType 800C
=====================================================================

Minimale Systemvoraussetzungen
------------------------------
þ IBM kompatibler PC-386SX mit 16 MHz Prozessor oder hher
þ MS-DOS 3.3 oder hher
þ Windows 3.1 oder hher im Erweiterten Modus (Enhanced Mode)
þ 5 MB freier Festplatten Speicher
þ 4 MB RAM (8 MB werden empfohlen)
þ 3.5" HD Diskettenlaufwerk
þ Parallel Druckerschnittstelle

Installieren des WinType 800C Druckertreibers und der 35 TrueType Fonts
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Legen Sie die SETUP DISK#1 in das Laufwerk Ihres Rechners ein
2. Whlen Sie 'AUSFHREN' aus dem 'DATEI' Men des PROGRAMM=MANAGERS
3. Geben Sie 'A:\SETUP.EXE' bzw. 'B:\SETUP.EXE', je nach der Bezeichnung
   Ihres 3.5" Laufwerkes, ein
4. Danach erscheint eine Installations-Dialogbox. Folgen Sie den Anweisungen
   in der Dialogbox, um den Installationsvorgang erfolgreich abzuschlieáen
5. Wenn Sie mehr Informationen zur Installation bentigen, knnen Sie diese
   im Kapital 2 'Installation des Druckertreibers und der TrueType Fonts'
   des WinType 800C Benutzerhandbuches nachlesen


S_Hinweise:
Adaptec 7800 Family Manager for OS/2 2.1X/Warp
             =============================================

      (Supports AHA-2940/2940W, AHA-3940/3940W, and AIC-7850/7870)

          ================================================
           INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE OS/2 DRIVER:
          ================================================

1) Installing a New Driver or Updating an Existing Driver for OS/2 2.1X/Warp
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
a) Open the OS/2 System Folder, then open the System Setup folder.

b) Double-click on Device Driver Install.

c) Insert the Manager Set floppy in the appropriate drive.

d) Change to the directory where the driver is located, usually OS2.
								      
e) When you find the driver (AIC7870.ADD), select INSTALL.

6) After the install finishes, a message will appear to report the 
   status.  An error will be displayed if no host adapters are found.

   You may also install the driver manually.  Copy AIC7870.ADD to C:\OS2.
   Add a line to your CONFIG.SYS that says BASEDEV=AIC7870.ADD .

2) First-Time Installation of OS/2 2.1X/Warp From Floppy Diskette
-----------------------------------------------------------------
a) Make backup copies of the Installation Diskette and Disk #1.

b) Using the backup copies of the Installation Diskette and Disk #1 
   do the following:
   1) Copy OS2LDR from the 7800 Manager Set onto the Installation Diskette.
   2) Copy IBMINT13.I13 from the 7800 Manager Set onto Disk #1.

c) Install OS/2 using the backup diskettes and the remainder 
   of the standard OS/2 diskettes.
	 
d) When installation has completed, reboot the system.

e) After the system has rebooted, follow the instructions for installing
   the driver on a system containing OS/2.

3) First-Time Installation of OS/2 2.1X From CD-ROM
---------------------------------------------------
a) Make a backup copy of Disk #1.

b) Copy the file AIC7870.ADD to the backup copy of Disk #1.

c) Using a text editor, add the following line to the CONFIG.SYS found
   on Disk #1 :

        BASEDEV=AIC7870.ADD

d) When installation has completed, reboot the system.

4) First-Time Installation of OS/2 Warp From CD-ROM
---------------------------------------------------
Follow the steps a-d above.  After reboot, update the AIC7870.ADD on the
boot drive from DISK #1 (this file will be overwritten from the CD-ROM).

Additional Notes:
-----------------

OS/2 2.1X currently does not identify PCI systems and handles them
in the same way it would an ISA system. This can cause several different
problems: trouble installing OS/2 2.1X and an inability to share a single
interrupt between multiple PCI adapters.

IBM is aware of these problems and has open APARs (PJ14230 and PJ14710)
tracking them. They will be fixed in a future release of OS/2; please check
the list of closed APARs accompanying each future release.

Currently, we have files which can be used as interim fixes for both these
problems:

   OS2LDR - A new PCI aware version of the loader. This file can be used
   during installation or installed after the installation of OS/2 has
   completed.

   IBMINT13.I13 - A new PCI aware version of the generic INT 13H driver that
   is used during installation from floppy disk.

If you update Disk #1 of the CD-ROM installation to include OS2LDR, please be
aware that this file will be overwritten from the CD-ROM. It may have to be
updated again on the boot drive when the installation has completed.

The above problems with OS2LDR and IBMINT13.I13 have been fixed in OS/2 Warp.
Therefore, the updates are no longer required. 								

This driver added a new switch named /PCIHW which enables the driver to 
ignore the PCI BIOS and access the PCI hardware registers directly. This
switch could be useful for the users having problems loading the AIC7870.ADD
included with OS/2 Warp, if their system has a non-compliant
system BIOS. 
   							
	BASEDEV=AIC7870.ADD /PCIHW

Intel Errata #8511 lists known data integrity issues with the 
processor cache on the Saturn-1 chipset (82424TX).  For this reason 
Adaptec recommends that processor cache be disabled via the CMOS 
setup to avoid data corruption.  For more information, see Intel 
Errata #8511.  You may get this from Intel's FaxBack system at 
800.628.2283 or 916.356.3105.  For more detailed information see 
Errata #8512 and 8513.  
					    
There is currently no support for installing OS/2 2.0 on a hard drive
attached to an AIC-7870, due to limitations in the installation procedure. 
Upgrading to OS/2 2.1 or higher is recommended.


S_Hinweise:
Druckertreiberdiskette XB24-200

Auf dieser Diskette befinden sich XB24-200 Druckertreiber fr einige gngige
Softwareprodukte im MS-DOS Format.

Fr folgende Produkte sind Treiberdateien vorhanden:

Software:
-----------------------------------------
1-2-3 V2.3
Allways
AutoSketch 2.0, 3.0
ConText 4
Euroscript 3.0
F&A 3.0, 4.0
DBase IV
Framework III
Framework IV
Microsoft Chart 3.0
Microsoft Multiplan 4.01, 4.2
Microsoft WINDOWS 3.0
Microsoft WORD 4.0
Microsoft WORD 5.0, 5.5
Microsoft WORKS 1.05
Microsoft WORKS 2.0
PCTEXT 4 V1.5
PCTEXT 4 V2.5
StarWriter 5.0, 5.5
SmartWare II Ver. 1.02
Symphony 2.2
TexAss Window Plus
WordPerfect 5.1

Wenn Sie Treiber installieren mchten, wechseln Sie zu dem entsprechenden 
Verzeichnis und kopieren die Files auf Ihre Backup-Diskette oder auf Ihre 
Harddisk in das jeweilige Verzeichnis.


S_Hinweise:
=======================================================================
                 Adaptec 7800 Family Manager for NetWare 3.1x - Driver Version 1.08
=======================================================================

Driver Name:              AIC7870.DSK

Driver Revision:          1.08

Supported Host Adapters:  AHA-2940, AHA-2940W, AHA-3940, AHA-3940W,
                          AIC-7870, AIC-7850

Loading The Driver:       "load [path] aic7870 [options]"

Certification Status:     Driver has been submitted for Novell Certification. 

----------------------------------------------------------------------------


This subdirectory contains the driver for Adaptec's AIC-7800 Family of Host 
Adapters for NetWare 386 v3.11 and v3.12 SCSI and Advanced SCSI Programming
Interface (ASPI) managers. All of Adaptec's NetWare 386 drivers have full
support for standard SCSI disk drives, "NetWare Ready" drives, and removable
media disk drives (including optical drives).

The driver also contains a built-in ASPI manager.  This allows for other
NetWare Loadable Modules (NLMs) to gain access to the host adapter.
Given the flexibility of ASPI, several companies are currently providing
server-based tape backup solutions through ASPI.  SBackup is a server based
tape backup solution which is shipped by Novell with NetWare 3.11.  SBackup
supports the ASPI interface.  There are other ASPI modules already developed
or under development.  A programming specification is available from Adaptec
if you are interested in writing your own NetWare 386 ASPI module.

If your file server does a lot of IO operations and you want to try optimizing
its performance, you can adjust the "max_tags=?" and "max_notags"
command line switch.  These switches control the maximum number of tagged
and non-tagged commands outstanding at a given device, respectively.
Refer to your disk-drive's documentation to determine if tagged-queuing is
supported, and the maximum number of outstanding commands supported.
Default values are 8 and 2, respectively.  Examples of changing this feature
are below:

:load aic7870 max_tags=2 max_nontags=1
           or
:load aic7870 tag_disable=ffff max_nontags=1

The first example is set for tag-queuing drives and the second case is for 
non-tag-queuing drives. The max_tags parameter can be set as 2, 4, 6, 8, or
10.  The max_non_tags parameter can be set as 1 or 2.  Larger values give
the drives more opportunity for optimization, but take up more memory
in the server.  In some instances, drives may not support the driver's 
maximum count, or may suffer starvation problems with large counts.


=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=


The following table shows default values for driver command line options.
It was inadvertently left out of the NetWare section of your manual.  Please
refer to the following table for the default values.

==============================================================================
   OPTION               DEFAULT VALUE            RANGE
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                       
   slot                 n/a                      1-15
   verbose              n                        y,n
   removable            on                       on,off
   fixed_disk           on                       on,off
   dev_enable           ffh                      00-ffh (bitmask)
   lun_enable           01h                      00-ffh (bitmask) 
                                                  (default if lun 0 only)
   tag_disable          00h                      00-ffh (bitmask)
   io_combine           16 (decimal)             00-16 decimal
                                                  ** different than manual **
   max_sectors          64 (decimal)             00-ffh
   max_tags             8                        00-ffh
   max_nontags          2                        00-ffh
   read_after_write     1                        0,1 (1=write and verify,
                                                      0=write only)
                                                  ** different than manual **
   instrumentation      0                        0,1 (1=turn on performance
                                                        instrumentation)
                                                  ** new feature **
=============================================================================


S_Hinweise:
==================================================================
               Adaptec 7800 Family Manager for NetWare 4.xx - Driver Version 2.08
==================================================================

Driver Name:              AIC7870.DSK

Driver Revision:          2.08

Supported Host Adapters:  AHA-2940, AHA-2940W, AHA-3940, AHA-3940W,
                          AIC-7870, AIC-7850

Loading The Driver:       "load [path] aic7870 [options]"

Certification Status:     Driver has been submitted for Novell Certification.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------


This subdirectory contains the driver for Adaptec's AIC-7800 Family of Host 
Adapters for NetWare 386 v4.xx SCSI and Advanced SCSI Programming Interface
(ASPI) managers. All of Adaptec's NetWare 386 drivers have full support for
standard SCSI disk drives, "NetWare Ready" drives, and removable media disk
drives (including optical drives).

The driver also contains a built-in ASPI manager.  This allows for other
NetWare Loadable Modules (NLMs) to gain access to the host adapter.
Given the flexibility of ASPI, several companies are currently providing
server-based tape backup solutions through ASPI.  SBackup is a server based
tape backup solution which is shipped by Novell with NetWare 3.11.  SBackup
supports the ASPI interface.  There are other ASPI modules already developed
or under development.  A programming specification is available from Adaptec
if you are interested in writing your own NetWare 386 ASPI module.

If your file server does a lot of IO operations and you want to try opti-
mizing its performance, you can adjust the "max_tags=?" and "max_notags"
command line switch.  These switches control the maximum number of tagged
and non-tagged commands outstanding at a given device, respectively.
Refer to your disk-drive's documentation to determine if tagged-queuing is
supported, and the maximum number of outstanding commands supported.
Default values are 8 and 2, respectively.  Examples of changing this feature
are below:

:load aic7870 max_tags=2 max_nontags=1
           or
:load aic7870 tag_disable=ffff max_nontags=1

The first example is set for tag-queuing drives and the second case is for 
non-tag-queuing drives. The max_tags parameter can be set as 2, 4, 6, 8, or
10.  The max_non_tags parameter can be set as 1 or 2.  Larger values give
the drives more opportunity for optimization, but take up more memory
in the server.  In some instances, drives may not support the driver's
maximum count, or may suffer starvation problems with large counts.


=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=


The following table shows default values for driver command line options.
It was inadvertently left out of the NetWare section of your manual.  Please
refer to the following table for the default values.

==============================================================================
   OPTION               DEFAULT VALUE            RANGE
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                       
   slot                 n/a                      1-15
   verbose              n                        y,n
   removable            on                       on,off
   fixed_disk           on                       on,off
   dev_enable           ffh                      00-ffh (bitmask)
   lun_enable           01h                      00-ffh (bitmask) 
                                                  (default if lun 0 only)
   tag_disable          00h                      00-ffh (bitmask)
   io_combine           16 (decimal)             00-16 decimal
                                                  ** different than manual **
   max_sectors          64 (decimal)             00-ffh
   max_tags             8                        00-ffh
   max_nontags          2                        00-ffh
   read_after_write     1                        0,1 (1=write and verify,
                                                      0=write only)
                                                  ** different than manual **
   instrumentation      0                        0,1 (1=turn on performance
                                                        instrumentation)
                                                  ** new feature **                                                  
=============================================================================


S_Hinweise:
=====================================================================
                                                       ASPI NLM software
=====================================================================

Updated for SCSIworks! 1.3 release
ASPITRAN.DSK is included with Novell 3.12 and 4.x

November 1993   ASPI NLM software

This NLM requires a software NLM for Netware that works with ASPI using
the standard ASPI Entry points.  Under Netware 3.11, we have tested with
several Tape NLM products and with Opti-Net from On Line for CD-ROMs.
Corel uses a .DSK entry instead of a standard ASPI entry and won't work
with this NLM.

Netware 3.12 and 4.x come with ASPICD.NLM and that has also been tested
with these NLM versions.

Note that ONLY the T130, T160 and T358 MiniSCSI EPP are supported with
these NLMs.  The older T128 is incompatible in architecture with Novell
3.xx and 4.xx and will not be supported.
***********************************************************************

NLM Software Installation

This chapter details Trantor's ASPI Manager Modules for the Novell
NetWare 386 v3.11 or later platforms. These modules are called NetWare
Loadable Modules or NLMs.

NLM Introduction

An ASPI manager is included with NetWare 386 (3.11, 3.12, and 4.0).

Given the flexibility of ASPI, many companies are currently providing
server-based CD-ROM and tape backup solutions through ASPI. There are
other ASPI modules already developed or under development.


The following is a check list of what you need to get started:

	IBM PC AT-compatible system or EISA system

	Trantor's PC/XT/AT-compatible boards (T130, T160, T358)

        SCSIworks! diskettes

	Novell NetWare 386 v3.11 or later

	One or more Local Area Network (LAN) cards  

	SCSIworks! Users Guide (this document)

Other manuals that may help you:

        Trantor Hardware Installation Guide

        386 Installation, SFT NetWare Manuals (provided by Novell)

NLM  Files

NetWare Loadable Module files are located in the NLM directory on the
SCSIworks! diskettes. These files include:


MA13B.NLM--The NLM for the T130 SCSI host adapter.

MA160.NLM--The NLM for the T160 SCSI host adapter.

MA358.NLM--The NLM for the T358 SCSI host adapter.


NLM Installation

The following is a quick overview for installing Trantor NLMs:

1. Make one (1) backup copy of each Novell and Trantor supplied
diskettes using the DOS DISKCOPY command and use these backup copies as
your working diskettes.

2. Use the NetWare 386 file SERVER.EXE to start the installation
process. When you are prompted for a file server name and an IPX
internal network number, consult the NetWare User Manual for the
information.

3. Boot your NetWare 386 file server. Consult the NetWare User Manual
for the information.

4. Load the NLM into NetWare 386 using of the LOAD console command. See
"Loading the NLM" in your Novell manual for details.

5. Make sure the module ASPITRAN.DSK is in the same [path] or in the
SYSTEM directory of SYS: Volume. Netware 3.12 and 4.x come with
ASPITRAN.DSK.  Netware 3.11 does not, so you will need to upgrade to
3.12/4.x or use a third party NLM solution for Netware 3.11 that
inlcudes ASPITRAN.DSK.


Parameters

The following is a list of the parameters available for the Trantor
T130, T160 and T358 host adapters. The table identifies the syntax and
parameter options.

Command line parameters must be separated by spaces; however, they can
be in upper or lower case.

PORT--The I/O port address for the host adapter. This parameter is
mandatory, and if a port is not specified at the command line, the
software prompts you for a port. The syntax is PORT=xxx.

INT--The interrupt setting. This parameter is mandatory, and if an
interrupt is not specified at the command line, the software prompts you
for an interrupt. The syntax is INT=y.

RESET--Performs a SCSI bus reset upon module load. This parameter is
optional. The syntax is RESET.

MODE--The mode configuration switch for the T358 host adapter only. The
syntax is MODE=mn and the default is 00. Some parallel ports require
additional delays to the read and write cycles of the device. The amount
of additional time the T358 read and write cycles are delayed is
controlled by the value of n. n may be set to any value between 0 to 7.
0 (the default) inserts no cycle delays (runs at highest throughput
rate) and 7 adds 875 ns of delay to the T358 read and write cycles. This
parameter is optional.

        Allowable values for m
        0       Auto-port detect (default).
        2       Force unidirectional.
        4       Force non-EPP; auto detect unidirectional or bidirectional.
        6       Force non-EPP and force unidirectional.
        8       Force EPP.

Parameters Syntax       T130             T160             T358

PORT     PORT=xxx      350, 340        250, 240, 230   3BC, 378, 278
                       250, 240        360, 350, 340
                                       330, 260

INT      INT=y         3, 5, 7         3, 5, 7,        5, 7 10, 12, 14,15

RESET    RESET        no options

MODE     MODE=mn        na                na            m=0,2,4,6,8
                                                      n=0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7


Loading the NLM

The module must be loaded for each host adapter in the system. For
example, if you have three host adapters, you need to load the module
three times. If installing more than one host adapter, each host adapter
should have its own SCSI bus. For example, no two T130s should be
connected to the same SCSI cable.

Note that only one image of the module (MA13B.NLM, MA160.NLM, or
MA358.NLM) remains in memory. Consult the NetWare Installation Manual
for information on installing other NLMs. If an error message appears
when attempting to load the driver, consult the end of this section for
a description of the error messages.

When you load the driver, you need to tell it which host adapter you are
loading the driver for, i.e. LOAD MA13B. If you do not specify
parameters, you are prompted for those that are mandatory. To avoid
NetWare software prompting, type the parameters after the NLM name.

NetWare software determines if loading the driver causes any conflicts
(i.e., port or interrupt channel already in use). If there is a
possibility of a conflict, the driver does not load. 

At the NetWare 386 software prompt (:), use the LOAD command to install
the driver. The correct syntax to load the driver for the T130B is:

	LOAD [PATH]MA13B [PARAMETERS]

For the T160:

	LOAD [PATH]MA160 [PARAMETERS]

For the T358:

	LOAD [PATH]MA358 [PARAMETERS]

For a T130, assuming the SCSIworks! diskette is in drive A and you
have a tape backup and CD-ROM drive connected to the T130, the screen
looks similar to below (the software prompts you for mandatory
parameters when not selected):

:load a:\nlm\ma13b  [Enter] Loading module MA13B.NLM
	
------------------------------------------------------------
Trantor ASPI Manager for NetWare, version 1.01 Copyright (C) 1993,
Trantor Systems Limited. All rights reserved.

--- For The T130B SCSI Host Adapter ---

Supported I/O port values are 350, 340, 250, 240 I/O port: 350  [Enter]
Supported interrupt number values are 3, 5, 7 Interrupt number: 3
[Enter]

SCSI Host Adapter detected at address 350h.

Device 0, Sequential Access Device (Removable Media) Device 1, Read-Only
Optical Device (Removable media)
------------------------------------------------------------


Note that the port and IRQ values which would cause a conflict with
another device do NOT display.


:load a:\nlm\ma13b port=350 int=3 reset [Enter] Loading module MA13B.NLM

------------------------------------------------------------
Trantor ASPI Manager for NetWare, version 1.01 Copyright (C) 1993,
Trantor Systems Limited. All rights reserved.

--- For The T130B SCSI Host Adapter ---

SCSI Host Adapter detected at address 350h.

Device 0, Sequential Access Device (Removable Media) Device 1, Read-Only
Optical Device (Removable media)
-----------------------------------------------------------


Loading the NLM When Server Boots

To automatically load the NLM when the server boots, you need to add a
line to the STARTUP.NCF file. This file is created or modified from the
NetWare INSTALL.NLM program. Load INSTALL.NLM and select System Options.
Next, select from the Available System Options. 

Then, select from the STARTUP.NCF. Add a line in the STARTUP.NCF similar
to the one below:

	LOAD MA13B PORT 350 INT=3 RESET

In order for startup to properly execute, the module ASPITRAN.DSK must
be in the same [path] as the module or in the SYSTEM subdirectory of the
SYS: Volume.

Unloading the NLM

To unload the NLM, at the prompt enter UNLOAD MA13B (or other module).



Warning Messages

The following is a list of warning messages and the recommended
solutions.

Warning: No devices respond on this SCSI host adapter The device is not
connected to the SCSI host adapter, it is not turned on, or not
terminated correctly.

Warning: Invalid option 'X' included in command line

The first letter of the option is displayed here. You entered an invalid
parameter which has been ignored. You may have to unload and re-load the
module, entering the correct parameter.

Error Messages

The following is a list of error messages and the recommended solutions.
Note that when an error occurs, the software displays the error and then
displays these two lines:

Module initialization failed. Module XXXXX.NLM NOT loaded.

ERROR:  Host adapter not found at XXX.

The software cannot find the host adapter at the port address. Be sure
you have specified the correct port selection.

Device X: Unable to read device status.

The device is failing for some unknown reason. Check the device for
proper termination.

ERROR: Unable to allocate INTERRUPT resource. or ERROR: Unable to
allocate IOREGISTRATION resource. or ERROR: Unable to allocate AES
resource.

Server would not allow the NLM to allocate resources for operation;
possibly too many NLMs were being loaded at the same time.  Consult the
NetWare User Manual.

ERROR:  NLM Hardware Registration failed.

Novell would not allow NLM to register hardware selections with server.
Consult the NetWare User Manual.

ERROR:  SetHardwareInterrupt() failure.  Retcode = x. 	

Novell would not allow NLM to register interrupt with server. Consult
the NetWare User Manual.

ERROR:  Unable to register with ASPITRAN module. 	

Error in the ASPITRAN module.  Either the module did not load or it was
not in the correct path for automatic load.


S_Hinweise:
========================================================================
                                                Trantor Windows NT Installation disk
========================================================================
To create an installation disk that is useable for Windows NT,

If you are installing a T160 or T260 SCSI adapter using the WINNT Install
script on this disk, you will need to set the IRQ on the adapter to IRQ
10 or modify the last line in the TXTSETUP.OEM to match the actual IRQ
you have set on the SCSI card.

If the IRQ you have jumpered on the T160 is not the same as the IRQ
specified in the TXTSETUP.OEM file, NT may not install the driver
correctly and can cause unpredictable results.


S_Hinweise:
UltraCD CD-ROM cache driver V2.10 Quick Guide
              =============================================
                        (for MS-DOS and Windows)

UltraCD Overview :
===================

     UltraCD is a professional CD-ROM cache driver that enhances the access
  speed of CD-ROM drives up to 30 times, and it can be installed in 30 
  seconds. 

     UltraCD supports MS-DOS and Windows, compatible to AT-BUS, SCSI-BUS 
  and all double speed CD-ROM drives. It incorporated a Windows control 
  panel, an easy-to-use installation program, an on-line help facility,
  a status reporter, unload and other capabilities.

System requirement :
====================

  To get the benefit from UltraCD, you need :

  (1)  A CD-ROM drive. (AT-bus, SCSI-bus or double speed drives)
  (2)  MS-DOS 3.0 or above
  (3)  At least 256 KB of extended memory.


S_Hinweise:
************************************************************************
  Aztech CDA 268-03I CD-ROM Laufwerk Ver 1.10 
  *************************************************************************
   In dieser Datei finden Sie zustzliche Informationen zur CD-ROM Laufwerk
   Installationssoftware, die bei Drucklegung nicht verfgbar war.

   Allgemeine Informationen
   ========================
   Standard IDE untersttzt maximal zwei IDE Schnittstellen. An jeder IDE
   Schnittstelle knnen maximal zwei Gerte angeschlossen sein, z.B. zwei
   Festplattem zwei CD-ROM Laufwerke oder eine Kombination aus einer 
   Festplatte und einem CD-ROM Laufwerk. Die Portadresse fr ein primres IDE 
   Interface ist 1F0H und fr ein sekundres IDE Interface 170H.

   Das primre IDE Interface ist der Anschluá (bei Adresse 1F0H), an dem Ihre
   Festplatte(n) angeschlossen ist. Es kann auf dem Mainboard oder auf einer
   Controllerkarte eingebaut sein. Ein sekundres IDE Interface (bei Adresse
   170H) ist dann in Ihrem System vorhanden, wenn Sie in Ihrem System vier
   AT-Bus Festplatten installieren knnen. Sie finden es dann ebenfalls auf 
   dem Mainboard oder auf der Controllerkarte. Ein zustzliches sekundres IDE
   Interface kann auch das auf bestimmten Soundkarten (z.B. Aztech WaveRider 
   32+) eingebaute sekundre IDE Interface oder das auf der optionalen 
   Schnittstellenkarte zum Aztech CDA268-03I CD-ROM Laufwerk enthaltene 
   Interface sein.


S_Hinweise:
======================================================================
                                 Bustiming adjaustment for AHA154x series adapter, 
                                           when connecting a floppy based tape-drive.
======================================================================
File to describe usage of BUSONOFF.BAT.

  BUSONOFF.BAT is a batch file used to set the bus on and bus off time
  of the AHA-154xA or AHA-154xB. If you have an AHA-154xC, or AHA-154xCF
  use the 1542ccfg.zip from the Adaptec BBS.(C_config.exe or cfconfig.exe)

  The bus on/off times set by this program will allow tape drives (both
  floppy and/or SCSI based tape backup) to stream.  The tape drive may or
  may not be attached to the host adapter (e.g. the tape drive may be
  floppy based and may be attached to the system floppy controller).

  DOS DEBUG is required, and must be in the same <path> as BUSONOFF.BAT.
  In addition, the data file BUSONOFF must also be in the same <path>
  as the .BAT program.  BUSONOFF.BAT can be placed in the AUTOEXEC.BAT,
  so that the bus on and bus off times are set every time the system is
  booted.  Once the bus on/off times are set, they will remain set, and
  BUSONOFF.BAT does not need to be run again.

     Sample AUTOEXEC.BAT:

     PROMPT $P$G
     PATH C:\;C:\DOS;C:\WINDOWS
     TEMP=C:\WINDOWS
     BUSONOFF.BAT

	NOTE:  Make sure that the BUSONOFF data file and DOS DEBUG are in the
	       same <path> or subdirectory as BUSONOFF.BAT

 Technical Information:

  The bus on/off parameter is the amount of time the host adapter uses to
  take control of the AT bus to do direct memory access (DMA) data transfers.
  If this time is too large, it may keep tape drives from streaming, thus
  increasing the time to do backups.  The default bus on time is 11 micro-
  seconds, and the default bus off time is 4 microseconds.  DISONOFF.BAT
  will change these values to bus on time=4 microseconds and bus off time=
  12 microseconds.  Performance under DOS should not be affected, but the
  tape drive will be allowed to stream.

  Some 154x and floppy tape combinations will require a lower bus on time
  to allow the tape drive to stream. Change the bus on time setting in the
  bedug script to 02 instead of 04. This will change the bus on time to 2
  microseconds instead of 4.



  To set the bus on time back to 11 microseconds, use DOS DEBUG:

    -o 331 07        :This is the host adapter command for set bus on time
    -o 331 0B        :This sets the value to 11 microseconds
    -o 330 40        :This resets the adapter
    -q               :This quits DOS DEBUG and returns to the DOS prompt

  To set the bus off time back to 4 microseconds, use DOS DEBUG:

   -o 331 08         :This is the host adapter command for set bus off time
   -o 331 04         :This sets the value to 4 microseconds
   -o 330 40         :This resets the adapter
   -q                :This quits DOS DEBUG and returns to the DOS prompt

  Please send feedback on this utility to the Sysop of the Adaptec BBS
  (408) 945-7727.  

  Thanks.


S_Hinweise:
Aztech CD-ROM Device Driver for OS/2 Version 2.1 & 2.11  

     

     Installation Method
     ===================
     
     All installation instructions below are written for a system which is 
     configured for booting OS/2 from the C: partition. If your boot drive 
     is other than C:, please substitute your boot drive letter for C:.                   
     
     If you have an OS/2 version 2.11 upgrade CSD set and would like to upgrade 
     your system from verion 2.10 to version 2.11, you should first follow 
     the instructions below to install OS/2 version 2.1 and CDA268-01A, then 
     upgrade to version 2.11 from OS/2 version 2.11 upgrade CSD set.


S_Hinweise:
AZTECH IDE CD-ROM Device Driver for OS/2 Version 2.1 & 2.11  



     Hardware Requirement for AZTECH IDE CD-ROM Drive
     ================================================
  
     For OS/2 2.1x system, you need to have another IDE interface card for 
     IDE CD-ROM drive. You should not connect an IDE CD-ROM drive to the 
     primary IDE controller card which is connected to your IDE hard disk.

     IDE hard disks normally use the primary IDE port (1F0) and IRQ 14. Since 
     IRQ is not sharable in OS/2 2.1x in ISA bus, you should use the Secondary 
     IDE port (170) and IRQ 15 for IDE CD-ROM drive if they are available, and 
     so on.


S_Hinweise:
========================================================================
                                        Driver:     Windows NT Driver for the AIC-7770
========================================================================
Version:    1.11


Directory Structure:

    \DISK1
    \TXTSETUP.OEM
    \WINNT\ARROW.SYS
    \WINNT\OEMSETUP.INF

Installation:

    A.  Installation as a non-boot device using Windows NT Setup program

    1.  Following hardware installation, run the Windows NT Setup program
    from within the Main program group.  Select Options from the Menu.  A
    pop-up menu will appear.  From the pop-up menu, choose Add/Remove SCSI
    Adapters.  A dialog box titled SCSI Adapter Setup will appear on the
    screen.  If the AHA-274x / AIC-7770 driver is already installed remove
    it first, then choose Add.  The AHA-274x / AIC-7770 driver is already
    installed if it appears    in the list.  Ignore any warnings, if any, and
    select OK.  Another    dialog box will appear titled Select SCSI Adapter
    Option.  From the scroll window titled Adapter:, select "Other(Requires
    a disk from the hardware manufacturer)".  A new dialog box will appear
    asking for the path to the drivers.  Specify the path to the AHA-274x /
    AIC-7770 driver.  For example, if drive a: is the floppy drive used for
    installation, type:

        a:\winnt

    Choose "2740 / AIC 777x"" from the list.  Choose Install from the next
    dialog.  Follow the succeeding instructions.  If the AHA-274x / AIC-777x
    is also a boot device, do step B before rebooting.



    B.  Installation as a Boot Device

    If the AHA-274x / AIC-7770 is used as a boot device, follow the previous
    installation instructions in A. then do the following:


        1. Use ATTRIB.EXE to change the attribute of NTBOOTDD.SYS in the
        root directory of the boot drive using the following command in DOS
        box:

           ATTRIB -R -H -S NTBOOTDD.SYS

        2. Copy the new ARROW.SYS over to NTBOOTDD.SYS.

        3. Change the attribute of NTBOOTDD.SYS back by using ATTRIB.EXE.

        ATTRIB +R +H +S NTBOOTDD.SYS



    C.  Fresh Installation or Reinstallation

    If installing Windows NT into a new machine or reinstalling NT over
    an existing system, then follow these steps:

        1. Delete ARROW.SYS from NT installation diskette which came from
        Microsoft.  You may want to backup the original diskette before
        deleting ARROW.SYS.

        2. Follow the regular NT installation procedures and select CUSTOM
        setup. The installation program scans your system for SCSI host 
        adapters and displays a list of recognized adapters. In most
        cases, the list will read "(none)". Press S to configure additional
        SCSI adapters. The Windows NT installer will display a list of 
        options, select "Other (Requires disk provided by a hardware 
        manufacturer)". The installation program will prompt you to insert 
        a disk into drive A:. Insert the 7700 Family Manger Set diskette
        (this disk) into drive A: and press enter. A window will appear that 
        displays "Adaptec 2740 / AIC 777x". Press ENTER to select this 
        driver and continue with the Windows NT installation.


S_Hinweise:
///////////////////////////////////////\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\
                         /                         UPGRADE to EZ-SCSI v3.11                                \
                        //////////////////////////////////////////\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\
/                                                                           \
/  Welcome to the Adaptec EZ-SCSI Upgrade program.  This program will       \
/  update old versions of Adaptec ASPI Managers and device drivers with     \
/  the device drivers contained in EZ-SCSI 3.11.                            \
/                                                                           \
/  To upgrade, type:                                                        \
/                                                                           \
/        UPDATE  C:\SCSI  C:\WINDOWS                                       \
/                                                                           \
/  where:                                                                   \
/        C:\SCSI    => is the location of your previous Adaptec software    \
/                      installation.                                        \
/                                                                           \
/        C:\WINDOWS => is the location of your Windows installation.        \
/                                                                           \
/  If you do not specify a WINDOWS directory at the time you run the        \
/  upgrade program, your ASPI Managers and all other files listed below     \
/  (with the exception of the two files which make up the ASPI for          \
/  Windows interface (VASPID.386 and WINASPI.DLL) and the 32-Bit Disk       \
/  Access drivers) will still be upgraded in your C:\SCSI directory.        \
/                                                                           \
/  However, in order to upgrade the ASPI for Windows interface drivers      \
/  you will need to run this program again, indicating the proper WINDOWS   \
/  directory for your system.                                               \
/                                                                           \
/  The EZ-SCSI 3.11 README.TXT will be copied to your \SCSI directory.      \
/  This file contains special information regarding the 32-Bit Disk Access  \
/  driver as well as the latest SCSI CD-ROM and Tape drive compatibility    \
/  listing for EZ-SCSI.                                                     \
/                                                                           \
/  If you wish to undo the upgrade patch, you will find a file named        \
/  UNPATCH.BAK in the C:\SCSI\OLDSYS directory. Rename this file            \
/  to "UNPATCH.BAT" and run the file.                                       \
/                                                                           \
///////////////////////////////////////\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\
/        32-Bit Disk Access for Adaptec Bus Mastering Host Adapters         \
///////////////////////////////////////\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\
/                                                                           \
/  Adaptec EZ-SCSI 3.11 includes 32-Bit Disk Access support for Windows     \
/  3.1, Windows 3.11, and Windows for Workgroups 3.11.  To enable this      \
/  support, simply follow the instructions outlined below.                  \
/                                                                           \
/  Installation Instructions:                                               \
/  --------------------------                                               \
/                                                                           \
/       1)  Start Windows                                                   \
/       2)  From the Program Manager's main menu choose FILE | RUN          \
/       3)  Enter the path and filename for FASTSCSI.EXE and press OK       \
/                                                                           \
/                     Example: C:\SCSI\FASTSCSI.EXE                         \
/                                                                           \
/       4)  Follow the instructions as they appear on the dialog boxes.     \
/                                                                           \
///////////////////////////////////////\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\
/                                                                           \
/  This upgrade program will upgrade the following files:                   \
/                                                                           \
/                                                                           \
/                       ASPI2DOS.SYS                                        \
/                       ASPI4DOS.SYS                                        \
/                       ASPI7DOS.SYS                                        \
/                       ASPI8DOS.SYS                                        \
/                       ASPIEDOS.SYS                                        \
/                                                                           \
/                       ASPIDISK.SYS                                        \
/                       ASPICD.SYS                                          \
/                       ASPIBUF.SYS                                         \
/                                                                           \
/                       WINASPI.DLL                                         \
/                       VASPID.386                                          \
/                                                                           \
/  NEW FOR 3.11:        FASTSCSI.EXE                                        \
/  ------------         FASTSCSI.386                                        \
/                       AHA1540.386                                         \
/                       AHA1740.386                                         \
/                       AIC7770.386                                         \
/                       AIC7870.386                                         \
/                                                                           \
/  This program will only upgrade the files listed above.  No DOS/Windows   \
/  applications are upgraded in this program with the exception of the      \
/  FASTSCSI.EXE 32-Bit Disk Access Windows application.  If you wish to     \
/  upgrade to the full EZ-SCSI 3.1 software package, which includes the     \
/  following list of application software, please call the appropriate      \
/  number listed below.                                                     \
/                                                                           \
/     o  SCSI Power Management Application (Windows)                        \
/     o  SCSI Benchmark Application (Windows)                               \
/     o  SCSI Disk Partitioner (Windows)                                    \
/     o  Scanner Application (Windows)                                      \
/     o  Photo CD Viewer (Windows)                                          \
/     o  SCSI Tape Backup utility (Windows)                                 \
/     o  SCSI Tutor (Windows)                                               \
/     o  CD-Player for DOS & Windows                                        \
/     o  On-line 3rd party catalog (Windows)                                \
/     o  And more...                                                        \
/                                                                           \
/  To upgrade to the standard version of Adaptec EZ-SCSI for $29.00, call   \
/  Adaptec at one of the following numbers:                                 \
/                                                                           \
/       Software Ordering (U.S.A. and Cananda)      (800)442-7274           \
/       M-F: 6:00am to 5:00pm Pacific Standard Time                         \
/                                                                           \
/       International Software Ordering             (408)957-7274           \
/       M-F: 6:00am to 5:00pm Pacific Standard Time                         \
/                                                                           \
/                                                                           \
///////////////////////////////////////\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\


S_Hinweise:
======================================================================
             Netware 2.2 driver for Adaptec host adapters.  Supported models include:
                                               152X, 154X, & 174X (Standard Mode).
======================================================================

This subdirectory contains Adaptec's AHA-1520/AHA-1522/AHA-1510/AIC-6260
NetWare 286 v2.2 driver.  The revision of this driver is v1.2.

NOTE:  If you wish to "INSTALL" a server using the floppy method, you should
       format a disk with the volume label DSK_DRV_209.  You should then copy
       all the files in this subdirectory to the root directory of this new
       disk.  If you wish to INSTALL a server using the hard disk or network
       methods, you should create a subdirectory named DSK_DRV_.209 in the
       INSTALL directory and copy all the files to it.  Please consult the
       user's manual for more information.

=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=


This subdirectory contains Adaptec's AHA-1540/1542/1640 (AHA-1740/1744 in
standard mode) NetWare 286 v2.15 and NetWare 286 v2.2 SCSI disk driver.
The revision of this driver is v3.2.  This driver has been FULLY Novell
certified under NetWare v2.2.

The differences between this revision of the driver and revision 3.1 are
minor.  Changes made:

1.)  An AHA-1640 can now be used at Arbitration Level (DMA Channel) #4.

2.)  Configuration option #4 has been changed from:

     I/O port = 330h, IRQ = 12, DMA = 0

                    to

     I/O port = 330h, IRQ = 14, DMA = 6

NOTE:  If you wish to "NETGEN/INSTALL" a server using the floppy method, you
       should format a disk with the volume label DSK_DRV_209.  You should
       then copy the files ASWNOVL.OBJ and ASWNOVL.DSK to the root directory
       of this disk.  If you wish to NETGEN/INSTALL a server using the hard
       disk or network methods, you should create a subdirectory named
       DSK_DRV_.209 in the NETGEN/INSTALL directory and copy ASWNOVL.OBJ and
       ASWNOVL.DSK to it.  Please consult the user's manual for more
       information.

=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=


S_Hinweise:
===================================================================
                                                APA-4510 fix for PCI-based computer
===================================================================

PCI APA-4510 CARDPARK FIX 

 *Do not use this on non-PCI computers.*

  These files replace those from the APA-4510 Cardpark installation disk.  
  Please read the enclosed README file for installation instructions.

4/7/95
Please follow these instructions for installing the APA-4510 CARDPARK fix to
your PCI-based computer.  If your computer is not PCI-based, do not install
this fix.

#1 - Set the write-protect tab on the original CARDPARK diskette to write
     protect, so that no files can be copied to, or deleted from this
     diskette.

#2 - Make a copy of your ORIGINAL CARDPARK diskette, using the DOS diskcopy
     program.

	Example:  DISKCOPY A: A:

#3 - Copy the following 4 files from the extracted 4510FIX.EXE file onto the
     NEW backup copy of your CARDPARK diskette, overwriting the older files
     with the same names.  The following files were included with the
     4510FIX.EXE file you downloaded:

        CONFIG.EXE
        CSALLOC.EXE
        INSTALL.EXE
        INSTALL.INI

#4 - Using the same diskette, run INSTALL.EXE from an A:\ DOS prompt.

        Example:  A:\INSTALL.EXE

#5 - Once you have started the INSTALL program, follow the installation
     program's prompts to finish your new CARDPARK installation.


S_Hinweise:
***********************************************************************
Windows NT Device Drivers Version 1.50                   March 16, 1995
***********************************************************************

READ THIS FILE COMPLETELY BEFORE ATTEMPTING TO USE THIS PRODUCT !

*****************************

Contents

1.0     Introduction
1.1     Supported Resolutions
2.0     Installation Notes for Windows NT
2.1     Uninstalling the Windows NT drivers
3.0     Known Problems
4.0     Reporting Problems


*****************************

1.0     Introduction

The Graphics device driver supplied here is for use with the Retail 
Release of Microsoft Windows NT 3.5 operating system.

This driver corrects miscellaneous detection problems experienced 
with the driver supplied on the Microsoft CD ROM. 

The drivers will substitute 640x480 by 256 colors if the mode selected is
NOT supported by the mach64 graphics hardware.

*****************************

1.1     Supported Resolutions.

                    256 colors    65000 colors    16.7 million   TRUE color
     Resolutions    8 bpp         16 bpp          24 bpp         32bpp *

     640 x  480     2/4MB         2/4MB           2/4MB          2/4MB
     800 x  600     2/4MB         2/4MB           4MB            2/4MB
    1024 x  768     2/4MB         2/4MB           4MB            4MB
    1152 x  864     2/4MB         2/4MB           4MB            4MB
    1280 x 1024     2/4MB         4MB             4MB            N/A
    1600 x 1200     2/4MB         4MB             N/A            N/A

2/4MB  -  Supported on 2 or 4 Megabyte mach64 products
4MB    -  ONLY supported on 4 Megabyte mach64 products
N/A    -  Not Supported

* Note:   TRUE color, provides 16.7 million colors using a 32 bpp data
          format.  TRUE color provides higher performance but uses more
          graphic memory.

** Note:  Not all color depths are supported at all refresh rates.

** Note: 1600x1200 not available on all DAC types.

****************************


S_Hinweise:
****************************************************************************************************************
Drivers and Applications Version 2.0  for the Turtle Beach MultiSound

MULTISND.DRV
Improvements

Multiple Sample Rates:  The driver can now play .WAV files that have sampling rates
different from the 3 "standard" rates of 11.025khz, 22.050khz, 44.1 khz. Recording is still
limited to the three Microsoft standard rates. MultiSound's DSP is being used to convert the sample rates in real time, adding no overhead to your computer's CPU.

Microsoft ADPCM support:  With this driver, the DSP in MultiSound is used to decompress
sound data in realtime while playing, if the file is in the Microsoft ADPCM file format. This
saves a lot of work for your computer's CPU when playing compressed files, since the size of the data is smaller and the CPU doesn't need to decompress the audio while playing it (as is necessary with all other non-DSP based sound cards).

Note that compressed files cannot be edited in the Wave Lite software provided with your
MultiSound. To edit the file, you must first decompress to the standard .WAV format. This can be done using the new Wave 2.0 software or other file conversion utilities.

8 bit dithering:  When recording 8 bit files, MultiSound's DSP uses a complex dither pattern
to improve the quality of the audio. This gives MultiSound the best sound available for 8 bit
audio.

Virtual MPU-401: Included with this driver set is the MultiSound virtual MPU-401 driver, which is actually a different copy of the driver that contains the necessary support for the MPU-401 emulation. Although we have tested this function extensively and found it to work in most situations, we do not warrant that the MPU-401 emulation will work with particular DOS applications.

Improved General MIDI patches: We have once again improved the GM patch set by
implementing suggestions from game developers and others.  There is also a new General
MIDI patch set for use with any Sierra MPC games.

Improved DOS applications: The DOS applications MREC and MPLAY have improved
buffering schemes, and will now be able to record and play back digital audio at full bandwidth.
There is also a new application called PRESETS.  This application initializes the MultiSound
from DOS and uploads a preset file.  This application can be used to access the Proteus from an external keyboard while the computer is in DOS.  This application will also be able to be used to initialize the card for use with DIGPAK, MIDPAK and VAPI DOS drivers, when those drivers are available.

Bug fixes
MIDI OUT reentrant (stuck notes)
****************************************************************************************************************


S_Hinweise:
mach64, 64WIN155.ZIP
*****************************

1.0	Introduction
2.0	Installation Notes
3.0	mach64 1.55 Fixed list

*****************************

1.0     Introduction

The mach64 device drivers supplied here are for Windows 3.1 and Windows 
for Workgroups 3.11.

*****************************

2.0	Installation Notes

IF YOU HAVE NOT INSTALLED A mach64 WINDOWS DRIVER PREVIOUSLY, YOU 
MAYREQUIRE YOUR MICROSOFT WINDOWS DISKETTES TO COMPLETE THE 
INSTALLATION OF THIS DRIVER.  

1. Ensure that you have a copy LOAD64.ZIP.  It is available on the ATI 
BBS, ftp site (ftp.atitech.ca), and on our CompuServe forum (GO 
ATITECH).

2. Ensure that you have a copy of PKUNZIP.EXE, v1.10 or later.  PKUNZIP 
is available on most BBS and information services, including the ATI 
BBS and CompuServe.

3. Do NOT attempt to perform the driver installation from within 
Windows Exit Windows completely, and perform the following operations 
in DOS.

4. Unzip LOAD64.ZIP and 64WIN155.ZIP into the same temporary directory 
on your hard disk, then run the LOAD64.EXE utility.  For example:

MD \ATITEMP
PKUNZIP LOAD64.ZIP \ATITEMP
PKUNZIP 64WIN155.ZIP \ATITEMP
CD \ATITEMP
LOAD64.EXE

5. Follow the screen prompts for installing the Windows driver.  

IF YOU RECEIVE AN ERROR MESSAGE, INDICATING THAT A CERTAIN FONT (.fon) 
FILE IS NOT PRESENT, YOU WILL NEED TO RUN WINDOWS SETUP FROM DOS TO 
COMPLETE THE INSTALLATION.  WINDOWS SETUP WILL PROMPT YOU FOR THE DISKS 
ON WHICH THESE FONT FILES ARE FOUND.

6. Once the driver has been installed, you can delete the contents of 
the temporary directory (DEL \ATITEMP\*.*) and delete the directory 
itself (RD \ATITEMP).  

7. We recommend that you keep a copy of the ZIP files (64WIN155.ZIP and 
LOAD64.ZIP), in case you need to install the driver again.      

*****************************

3.0	mach64 1.55 Fixed list

This driver is primarily designed to support the complete ATI mach64 
product line, it is not intended to correct outstanding issues.


                                                                  *Requires LOAD64.ZIP to install*


S_Hinweise:
**************************************************************************************************************
This diskette contains the EPIX driver suite for the Znyx ZX301 EISA Ethernet
LAN Adapter.

This release includes a new program, TEST301D.EXE, which is used to test
the ZX301 Fab Revision D or later.  The earlier program, TEST301C.EXE,
is also provided and may be used to test prior Fab revisions of the ZX301.
It is recommended that the TEST301D program be run (from a DOS prompt) 
whenever any difficulty arises from installing or using the ZX301.  If
the TEST301D program cannot "find" or exercise the board, it is unlikely
that any driver installation will be successful.
**************************************************************************************************************


S_Hinweise:
***************************************************************************************************************
EPIX Driver Diskette for ZX312 Release 8   
This release includes software to support the following LAN environments:

  Driver          Directory     Used By
  --------------  ------------- --------------------------------------
  DIAG312.EXE     \                   Diagnostic from the DOS environment
  DOS ODI         \DOSODI       Novell NetWare ODI workstation
  NetWare 3       \3.1X                  Novell NetWare 3.11, 3.12
  NetWare 4       \4.XX                NetWare 4.01
  OS/2 ODI        \OS2                   NetWare Requester for OS/2
  DOS NDIS 2.01   \MSLANMAN.DOS  Microsoft LAN MANAGER, WFW
                                   \IBM\DOS                     IBM LAN Server (LAPS) 
  OS/2 NDIS 2.01  \MSLANMAN.OS2   Microsoft LAN MANAGER
                                   \IBM\OS2                      IBM LAN Server (LAPS)
  VxD NDIS 3.0    \WFW                                 WFW 3.11 (Install script in root dir)
  NT NDIS 3.0        \                                           Windows/NT
  Streams LLI/LLC \                                          SCO Unix, Interactive Unix
  Streams DLPI    \                                            Univel UnixWare
  Packet Driver     \PKTDRV                        Various protocol stacks and tools
*****************************************************************************************************************


S_Hinweise:
**  Part:  SF0014-XX                    Znyx Corporation                  
**                                      48501 Warm Springs Blvd.         
**  EPIX Driver Diskette for ZX314      Suite 107                         
**  Intermediate Release                Fremont, California 94539     
**                                      USA                              
**                                                                         
**  Copyright (c) 1995                  510 249 0800 voice           
**  All Rights Reserved                 510 656 2460 fax                   
**                                      510 656 7969 BBS                 
**                                      ftp.znyx.com anonymous ftp         
**                                      info@znyx.com Internet email      

**  Revision History                                                
**                                                                       
**  Date      Rev  Changes                                                
**                                                                    
**  06/14/94   1   Original Release                                     
**  07/21/94   -   New Windows NT and Windows for Workgroups NDIS2 and NDIS3
**                 drivers, enhanced versions of other tools and drivers   
**  08/15/94   -   New SCO and ISC Unix drivers, new PPBINIT version      
**  09/14/94   2   All drivers updated.                                    
**  12/09/94   -   Updated NetWare 4.XX, NDIS 2, NDIS 3, DOS ODI, OS/2 ODI, 
**                 and SCO/Interactive Unix drivers.                     
**  03/20/95   -   Updated NetWare HSM driver                         
**  06/16/95   -   All components updated except for Unix and WfW drivers


S_Hinweise:
******************************************************************************
**                                                                          **
**  Part:  SF0015-XX                    Znyx Corporation                   
**                                      48501 Warm Springs Blvd.           
**  EPIX Driver Diskette for ZX315      Suite 107                          
**  Intermediate Release                Fremont, California 94539          
**                                      USA                                
**                                                                          
**  Copyright (c) 1995                  510 249 0800 voice            
**  All Rights Reserved                 510 656 2460 fax                
**                                      510 656 7969 BBS                   
**                                      ftp.znyx.com anonymous ftp       
**                                      info@znyx.com Internet email       
**  Revision History                                                       
**                                                                         
**  Date      Rev  Changes                                                 
**                                                                         
**  10/31/94   1   Original Release                                         
**  12/14/94   -   New SCO/Interactive Unix drivers, NDIS 2 drivers, 
**                 PPBOS2 configuration driver                              
**  03/20/95   -   Updated NetWare HSM, Windows NT and WfW drivers, new    
**                 PPBINIT support program                              
**  06/16/95   -   All components updated except for Unix and WfW drivers


S_Hinweise:
Diagnose Utility Version 1.19 für die ZX312 EtherAction Netzwerkkarte


S_Hinweise:
**  Part:  SF0021-XX                    Znyx Corporation                   
**                                      48501 Warm Springs Blvd.          
**  EPIX Driver Diskette for ZX342      Suite 107                         
**  Intermediate Release                Fremont, California 94539          
**                                      USA                                
**                                                                       
**  Copyright (c) 1994, 1995            510 249 0800 voice               
**  All Rights Reserved                 510 656 2460 fax                  
**                                      510 656 7969 BBS                   
**                                      ftp.znyx.com anonymous ftp          
**                                      info@znyx.com Internet email       
**  Revision History                                                       
**                                                                         
**  Date      Rev  Changes                                                 
**                                                                         
**  12/29/94   -   Initial Release                                          
**  01/30/95   -   New Unixware, SCO, and ISC Unix drivers               
**                 Enhanced driver versions                              
**  01/31/95   -   New Windows NT and Windows for Workgroups NDIS3 drivers
**  02/06/95   -   New NDIS 2.01 driver for DOS and OS/2, Packet Driver, 
**                 Solaris 2.4 driver                                    
**  05/15/95   -   Updated NetWare HSM and DOS ODI drivers


S_Hinweise:
Sound Galaxy (Washington-16) Windows NT Driver V1.00

    Installation of Windows NT Driver
    =================================
    Under Windows NT's control panel, select "drivers" icon and choose
    <Remove> to unload any "Wave/Midi", "MIDI Synthesizer" or "Low level
    Wave, MIDI and AUX support" drivers (if there are existed) from the
    installed drivers menu and restart Windows NT.
    The Windows NT drivers can be installed using one of the following 
    methods:

    Automatic Installation
    ======================
    1.  At Windows NT command prompt, insert the Windows NT Device Driver 
        Installation disk into the drive (A: or B:).  Run the installation 
        program by typing "SETUP" at the A:\ prompt and pressing the <Enter>
        key.  Follow the on-screen instructions to complete in the driver
        installation.
    2.  Restart the Windows NT to take effect of the new driver. 
    or,
     
    Manual Installation
    ===================
    1.  Select the "Drivers" icon under Control Panel.
    2.  Select the "Unlisted & Updated Driver" option under <Add> option.
        Click on <Browse> button to specify the NT's driver source (i.e.A:\
        or B:\).
    3.  Select <ADD> to load in the following three drivers into the System.
        Low level Wave, MIDI & AUX support
        AZI MIDI Synthesizer
        16-bit Wave/MIDI/Aux
    4.  Restart the Windows to take effect of the new NT drivers.


S_Hinweise:
***********************************************************************************************************
	     XIRCOM CREDITCARD ETHERNET+MODEM II

		   Additional Information

		      January 25, 1995

		 Flash Upgrade Version 2.28

=================================================================

This firmware release updates the CEM2 flash ROM to function
fully with the latest version of our drivers, revision 2.28. 

Flashing Instructions:
======================

1)  Turn off your pc and disconnect both network and telephone dongles
    but leave the card fully inserted in the pcmcia slot number 1 (or
    zero, if your machine designates them slots 0 and 1).

2)  Be sure your pc is plugged in to a/c power and turn it on.  Clean
    boot it to the dos prompt.

3)  Insert the CEM2 Firmware Update disk into the floppy drive and 
    change to that drive.  At the prompt, type CEM2REV and return.

4)  Follow the prompts on the screen and when completed, reboot the pc
    and attach the dongles.  You will no longer need the flash software 
    after the upgrade is complete.
This diskette contains the file PKZ204g.EXE.  Type
**************************************************************************************************************


S_Hinweise:
Sound Galaxy (Clinton-16) Windows NT Driver Version 1.02

    Installation of Windows NT Driver
    =================================
    Under Windows NT's control panel, select "drivers" icon and choose
    <Remove> to unload any "Wave/Midi", "MIDI Synthesizer" or "Low level
    Wave, MIDI and AUX support" drivers (if there are existed) from the
    installed drivers menu and restart Windows NT.
    The Windows NT drivers can be installed using one of the following 
    methods:

    Automatic Installation
    ======================
    1.  At Windows NT command prompt, insert the Windows NT Device Driver 
        Installation disk into the drive (A: or B:).  Run the installation 
        program by typing "SETUP" at the A:\ prompt and pressing the <Enter>
        key.  Follow the on-screen instructions to complete in the driver
        installation.
    2.  Restart the Windows NT to take effect of the new driver. 
    or,

    Manual Installation
    ===================
    1.  Select the "Drivers" icon under Control Panel.
    2.  Select the "Unlisted & Updated Driver" option under <Add> option.
        Click on <Browse> button to specify the NT's driver source (i.e.A:\
        or B:\).
    3.  Select <ADD> to load in the following three drivers into the System.
        Low level Wave, MIDI & AUX support
        AZI MIDI Synthesizer
        16-bit Wave/MIDI/Aux
    4.  Restart the Windows to take effect of the new NT drivers.


S_Hinweise:
**************************************************************************************************************
Model Numbers CEM2-10Bx

	     CreditCard Ethernet Modem II Software Release

			    Version 2.28

			  January 25,1995
 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Thank you for choosing Xircom's CreditCard Ethernet+Modem II.  The 
CreditCard Ethernet+Modem II provides Ethernet LAN adapter 
functionality for DOS and Windows combined with a fully featured 
V.32terbo modem in a single PCMCIA type II card.

Xircom endeavors to provide the highest compatibility and functionality 
for our mobile customers.  To better serve our users, we have recently 
made changes to our procedures to provide software releases on a more 
regular basis. The next CEM2 software release will be in early April 
1995.  Please check the BBS frequently to obtain the most recent
software.   

Please see the Quick Installation Guide for simple instructions on
setting up the CEM2.  The Documentation Disk contains extensive
on-line instructions for more detailed setup. 

This software disk includes ODI, NDIS2, NDIS3, Packet and 
modem-only drivers.  
***************************************************************************************************************


S_Hinweise:
Sound Galaxy Pro-16 Windows NT Driver V1.00

    Installation of Windows NT Driver
    =================================
    Under Windows NT's control panel, select "drivers" icon and choose
    <Remove> to unload any "Wave/Midi", "MIDI Synthesizer" or "Low level
    Wave, MIDI and AUX support" drivers (if there are existed) from the
    installed drivers menu.
    The Windows NT drivers can be installed using one of the following 
    methods:

    Automatic Installation
    ======================
    1.  At Windows NT command prompt, insert the Windows NT Device Driver
        Installation disk into the drive (A: or B:).  Run the installation 
        program by typing "SETUP" at the A:\ prompt and pressing the <Enter>
        key.  Follow the on-screen instructions to complete in the driver
        installation.
    2.  Restart the Windows NT to take effect of the new driver. 
    or,
    
    Manual Installation
    ===================
    1.  Under Windows NT's control panel, select "drivers" icon and choose 
        <Remove> to unload any  "Wave/Midi", "MIDI Synthesizer" or "Low level
        Wave,MIDI and AUX support" drivers (if there are existed) from the 
        installed drivers menu.
    2.  Restart Windows NT and select the "drivers" icon again under Control 
        Panel.
    3.  Select the "Unlisted & Updated Driver" option under <Add> option.
        Click on <Browse> button to specify the NT's driver source (i.e.A:\
        or B:\).
    4.  Select <ADD> to load in the following three drivers into the System.
        Low level Wave, MIDI & AUX support
        AZI MIDI Synthesizer
        16-bit Wave/MIDI/Aux
    5.  Restart the Windows to take effect of the new NT drivers.


S_Hinweise:
**************************************************************************************************************
Model Numbers CEM2-10Bx

	     CreditCard Ethernet Modem II Software Release

			    Version 2.41

			     May 10, 1995
 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Thank you for purchasing the Xircom CreditCard Ethernet+Modem II
Adapter.  Xircom has done everything to ensure that our adapter is 
compatible with the widest range of notebook and laptop PCs possible.  
As a company, we are equally committed to customer satisfaction and timely 
response to the needs and concerns of our customers.  

If you have compatibility issues related to your specific environment, or 
you have general questions, please contact Xircom Technical Support.  
Information on Xircom Technical Support is located at the end of this file.

Remember to register your Xircom adapter to receive information about 
future software upgrades and new products.

Please see the User's Guide for simple instructions on setting up the 
CreditCard Ethernet+Modem II.  The Troubleshooting Guide includes 
detailed tips relating to specific communications packages, notebook
computers and Card and Socket Services.

The drivers included in this release are ODI, NDIS2, NDIS3, 
Packet and modem-only drivers.  
****************************************************************************************************************


S_Hinweise:
Aztech CD-ROM Device Driver Version 1.01 for Windows NT 3.1 README FILE
===================================================================

I. Install Windows NT From an Aztech CD-ROM Drive With Native Controller
------------------------------------------------------------------------
	1)	Boot the Windows NT 3.1 Setup Disk for CD-ROM Installation.
	2)	Select 'C' for custom setup.
	3)	After SCSI adapter detection, select 'S' to add an adapter.
	4)	When prompted for manufacturer supplied disk, put in the
		Aztech CD-ROM Driver diskette.
	5)	Select the 'Aztech CD-ROM Driver' choice.
	6)	Proceed with installation as detailed in Windows NT 3.1 System
		Guide.

II. Install Aztech CD-ROM Drive to Existing Windows NT 3.1 System
-----------------------------------------------------------------
	1)	Boot up the Windows NT 3.1 system. Login as Administrator
		(or an account with the same privileges as the Administrator)  
	2)	Insert the Aztech CD-ROM Driver diskette into the floppy 
		drive A:.
		Type A:SETUP to setup the CD-ROM Driver.
	3)	After SETUP is done, shut down and restart your system.


S_Hinweise:
**************************************************************************************************************
Model Numbers CEM2-10Bx (UK)

XIRCOM CREDITCARD ETHERNET+MODEM II

Additional Information

September 15, 1994

Install Disk Set Version 2.10

==================================================================

Thank you for choosing Xircom's CreditCard Ethernet+Modem II. 
The CreditCard Ethernet+Modem II provides Ethernet LAN adapter
functionality for DOS and Windows combined with a fully featured
V.32terbo modem in a single PCMCIA type II card.

Xircom has endeavored to ensure that the CEM II is compatible
with notebooks that support the Personal Computer Memory Card
International Association's (PCMCIA) 2.1 I/O slot configuration.  

In a manner similar to a PC's system BIOS, implementations of
the PCMCIA interface will vary between manufacturers.  Card and
Socket Services software is generally helpful in masking many of
these environmental differences.  Nevertheless, CEM II operation
can be adversely impacted by subtle, undocumented nuances in
some systems' PCMCIA interface.

If you have compatibility issues related to your specific
environment, or have general questions, please contact Xircom
Technical Support.  Information on Xircom Technical Support is
listed at the end of this file.
  
V.32terbo is a modem modulation that provides for a line
speed of 19,200bps when used to connect to another V.32terbo
modem, and automatically negotiates the fastest rate supported
when used with other types of modems.  Fax is supported at rates
up to 14,400bps.

The CEM II will support both 10BaseT and 10Base2 Ethernet 
connections depending on the Media Module being used. Currently 
the Media Modules available are the 10BaseT and the combined 
10BaseT/10Base2 module.

The Modem supports both data and fax (class 2) and can be used 
with the Xircom Special Edition of QuickLink II Fax software 
for DOS or Windows, or other communications packages.

V.23 support has been added for European Telecommunications
services. Review the V.23 addendum for specific operational
instructions and commands.

The CEM II does NOT currently suppoT currently support OS/2, UNIX PC environments 
or Apple computers.

Xircom's CEM supports laptop, notebook, and subnotebook
computers providing a high-performance 16 bit PCMCIA interface.
Systems providing only an 8-bit PCMCIA interface (such as the
GRiD Convertible 2260) are not supported.  In addition low-power
systems such as Personal Digital Assistants (PDAs) do not supply
sufficient current to power the CEM. 

A uniquely compelling CEM feature is its ability to provide
simultaneous Ethernet LAN and modem functionality in a single
PCMCIA slot.  This feat is achieved by providing access to the
modem through an API in the Ethernet driver.  As a result it is
necessary to load either CMDRIVE or an Ethernet driver (CEMODI,
CEMNDIS, CEMPD) to use the modem functions.

To provide compatibility with a wide range of communications 
applications that normally use a serial port (COMx), Xircom 
provides various device drivers,  called Redirectors.  The 
Redirector traps I/O for the selected commuthe Installation Handbook, LAN or 
Modem Reference Guide as necessary.
**************************************************************************************************************


S_Hinweise:
******************************************************************************************************
Model Numbers PS-CE2-10Bx (EU)

                XIRCOM CREDITCARD ETHERNET ADAPTER IIps
                     European Release Version 2.04
                           April 11, 1995

==============================================================

EUROPEAN VERSION NOTES
   ======================

   The Windows Setup program included on the Installation & Utilities Disk
   contains on-line Help and electronic User's Guides in the following
   languages:  English, French, Italian, Spanish, and German.  During
   initial installation from the floppy disks included in the product,
   you will be prompted to select the language for the on-line Help and
   User's Guide.  If you wish to change languages at a later date, you
   will need to re-run the Setup program from the floppy disks.

   To view the on-line User's Guide, either click on the "Help" button
   during Setup, or click on the "Help" icon from the Xircom CreditCard
   Program Group.

   A DOS version of the User's Guide is available on the Network Drivers
   Disk for each language:

.  English:  MANUAL.TXT
.  French:   MANUALFR.TXT
.  Italian:  MANUALIT.TXT
.  Spanish:  MANUALSP.TXT
.  German:   MANUALGE.TXT
**********************************************************************************************************


S_Hinweise:
****************************************************************************************************************
Model Numers CEM-10Bx, NOT CEM2-10Bx

	CreditCard Ethernet Modem (CEM) UART Software Release

			    Version 2.15

			   March 27, 1995
 
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 New Features
================
Previous releases of CEM software (V1.xx) and firmware (V1.xx) supported
modem communications through the use of a software interface called XMAPI.  
The XMAPI (Xircom Mobile Application Programming Interface) interface and 
special drivers (XEMREDIR.EXE, XEMCOMM.DRV, and VXEMD.386) combined to 
support high speed data transfer between communication programs and the CEM.   

The drivers included in this release function in a mode of operation 
known as UART emulation.  This UART emulation will no longer require  
(or support) XMAPI or the special drivers associated with it.  UART 
greatly enhances compatibility with communication programs such as 
Microsoft RAS, Novell NRN, Closeup, and Carbon Copy. The previous memory 
manager limitations have also been removed. 

For customers using driver releases prior to this 2.15 release, modifications 
to various configuration files will be required.  See the upgrade section for 
additional details.  
*****************************************************************************************************************


S_Hinweise:
*************************************************************************************************************   
		    XIRCOM POCKET ETHERNET PRINT SERVER 
				README DOC
			      Version  3.30
			     December 15, 1994
							     

     ===================================================================
 GENERAL
     =======
     Xircom's Pocket Print Server attaches to a printer's parallel port and
     allows a connection anywhere on the LAN.  The Print Server can be 
     configured easily on any Novell NetWare network with Xircom's PSETUP 
     configuration utility.  
     
     NOTE:  This PSETUP utility is designed to work with the PEPS1-10BT and 
     PEPS1-10B2 models.  It is not intended to be used with the PEPS-10BT and 
     PEPS-10B2 models.
*****************************************************************************************************************


S_Hinweise:
***************************************************************************************************************
Model Numbers PE3-10Bx, NOT PE10Bx or PE2-10Bx

                  XIRCOM POCKET ETHERNET ADAPTER III
                      Release Version 3.13
                        January 18, 1995
===================================================================

Thank you for purchasing the Xircom Pocket Ethernet Adapter III.  Xircom has 
done everything to ensure that our adapter is compatible with with the 
widest range of notebook and laptop PCs possible.  As a company, we are 
equally committed to customer satisfaction and timely response to the needs 
and concerns of our customers.  

If you have compatibility issues related to your specific environment, or 
you have general questions, please contact Xircom Technical Support.  
Information on Xircom Technical Support is located at the end of this file.

Remember to register your Xircom adapter to receive information about 
future software upgrades and new products.
****************************************************************************************************************


S_Hinweise:
***********************************************************************************************************
This README describes an OS/2 device driver (CHINCDS1.FLT) for the
Chinon 431, 435 and 535 CD-ROM drives.

The Chinon CD-ROM drive MUST be attached to a SCSI adapter which
is supported under OS/2 with an OS/2 SCSI Adapter Device Driver (.ADD).
Currently, there is no support for the Chinon SCSI adapter which is
typically bundled with the Chinon drive.  Chinon is developing an OS/2
adapter device driver for their SCSI card, but it is not available at
this time.

Multisession photo CD is currently not supported for the Chinon 535.
The OS2CDROM.DMD device driver will be updated at a later date
to support this capability for the Chinon 535.  Single session photo CD
is supported for both the Chinon 435 and 535.
************************************************************************************************************


S_Hinweise:
**********************************************************************************************************
Windows Treiber für Voyetra V-22  and V-24s (v1.53)

Der beigefügte Treiber VAPIVP11.DRV, VAPI22.DRV oder- VAPI24S.DRV
ermöglicht den Einsatz Ihres Voyetra VP-11, V-22 oder V-24s MIDI Interfaces unter
WINDOWS 3.1 und so mit jeder Multimedia Windows Applikation, die MIDI
unterstützt.

Zur Installation unter Windows95 lesen Sie bitte die Datei WIN95DRV.WRI !!!!!!
***********************************************************************************************************


S_Hinweise:
================================================================
Copyright (c) 1995 Canon Information Systems, Inc., Canon Inc.

Canon BJ Series Windows Printer Driver - Version 2.10
************************************************************************

Thank you for purchasing a Canon BubbleJet Printer.  We hope that
you'll appreciate its exceptional print quality, flexible paper handling,
fast printing speed, and trouble-free operation.

This README.TXT file contains supplemental information to help you install
and use your printer driver software.  As with most software and hardware
products, some information is made available after the development of the
manual.  Updated information regarding your printer is provided in this
README.TXT file.  If any of the information in this file is inaccurate or
you require further assistance, please contact your local Canon company.
The contact addresses and phone numbers are listed in the driver's Help
file and in your printer's User Guide.


Installing the Printer Driver into Windows 3.1
=============================================== 
To use this printer driver with software application packages that operate
with Microsoft Windows 3.1, use the following installation procedure:

 1. Start Windows (by entering the command "win" from the DOS prompt)
 2. Double-click on the "Control Panel" icon within the "Main" program group.
 3. Double-click on the "Printers" icon within the "Control Panel" dialog box.
    The "Printers" dialog box will be displayed.
 4. Click on the "Add >>" button to expand the "Control Panel" dialog box and
    display the list of printers.  The "Install Unlisted or Updated Printer"
    item will be highlighted.
 5. Click on the "Install..." button.  The "Install Driver" dialog box will be
    displayed.
 6. Insert this diskette into the floppy disk drive of your computer system.
    If the floppy disk drive is your "A:" drive, click on "OK" and continue
    with the next step.  Otherwise, type the letter name of your floppy disk
    drive (such as "B:") and then click on "OK".
 7. The "Add Unlisted or Updated Printer" dialog box is displayed with a list
    of the names of the Canon printer models that are available.  Click on the
    name that corresponds to your printer model, and then click on "OK" to
    begin the installation of the driver files onto your computer's hard disk.
 8. When the installation of the driver files is complete, the name of your
    printer will appear in the list of "Installed Printers".  
 9. If your printer is connected to your computer system's "LPT1" port, you
    should continue with the next step.  Otherwise, click on the "Connect..."
    button to display the "Connect" dialog box.  This dialog box displays a
    list of available output ports for your computer system to which your
    printer can be connected.  Only those ports that begin with "LPT" can be
    used.  Click on any available "LPT" port that does not display the "Not
    Present" message, and then click on "OK" to return to the "Printers" dialog
    box.
10. If your new Canon printer will be the primary printer for your computer
    system, click on the "Set As Default Printer" button to select the Canon
    printer as the default printer for Windows.  Otherwise, you will need to
    select the Canon printer every time you want to print.

The driver is now installed and you are ready to print from your favorite
Windows software application packages.  


For Quick Monochrome Printing
==============================
Use the following procedure on your computer system:

        1. Open the "Printer Setup" dialog box for your printer using one of
           following two methods:
            - From within your application, click on "File" and "Printer Setup"
               (some applications may require you to click on "Print" before
               clicking on "Printer Setup")
            - From the Windows "Program Manager", double-click on the "Control
                Panel" icon, then double-click on the "Printers" icon, then
                select your Canon printer, and click on the "Setup" button
        2. In the "Printer Setup" dialog box, use the "Print Selection" pull-down
           menu to select the "Black and White" option (for solid black text and 
           graphics), or the "Grayscale" option (for shaded text and graphics). 
           
These selections allow your printer to print using black ink only.


Other Ways to Improve Print Speed in Windows
==============================================
To improve printing speed, you can try the following;

        *Turn off the "Print Manager" in the Windows "Control Panel". 
         This may increase your printing speed by as much as 25% depending
         on the computer you are using.

        *Under the 386 Enhanced icon in the Windows "Control Panel", add
         or create a permanent swap file that is from 4MB to 8MB.  See
         your Windows documentation for these instructions.

        *In the "Options" dialog box, choose "Diffusion" only when printing
         final output or photographic images.  Choosing "Pattern1" allows
         documents to print as much as 20% faster.

	*Use only one software program at a time and unload any screen
	 saving utilities or programs stored in Windows background; this
	 frees up more memory for Windows processing.

	*If you will be printing text in black ink only, choose "Black and
	 White" rather than "Grayscale".


Windows System Options
======================
When setting up your Windows system to print with your Canon printer, you
should consider the following options to optimize your printing performance.

- Fast Printing Direct to Port: This option, available from within
  Printers in the Windows Control Panel, should always be ON for best
  printing results.

- Use DOS 5.0 or higher & HIMEM command to maximize the available 'real'
  memory available.  Also use a memory manager like Memmaker, OEMM or
  386 Max to maximize available DOS 'real' memory.

- Ensure a minimum of 4MB to 8MB of permanent Windows SWAPFILE.

- Increase your RAM memory to more than 8MB. Increasing RAM memory will
  result in faster printing and reduce compatibility problems with
  applications.  

- ATI display driver. If you are using ATI's display driver version 1.5
  and are experiencing problems when printing, do the following:

	- 1. Run the program "FlexDesk Control Panel" supplied with your
             ATI driver.
	- 2. Click on the "Advanced..." button on the main dialog.
	- 3. Select "Off" for the "Device Bitmaps" selection.
	- 4. Press "OK" to exit "FlexDesk Advanced Settings" dialog.
	- 5. Press "OK" to exit "FlexDesk Control Panel."
	- 6. You will prompt to restart Windows. Press "Yes" to this
	     query.

- Diamond video card and display driver.  If you have a Diamond video
  card and its display driver installed in your computer, and you are
  experiencing problems with TrueType fonts larger than 40 points when
  printing, do the following:

	- 1. Run the "Windows Setup".
	- 2. Click on the "Options" menu.
	- 3. Click on the "Change System Settings" item.
	- 4. Change the display driver to "VGA" or "Super VGA".


For Windows 3.0
=================
Windows 3.0 is not supported by this driver.  You should upgrade to a later
version of Windows.


Cautions, Limitations and Restrictions
=======================================
1. If Windows displays a warning message about "low memory" when you attempt
   to print, immediately exit from Windows and then restart Windows and close
   any unneeded applications that are running.

2. A known problem in Corel Mosaic Version 5.0 may cause incomplete printed
   output.  Please contact Corel Corporation for an update.

3. A known problem with Lotus 1-2-3 for Windows may cause rotated text items
   to be printed incorrectly when using some high-resolution video display
   drivers with more than 256 colors or when you have many open applications.
   You should close any unneeded applications, try using a different video
   display driver or contact Lotus Development Corporation for an update.

4. The following warning message may be displayed when you try to install
   this driver:

     "This driver cannot be updated because it is currently being used by
      Windows.  Wait until Windows is finished using the driver, and then
      try again."

   This is known limitation of Windows.  You should exit from Windows, then
   restart Windows, and then try the installation again.

5. A known problem exists in WordPerfect Presentations Version 2.0 that may
   result in an application error when you attempt to print a bitmap.  Please
   contact WordPerfect Corporation for an update.

6. In WordPerfect 6.0a, the option for a print color of "Black" is not used
   when the driver is set to print in Color or Screen-Matched Color.  Please
   contact WordPerfect Corporation for an update.

<END OF README.TXT>


S_Hinweise:
================================================================
Copyright (c) 1995 Canon Information Systems, Inc., Canon Inc.

Canon BJC-70 Windows Printer Driver - Version 2.10 US
************************************************************************
                                   3 Disketten


Thank you for purchasing a Canon Color BubbleJet Printer.  We hope that
you'll appreciate its exceptional print quality, flexible paper handling,
fast printing speed, and trouble-free operation.  Your printer also comes
with the unique "Color Advisor" software, which is a tool that helps you
in using colors more effectively.

This README.TXT file contains supplemental information to help you install
and use your printer driver software.  As with most software and hardware
products, some information is made available after the development of the
manual.  Updated information regarding your printer is provided in this
README.TXT file.  If any of the information in this file is inaccurate or
you require further assistance, please contact your local Canon company.
The contact addresses and phone numbers are listed in the driver's Help
file and in your printer's User Guide.


Installing the Printer Driver and Color Advisor into Windows 3.1
================================================================ 
To use this printer driver and the Color Advisor software with application
packages that operate with Microsoft Windows 3.1, please use the following
installation procedure:

 1. Start Windows (by entering the command "win" from the DOS prompt)
 2. Double-click on the "Control Panel" icon within the "Main" program group.
 3. Double-click on the "Printers" icon within the "Control Panel" dialog box.
    The "Printers" dialog box will be displayed.
 4. Click on the "Add >>" button to expand the dialog box and display the
    list of printers.  The "Install Unlisted or Updated Printer" item will
    be highlighted.
 5. Click on the "Install..." button.  The "Install Driver" dialog box will be
    displayed.
 6. Insert this diskette into the floppy disk drive of your computer system.
    If the floppy disk drive is your "A:" drive, click on "OK" and continue
    with the next step.  Otherwise, type the letter name of your floppy disk
    drive (such as "B:") and then click on "OK".
 7. The "Add Unlisted or Updated Printer" dialog box is displayed showing the
    Canon BJC-70 printer model.  Click on "OK" to begin the installation of
    the driver files onto your computer's hard disk.
 8. Insert additional diskettes when you are prompted.
 9. When the installation of the driver files is complete, the name of your
    printer will appear in the list of "Installed Printers".  
10. If your printer is connected to your computer system's "LPT1" port, you
    should continue with the next step.  Otherwise, click on the "Connect..."
    button to display the "Connect" dialog box.  This dialog box displays a
    list of available output ports for your computer system to which your
    printer can be connected.  Only those ports that begin with "LPT" can be
    used.  Click on any available "LPT" port that does not display the "Not
    Present" message, and then click on "OK" to return to the "Printers" dialog
    box.
11. If your new Canon printer will be the primary printer for your computer
    system, click on the "Set As Default Printer" button to select the Canon
    printer as the default printer for Windows.  Otherwise, you will need to
    select the Canon printer every time you want to print.

The driver and the Color Advisor are now installed and you are ready to print
from your favorite Windows software application packages.  The printer driver
is automatically set for printing in color (without using Color Advisor).  To 
use Color Advisor, you must select either "Color Advisor" or "Screen-Matched
Advisor" from the "Print Color" drop-down list in the Printer Setup dialog box.


For Quick Color Printing
=========================
Be sure that a color ink cartridge is installed in the printer.  The driver's
default settings are already pre-selected for this mode.  If you have changed
the settings and you want to return to quick color printing, use the following
procedure on your computer system:

        1. Open the "Printer Setup" dialog box for your printer using one of
           following two methods:
            - From within your application, click on "File" and "Printer Setup"
                (some applications may require you to click on "Print" before
                clicking on "Printer Setup")
            - From the Windows "Program Manager", double-click on the "Control
                Panel" icon, then double-click on the "Printers" icon, then
                select your Canon printer, and click on the "Setup" button
	2. In the "Printer Setup" dialog box, choose "Plain Paper" from the
           "Media Type" pull-down menu, and choose "Color" from the "Print
	   Color" pull-down menu.
	3. Click on the "Options" button to display the "Options" dialog box.
	4. Choose "Pattern1" under the "Halftone" box and then click OK.
	5. Click on OK to close the "Printer Setup" dialog box.

These default selections allow the printer driver to print color documents at
the fastest speed.


For Quick Monochrome Printing
==============================
All Canon bubble-jet printer models are capable of printing in monochrome mode.
Your printer is also capable of printing in color and uses interchangeable ink
cartridges, so you should install a black ink cartridge for better monochrome
printing efficiency.  Then use the following procedure on your computer system:

        1. Open the "Printer Setup" dialog box for your printer using one of
           following two methods:
            - From within your application, click on "File" and "Printer Setup"
               (some applications may require you to click on "Print" before
               clicking on "Printer Setup")
            - From the Windows "Program Manager", double-click on the "Control
                Panel" icon, then double-click on the "Printers" icon, then
                select your Canon printer, and click on the "Setup" button
        2. In the "Printer Setup" dialog box, use the "Print Color" or "Print
           Selection" pull-down menu to select the "Black and White" option
           (for solid black text and graphics), or the "Grayscale" option (for
           shaded text and graphics). 
           
These selections allow your printer to print using black ink only.


For Full-Spectrum Color Printing
================================
Be sure that a color ink cartridge is installed in the printer.  Then use the
following procedure on your computer system:

        1. Open the "Printer Setup" dialog box for your printer using one of
           following two methods:
            - From within your application, click on "File" and "Printer Setup"
                (some applications may require you to click on "Print" before
                clicking on "Printer Setup")
            - From the Windows "Program Manager", double-click on the "Control
                Panel" icon, then double-click on the "Printers" icon, then
                select your Canon printer, and click on the "Setup" button
	2. Choose any "Media Type" other than "Plain Paper" or choose the
           "Screen-Matched Color" option from the "Print Color" box

These selections allow the printer to print up to 16.7 million colors.  To use
the Color Advisor with screen matching, select the "Screen-Matched Advisor"
setting instead of the "Screen-Matched Color" setting.

    - For highest quality color printing

	1. Select "Glossy Paper" from the "Media Type" pull-down menu
	2. Select a desired print color from the "Print Color" pull-down menu
	3. Select "Fine Quality" from the "Print Quality" box
	4. Select any desired Halftone setting from the "Options..." dialog
	5. Be sure "Glossy Paper (GP-101)" is inserted into the printer.

    - For Screen-Matched color printing:
      The following selections are recommended to perform its function
      properly.

	1. Select "Glossy Paper" from the "Media Type" pull-down menu
	2. Select "Screen-Matched Color" from the "Print Color" pull-down menu
	3. Select "Fine Quality" in the "Print Quality" box
	4. Click on the "Options..." button, then select "Pattern" from the
	   "Halftone" pull-down menu
	5. Be sure that "Glossy Paper (GP-101)" is inserted into the printer.


Using the Color Advisor
========================
Color Advisor is a tool that assists you in colorizing documents.  Color
Advisor is optimized for use with textual documents that have limited 
graphics.  We recommend using Color Advisor with your word processing 
documents and to a lesser degree your spreadsheet and presentation files.  
Color Advisor is intended to quickly generate pleasing documents that permit  
you to preview a document prior to printing.  This saves time and helps
you use colors more effectively.  

When the Color Advisor is enabled, the Color Advisor interface will appear
after you click on File/Print from within your application.  The Color Advisor
interface allows you to select color schemes and add color to text and other
graphic objects.  You can then preview the colorful image before you print it.

Color Advisor has been tested with the following software applications.  We
recommend using the listed applications with Color Advisor.  Other software
applications will be supported in future releases of Color Advisor.  

	* Microsoft Corporation
		Word 6.0c
		Excel 5.0c
		PowerPoint 4.0

	* WordPerfect Corporation
		WordPerfect 6.0a
		Quattro Pro 5.0
		Presentations 2.0

	* Lotus Corporation
		AmiPro 3.0
		Lotus 1-2-3, Ver. 4.01
		Freelance Graphics 2.01

Please refer to the "Cautions, Limitations and Restrictions" section at the
end of this file for more information regarding the use of the Color Advisor.


Other Ways to Improve Print Speed in Windows
==============================================
To improve printing speed, you can try the following;

        *Turn off the "Print Manager" in the Windows "Control Panel". 
         This may increase your printing speed by as much as 25% depending
         on the computer you are using.

        *Under the 386 Enhanced icon in the Windows "Control Panel", add
         or create a permanent swap file that is from 4MB to 8MB.  See
         your Windows documentation for these instructions.

        *In the "Printer Setup" dialog box, choose "Plain Paper" and
         "Color" when printing color images.  "Screen-Matching" takes
         longer to process in the computer.

        *In the "Options" dialog box, choose "Diffusion" only when printing
         final output or photographic images.  Choosing "Pattern1" allows
         documents to print as much as 20% faster.

	*Use only one software program at a time and unload any screen
	 saving utilities or programs stored in Windows background; this
	 frees up more memory for Windows processing.

	*If you will be printing text in black ink only, choose "Black and
	 White" rather than "Grayscale".

	*Print draft documents in "Black and White" rather than "Color",
	 or use "High Speed" when printing color.

 	*Limit the number of colors on each page; too many colors can make
	 the image confusing and less effective as well as cause the print
	 speed to slow down.

	*Use primary colors when printing presentation graphics; black,
	 cyan, magenta, yellow, blue, green and red


Windows System Options
======================
When setting up your Windows system to print with your Canon printer, you
should consider the following options to optimize your printing performance.

- Fast Printing Direct to Port: This option, available from within
  Printers in the Windows Control Panel, should always be ON for best
  printing results.

- Use DOS 5.0 or higher & HIMEM command to maximize the available 'real'
  memory available.  Also use a memory manage like Memmaker, OEMM or
  386 Max to maximize available DOS 'real' memory.

- Ensure a minimum of 4MB to 8MB of permanent Windows SWAPFILE.

- Increase your RAM memory to more than 8MB. Increasing RAM memory will
  result in faster printing and reduce compatibility problems with
  applications.  If you must print in a low memory situation, and are
  having problems with your application, try turning off screen-matched
  color or reducing resolution to correct the problem.

- ATI display driver. If you are using ATI's display driver version 1.5
  and are experiencing problems when printing, do the following:

	- 1. Run the program "FlexDesk Control Panel" supplied with your
             ATI driver.
	- 2. Click on the "Advanced..." button on the main dialog.
	- 3. Select "Off" for the "Device Bitmaps" selection.
	- 4. Press "OK" to exit "FlexDesk Advanced Settings" dialog.
	- 5. Press "OK" to exit "FlexDesk Control Panel."
	- 6. You will prompt to restart Windows. Press "Yes" to this
	     query.

- Diamond video card and display driver.  If you have a Diamond video
  card and its display driver installed in your computer, and you are
  experiencing problems with TrueType fonts larger than 40 points when
  printing, do the following:

	- 1. Run the "Windows Setup".
	- 2. Click on the "Options" menu.
	- 3. Click on the "Change System Settings" item.
	- 4. Change the display driver to "VGA" or "Super VGA".


For Windows 3.0
=================
Windows 3.0 is not supported by this driver.  You should upgrade to a later
version of Windows.


Cautions, Limitations and Restrictions
=======================================
1. Several known problems exist in Windows 3.1 that can cause some images to
   be printed incorrectly when using the following combination of selections:

        Media type:   "Plain Paper"
	Print Color:  "Color"
	Halftone:     "Pattern1"

   If you are using those settings and your printed image is incorrect, try
   changing one setting (such as "Other Paper" rather than "Plain Paper").
   The printing speed may be reduced, but the image should print correctly.

2. If Windows displays a warning message about "low memory" when you attempt
   to print, immediately exit from Windows and then restart Windows and close
   any unneeded applications that are running.

3. Do not attempt to print in "Color", "Color Advisor", "Screen-Matched Color"
   or "Screen-Matched Advisor" mode when a black ink cartridge is installed
   in your printer.  The results will be unpredictable.

4. A known problem in Corel Mosaic Version 5.0 may cause incomplete printed
   output.  Please contact Corel Corporation for an update.

5. A known problem with Lotus 1-2-3 for Windows may cause rotated text items
   to be printed incorrectly when using some high-resolution video display
   drivers with more than 256 colors or when you have many open applications.
   You should close any unneeded applications, try using a different video
   display driver or contact Lotus Development Corporation for an update.

6. The following warning message may be displayed when you try to install
   this driver:

     "This driver cannot be updated because it is currently being used by
      Windows.  Wait until Windows is finished using the driver, and then
      try again."

   This is known limitation of Windows.  You should exit from Windows, then
   restart Windows, and then try the installation again.
   
7. If you are using a software package that supports a FAX/Modem card (such
   as WinFAX Pro), the BJC-70 driver is not detected when you have selected
   automatic printing of incoming faxes.

8. Color Advisor supports mouse driven commands only.  Many Microsoft Windows
   applications support "command keys" or "hot keys" that allow you to use the
   command and letter key, found on the keyboard, to invoke an action.  The
   design of the Color Advisor requires you to use the mouse rather than a
   keyboard command to apply color to one or many objects at a time.  

9. If you select multiple copies to print from your application, Color Advisor
   may interpret this information as separate document pages and will bring
   all pages into the Color Advisor dialog box.  The final output will be
   correct, but the automatic colorization of all pages may be impaired.  We
   recommend that each copy be printed separately to ensure that automatic
   colorization is correct.   

10. Some documents may take longer to invoke the Color Advisor print dialog
    box than others.  What may appear to be an extraordinarily long time to
    view the Color Advisor dialog box may be based on your system configuration
    as well as the complexity of the document.  If you try to print again,
    you may encounter an error message that will force you to quit Color 
    Advisor.  Follow the message prompts as instructed and retry printing. 

11. Some presentations have complex graphic images; specifically those that
    are shaded or gradated may cause Color Advisor to function improperly or
    take a long time to display in the Color Advisor viewing window.  We
    recommend that background images be removed prior to using Color Advisor
    to ensure optimum processing time.   

12. ATM fonts are interpreted as individual bitmaps with fonts as small as
    14 to 20 pt. This will not allow you to automatically colorize multiple
    words or lines containing these font sizes.   Other font types that are
    above 50 pt will also be interpreted as individual bitmap images and will
    not automatically colorize. To change color of lines, letters or words
    that contain large font sizes, simply select the individual letter, or
    word with the cursor and apply the brush color.  We realize this may
    sometimes be tedious and are working on a fix to this problem.

13. Brush patterns that may be used in a chart or table to show distinction
    can not be saved in the document type list.  All color selections, however,
    are saved when you type in a new document name that does not match an
    existing document type template name.

14. Some video drivers have compatibility problems with Color Advisor.  You
    may want to contact the video board vendor directly to receive an updated
    driver release or check on the CompuServ forum to download a current driver
    release.  Known problems have occurred with:

    Cirrus Logic 
	* GD 5426/28 Vb1.32b
	* CL 5428
	* GD 5428 V1.43a

    These video drivers have been found in personal computer systems from
    Canon, Compaq and Packard Bell.

15. Color Advisor operates optimally with 8 MB of RAM. Occasionally you may
    encounter an error message that indicates a low memory situation.  You
    should close any applications that are not currently being used to free
    more memory for Color Advisor.  You may also encounter an error message
    that indicates you are using an advanced feature of Color Advisor.  This
    problem also relates to a low memory situation or to a feature that has
    not yet been supported within Color Advisor.  Again, you should close any
    applications that are not currently being used to free memory.  

16. If you have more than one Canon color printer driver that uses the Color
    Advisor installed on your system, you should not change between printer
    drivers from within an application.  Instead, you should only use the
    Windows Control Panel to change between printer drivers.  No problems
    will occur if you have installed only one Canon color printer driver
    that uses the Color Advisor.

17. The Canon BJC-70 Windows printer driver requires version 1.0.1 (or later)
    of the Color Advisor.  If you then install a printer driver for a different
    Canon printer that uses an older version of the Color Advisor (such as
    the BJC-600e), you will need to re-install the driver for the BJC-70 to
    restore the correct version of the Color Advisor.

18. It is recommended that the installation of the driver and/or Visual Guide
    be performed using the Windows Program Manager, rather than using custom
    shell programs offered by some hardware and software manufacturers.

<END OF README.TXT>


S_Hinweise:
=================================================================
Copyright (c) 1995 Canon Information Systems, Inc., Canon Inc.

Canon BJ Series Windows Druckertreiber - Version 2.10
**************************************************************

Vielen Dank, daß Sie einen Canon Farb-Tintenstrahldrucker 
erworben haben. Wir hoffen, daß Sie die außergewöhnliche 
Druckqualität, flexible Papierbehandlung, schnelle Druck-
geschwindigkeit und problemlose Bedienung Ihres Druckers 
gewinnbringend nutzen werden.

Diese Datei README.TXT enthält zusätzliche Informationen, die
Ihnen dabei helfen, den Drucker und den Druckertreiber zu 
installieren. Wie bei den meisten Soft- und Hardware-Produkten
werden einige Informationen erst in letzter Minute und nach der
Drucklegung des Handbuchs verfügbar. Solche aktualisierten 
Informationen über Ihren Drucker finden Sie ebenfalls in dieser
Datei. Falls irgendwelche Informationen in der Datei fehlerhaft 
sein sollten oder falls Sie noch weitere Hilfe benötigen, wenden
Sie sich bitte an Ihre örtliche Vertretung von Canon. Die 
Kontaktadressen und Telefonnummern für diese Organisationen
finden Sie in der Hilfedatei des Treibers und im Benutzer-
handbuch Ihres Druckers.


S_Hinweise:
================================================================
Copyright 1995 Canon Information Systems, Inc., Canon Inc.

Windows-Druckertreiber für BJC-600, Version 2.10, Datei README
****************************************************************************

Herzlichen Glückwunsch zum Canon Color Bubble Jet Drucker BJC-600. Wir sind
davon überzeugt, daß Ihnen die hervorragende Druckqualität (Schwarzweiß- und
Farbdrucke) sowie die flexible Handhabung des Papiers, die hohe
Druckgeschwindigkeit und der problemlose Betrieb dieses Druckers gefallen
werden.

Wie bei den meisten Software- und Hardware-Produkten ergeben sich nach
Drucklegung des Handbuches noch weitere Informationen. Diese README-Datei
enthält die neuesten Informationen für den BJC-600. Sollten die
Informationen in dieser README-Datei nicht vollständig sein, oder Sie
benötigen weitere Erklärungen, wenden Sie sich bitte an den zuständigen
Canon-Kundendienst. Die jeweiligen Adressen und Telefonnummern sind in der
Hilfe-Datei für den BJC-600 enthalten.


Erstellung von Farbdrucken
==========================
Zur schnellen Erstellung von Farbdrucken müssen die folgenden Optionen des
Dialogfeldes «Einstellung für Canon BJC-600» benutzt werden:

1. «Normalpapier» im Dropdown-Listenfeld «Mediumtyp» wählen.
2. «Farbe» im Dropdown-Listenfeld «Druckwahl» wählen.
3. «Hohe Geschwindigkeit» oder «Hohe Qualität» im Schieber
   «Druckqualität» wählen.
4. Schaltfläche «Optionen» anklicken und anschließend «Muster1» im
   Dropdown-Listenfeld «Halbton» wählen.

Anmerkung:  Wenn die Druckqualität beim schnellen Farbdruck nicht Ihren
            Erwartungen entspricht, sollte mit den obigen Optionen etwas
            experimentiert werden.


S_Hinweise:
=================================================================
 These are the SETUP.INF entries for the CANON CaPSL IV Printers printer driver
=================================================================


[disks]
  1=. ,CANON CaPSL IV Printers Disk
[io.device]
1:CAC4w.DRV,"Canon BJC-880J(Extended)","DEVICESPECIFIC"
1:CAC4w.DRV,"Canon  BJC-880","DEVICESPECIFIC"
1:CAC4w.DRV,"Canon  LBP-8 IV","DEVICESPECIFIC"
1:CAC4w.DRV,"Canon  LBP-8 IV (FM-1)","DEVICESPECIFIC"

[io.dependent]
CAC4w.drv=dlgw,ctlw,libw,datw,sid2dlxw.exx,CAC4W.prd,sfmw,fdsw,CRVW,WST1,CAC4.ISD,CAC4.ITD,CAC40001.hlp,CAC40033.hlp,CAC40044.hlp,CAC40049.hlp


S_Hinweise:
================================================================
Copyright Canon Europa N.V.
BJC Windows Printer Driver Version 2.31
Dezember 1994
-------------------------------------------------------------
Informationen zu dieser Version:

Windows 3.1 Fehler
------------------
Wenn Sie eine Dialogbox bewegen oder eine Dialogbox mit 
der Maus an der Titelzeile anfassen und 
zur gleichen Zeit ein Windows Meldungsfenster erscheint, 
wird entweder das System komplett angehalten oder stürzt 
mit einem UAE in USER.EXE ab. 
Dies ist ein Windows 3.1 Fehler und tritt nur sehr selten auf.


Excel 4.0/5.0
-------------
Wenn Sie im Menü 'Datei' in Punkt 'Seite einrichten' den 
Druckertreiber über den Knopf 'Optionen' einstellen, werden 
die Änderungen in den Dialogen des Druckertreibers nicht 
wirksam. Wenn Sie jedoch im Menü 'Datei' in Punkt 'Seite 
einrichten' den Knopf 'Drucker einrichten' verwenden, dann 
die Einstellungen im Druckertreiber vornehmen, werden die 
Änderungen wirksam. Dies ist eine Einschränkung von 
Excel 4.0.

Wenn Sie Charts erstellen, achten Sie darauf, daß diese 
nicht mit gestreiften Bitmap Füllmustern gefüllt werden. 
Bei gestreiften Füllmustern wird ein Schatten eines 
3-D Diagramms sonst dunkelgrau gefüllt. Sobald Sie 
Vollfarben oder Halbtöne verwenden, wird der Schatten 
korrekt gedruckt.

Dunkelfarbige Linien in Diagrammen werden in einer der acht 
Grundfarben (Vollfarben) gedruckt.


Adobe Type Manager V.2.0
------------------------
Wenn Sie ATM 2.0 zusammen mit Freelance 2.01 verwenden, so 
werden alle ATM Schriften im Schnelldruck mit zu großem 
Zeichenabstand gedruckt. Dies ist ein Problem von ATM 2.0 in 
Kombination mit Freelance 2.01. Besorgen Sie sich die 
Version 2.6 von ATM.


Lotus Freelance 2.01
--------------------
Füllungen mit Verläufen werden beim Ausdruck in Entwurfs-
qualität mit Streifen gedruckt. Dies ist ein Fehler von 
Freelance 2.01.


WinWord 2.0
-----------
Wenn Sie mit WinWord 2.0 Briefumschläge drucken möchten, 
müssen diese der Länge nach (hochkant) in den Drucker 
eingelegt werden.


Corel Draw 3.0 / 4.0
--------------------
Wenn Sie Haarlinien verwenden, die nur 0.003 Zoll stark 
sind, werden diese manchmal nicht gedruckt. Dieses Problem 
läßt sich beheben, indem Sie eine etwas dickere Linie 
verwenden, bzw. das Objekt leicht verschieben.


Designer 4.0
-----------------
Designer 4.0 druckt bei importierten Photo CD Bildern den
roten Farbauszug nicht. Deshalb werden importierte Photo CD
Bilder nur Gelb / Schwarz gedruckt.


PageMaker 5
-----------
Wenn Sie in PageMaker 5.0 farbige Füllungen, z.B. 10% rot, 
für PageMaker Objekte anwenden, so werden diese zu dunkel
oder falsch gedruckt. Dies ist ein PageMaker Problem. 
Fragen Sie ALDUS nach einer verbesserten Version von 
PageMaker 5.


AmiPro
------
Bei einigen Versionen von AmiPro tritt folgender Fehler
auf: 

Wenn innerhalb eines Dokuments auf einigen Seiten die 
Orientierung von Hochformat auf Querformat geändert 
wurde, erfolgt der Ausdruck nur in einer Ausrichtung.

Fragen Sie LOTUS nach einer verbesserten Version von 
AmiPro.


FreeLance
---------
Wenn Sie einzelne Seiten aus Freelance drucken, kehrt
Freelance nach dem Ausdruck zum Programm Manager zurück.
Dies ist ein Freelance Problem. 

Abhilfe: Mit ALT TAB können können Sie wieder zu 
         FreeLance zurückschalten.


Overlays
--------
Sobald Sie ein Overlay unter Verwendung der Entwurfs-Qualität 
erstellen und dieses Overlay eine farbige Bitmap enthält, so 
wird beim Druck in Hoher Qualität die Bitmap nur in Schwarz-
Weiß gedruckt.


Hilfe zum Treiber
-----------------
Wenn Sie einen VGA Bildschirmtreiber für TSENG ET4000 
installiert haben und dieser Bildschirmtreiber auf 32768 Farben 
eingestellt ist, kann es sein, daß WINHELP.EXE abstürzt. 
Stellen Sie in diesem Fall 256 Farben ein und das Problem ist 
behoben. Unter Umständen steht auch ein verbesserter Bild-
schirmtreiber zur Verfügung; fragen Sie dazu den Hersteller 
der Bildschirmkarte.


Speicher
--------
Um eine einwandfreie Zusammenarbeit zwischen MS-Windows, 
der Anwendung und dem Canon BJC Druckertreiber zu 
gewährleisten, stellen Sie sicher, daß die empfohlene 
Speicherausstattung auch von Ihrem Computer erfüllt 
wird. Die empfohlene Speicherausstattung für Windows 
ist 4 MB RAM.



-- ENDE --


S_Hinweise:
================================================================
                OS/2 1.3 and 2.x driver for Canon BJ-Series Printers
================================================================
    The Canon BJ-Series Printer Driver for OS/2 PM supports the following
     Canon printers:

     Canon BJ-100       Black printing
     Canon BJ-200       Black printing
     Canon BJ-200e      Black printing
     Canon BJ-200ex     Black printing
     Canon BJ-230       Black printing
     Canon BJ-300       Black printing
     Canon BJ-330       Black printing
     Canon BJC-600      Black or Colour (CMYK) printing
     Canon BJC-600e     Black or Colour (CMYK) printing
     Canon BJC-800      Black or Colour (CMYK) printing
     Canon BJC-4000     Black or Colour (CMYK) printing

    The BJ-300 & BJ-330 are supported using the Proprinter emulation. The 
    other printers are all supported in their native mode.

    If you are installing this driver as an upgrade for an older version,
    or if this is a completely new installation, you should first read
    the installation notes in INSTALL.TXT (please ignore an icon for model 
    XXXXXX which may appear in the driver file window during installation).
   
    In addition, you should ensure that your printer is set up correctly 
    for use with the driver.

    If you received this driver in a ZIP file, or the driver disk has been
    copied using DOS instead of OS/2, you must reconstruct the driver disk
    BEFORE installing the driver. To do this, you should run the OS/2 command
    RESETEA on the driver disk. If you do not do this, the driver will not
    install correctly on your system.


    This file contains the following:
        1. Release notes
        2. Printer setup notes


        1. RELEASE NOTES
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

    Release Notes for Version 1.9
    ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        Support for the BJ-600e printer has been added


    Release Notes for Version 1.8
    ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        Support for the BJ-200ex printer has been added


    Release Notes for Version 1.7
    ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        Support for Wide Fanfold paper has been added for the BJ-330 printer.
        Two new paper sizes allow printing of 136 columns at 10 cpi and with
        a page length of 11 inches or 12 inches.  The new paper sizes have
        the following names:
                Fanfold 136 col * 11"
                Fanfold 136 col * 12"
        These paper sizes will only be available in the "Tractor Feed" tray.


    Release Notes for Version 1.6
    ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        Support for the BJC-4000 printer has been added


    Release Notes for Version 1.5
    ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        "Drag and Drop" support for Canon BJ-300 printer has been corrected.
        Previously this problem caused a System Error.

    Release Notes for Version 1.4
    ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        Support for the BJ-100 printer has been added

        Support for the BJ-200e printer has been added
 

    Release Notes for Version 1.3
    ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        The names of .INI file records now have the OS/2 2.1 format (i.e.
        the prefix is PM_DD_).

        The following errors have been corrected:
  
        1. Garbage was printed on the BJC-600 (Dip Switch 12 OFF) when using 
           WordPerfect 5.2.

        2. The characters 'AB' were spuriously printed when printing a plain
           text file by using 'Drag-and-Drop' or the 'copy' command from an
           OS/2 prompt.

           A side-effect of the correction is that the final page is ejected
           at completion of the job (previously the user had to use the FF 
           key).

        3. 'Forms Mis-match' was sometimes not reported when using the BJ-300.
        
        
    Release Notes for Version 1.2
    ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        Support for the BJC-600 printer has been added


    Release Notes for Version 1.1
    ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        Support for the BJ-230 printer has been added


    Release Notes for Version 1.0
    ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        1. Changed the default for BJ-300/330 Paper Feed to be Cut Sheet

        2. Changed the default to Colour Printing ON for the BJC-800

        3. Added internal fonts and Font Card support for the BJ-3xx printers.

        4. Added support for the BJ-200 in its 'native' mode.


    Release Notes for Version Alpha 1.0
    ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
        The driver does not support the use of internal fonts or font cards
    on the BJ-300 and BJ-330. Only ATM fonts (supplied with OS/2) can be
    used at present.


    2. Setting up your BJ printer for use with the driver
    ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

    BJ-300/330:
    ~~~~~~~~~~~

        This driver is for the BJ-300 and BJ-330 using the Proprinter
    Emulation mode. In order to use the driver with either of these
    printers, you must ensure that your printer has been set to use
    this emulation.

    You must set the DIP switches (located at the back of the printer)
    as instructed in your BJ-300/330 User's Manual so that:
            Switch 1-1 and 1-2 are ON.

    If you do not do this, and your printer is set to the wrong emulation,
    garbage will be produced by the driver.

    BJ-200, BJ-230:
    ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        This driver supports the BJ-200 and BJ-230 in their 'native' (BJ-10)
    control mode. You must check that the printer DIP switches are set
    correctly before printing using the driver.

    You must set the DIP switches (as described in your user's manual) so that
    Switch 12 is up (off).

    To ensure that the horizontal print position is correct, you should also
    set Switch 1 as required for the paper size you are using.


    BJC-600:
    ~~~~~~~~

        This driver supports the BJC-600 in its native mode. Before printing
    using this driver you must set the printer into its LQ 2550 Emulation.
    You should check that the printer DIP switches are set correctly before
    printing using the driver.

    You must set the DIP switches as instructed in your BJC-600 User's Manual
    so that: Switch 12 is up (ON).

    To ensure that the horizontal print position is correct, you should also
    set the other DIP switches as required for the paper size you are using.


    BJC-800:
    ~~~~~~~~
        No special printer settings are required for this printer.


S_Hinweise:
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
                                  OS/2 CaPSL III & IV Driver Version 3.16
                            ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
RELEASE NOTES

This releases is an update release. The following was changed:

  The driver did not check the country settings of the OS/2 system to set
  the default paper size in CaPSL Device Defaults and CaPSL Job Properties
  correctly. This has been corrected. Both the CaPSL Device Defaults and the 
  CaPSL Job Properties now use a correct default paper size after installation.
  (i.e. Letter for USA, and A4 for the European countries)


S_Hinweise:
Windows for WorkGroups 3.1/3.11 JetDirect Utility
  
  Windows for Workgroups version 3.1 and 3.11 setup and monitor utilities for
  Hewlett Packard JetDirect network interface cards, Version A.00.03.

  Extract the files to a formatted high-density floppy disk or to a temporary
  directory on your hard drive.  Run SETUP from the directory where you have
  extracted the files.  See the README.TXT file for more information and
  additional instructions.


S_Hinweise:
VirusScan for OS/2 by McAfee, Inc.
Scans and cleans PC's/LAN's for known and
new viruses.  Requires OS/2 2.0GA or above.
Version 225 (9508) 08-17-95


S_Hinweise:
VirusScan for DOS by McAfee, Inc.  Scans
and cleans PC's/LAN's for known and
new viruses.  Requires DOS 3.0+.
Version 225 (9508) 08-17-95


S_Hinweise:
VirusScan for Windows McAfee, Inc. Scans
and cleans PC's/LAN's for known and new
viruses.  Requires Windows 3.1+.
Version 225 (9508) 08-17-95


S_Hinweise:
Version 2.2.0 of McAfee NetShield for Novell NetWare


S_Hinweise:
SCSI Software Drivers/Utility Diskette			

	Copyright (c) 1994, 1995 BusLogic Inc.			


  The files for BusLogic Software Drivers are contained on one
  3.5" diskette.

  The diskettes contain the software device drivers for the BusLogic
  family of SCSI host adapters: BT-445, BT-54X, BT-64X, BT-74X, BT-946
				BT-75X, BT-956.

  Included are:

	    - DOS and Windows 	
	    - Netware/386 V3.11 and V3.12
	    - Netware/386 V4.00, V4.01, V4.02, V4.10
	    - IBM OS/2 V2.0, V2.10, V2.1. V2.11, OS/2 WARP V3.00
	    - Windows NT V3.5

	    Configuration files for

	    - EISA Model 'B' Host adapter
	    - EISA Model 'C' Host adapter
	    - Micro Channel Host adapter


S_Hinweise:
*    BusLogic Windows NT SCSI Driver  version 1.20     * 


   This BusLogic driver update enhances the Microsoft-shipped BusLogic
   Windows NT SCSI driver by providing support for up to 15 SCSI targets 
   or devices (Wide SCSI support) and PCI-compliant support for BusLogic 
   BT-946C PCI compliant host adapters.


S_Hinweise:
===================================================================
                                     BIOS 1.00.03 BS0T for the Zappa motherboards


  This is BIOS image 1.00.03.BS0 for the "Zappa" motherboards used in some 
  of the Gateway Pentium machines (with the Triton chipset).  Copy the 
  contents of this self-extracting file to a bootable floppy in order to flash a 
  system with this new BIOS.  ***BE SURE*** that the system is already running 
  with a BS0T type BIOS!

FLASH Memory Update Utility Release 3.2

This utility is used to save and update FLASH memory. It is recommended
that this utility be executed from a bootable MS-DOS diskette that 
contains BIOS recovery files for the target system (i.e. BIOS.REC).  

WARNING: This disk is NOT a DOS bootable diskette.

This utility must be executed in a system without memory managers installed.
If EMM386, QEMM, 386MAX, or Windows is active, then the FLASH update
is not safe.  Remove any memory manager or exit Windows before executing
the FLASH Memory Update Utility.



SHOWHDR.EXE:  This tool is provided to display header information on the
specified FLASH data image.  

Usage: SHOWHDR.EXE <FLASH data image filename>


S_Hinweise:
==================================================================
                          BIOS update JX30G-12 for the JX-30G motherboards


  This is a BIOS update for the JX-30G motherboards. The main point of 
  this update is to make it possible for these boards to accomodate large 
  capacity IDE drives (those with more than 1023 cylinders in a normal 
  configuration). *PLEASE* ensure that if you flash your motherboard that it IS a JX-30G 
  (it will have a BIOS banner mentioning "GJX30G-02"). Flashing any other 
  motherboard with this BIOS has the potential to DESTROY the motherboard. 

* READ1ST.TXT *
                        **************************                         
                        * WARNING AND DISCLAIMER *
                        ************************** 

GATEWAY 2000 HAS RECEIVED PERMISSION TO DISTRIBUTE THIS UPDATED VERSION 
OF DRIVER FILES / BIOS FILES.  THESE UPDATED FILES HAVE ONLY GONE THROUGH
LIMITED TESTING AT GATEWAY 2000 AND THEREFORE, GATEWAY 2000 IS NOT IN A 
POSITION TO PROVIDE TECHNICAL SUPPORT OF THESE FILES AT THIS TIME.  
DISTRIBUTION OF THESE FILES BEYOND OUR CUSTOMERS IS DISCOURAGED.  

                        **************************
                        * WARNING AND DISCLAIMER *
                        **************************


REASON FOR UPDATE OR CHANGE TO FILES
------------------------------------
The enclosed BIOS update includes support for Logical Block Addressing (LBA)
when using IDE hard drives above 1024 cylinders.

The enclosed BIOS update also includes help for problems with the Quick
Time for Windows (QTW) video format used in some Broderbund multimedia games
such as Myst. This change should clear up video and audio synchronization
problems.

DESCRIPTION OF FILES AND THEIR FUNCTIONS
----------------------------------------

fsh20f.exe              flash ultility program
jx30g-12.bin            binary file that contains the BIOS code
                        necessary for the upgrade
read1st.txt             this file
autoexec.bat            runs the flash update automatically

COMPONENT USE LISTING
---------------------
This BIOS upgrade can only be used on the Gateway/Micronics system boards
that have the "G" designator signifying them as "green" motherboards in the
system boot BIOS message. The invoice shipped with your system will have one
the following part numbers listed: JX30G, JX30GIFX, JX30GPS2, JX30GP2W,
JX30GNCW, MBDLOC001AAUS, MBDLOC001ABUS.

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR THESE FILES
-----------------------------------------
1. Make a bootable floppy diskette. Ex.: format a:/s
2. Copy the following files to this diskette.
   a. fsh20f.exe
   b. jx30g-12.bin
   c. autoexec.bat
3. Boot the system with the BIOS upgrade diskette.
4. After rebooting the system, the BIOS should read JX30G-12.


S_Hinweise:
Installation of 4.04.D BIOS...
------------------------------

Create a bootable diskette by placing a diskette in your "A:" drive.
At this point type: "format a: /s".
Copy all of the files from extracted BIOS update to this
floppy.
Place the floppy in your "A:" drive and reboot your system.
Once you bypass the time and date questions, you should be at an "A:\"
prompt.
At this point type in "P", which should then flash your BIOS upto the
this version of BIOS.


S_Hinweise:
====================================================================
                                   BIOS 1.00.08.AF2 for the P5-60/66 machines


  This BIOS is for those P5-60/66 machines that *already* have a BIOS type 
  ending in .AF2. It will not work on any other kind of system.


S_Hinweise:
=============================================================
                       BIOS 1.00.12.AX1T for the P5-90/75/100 machines


  This is the 1.00.12.AX1T BIOS for the Plato (Neptune chipset) 
  motherboards. It is aimed mostly at a hard drive timing issue for the P5-75 machines.


S_Hinweise:
REASON FOR UPDATE OR CHANGE TO FILES
------------------------------------


The enclosed files contain a new BIOS for the Gateway P4D systems that
contain the following system boards: GW Part #'s MBDPCI001AAWW, MBDPCI001ABWW
MBDPCI002AAWW. This release of the BIOS corrects problems associated with the
Colorado Memory Systems (GW Part #250TBU, 250TBU1) and BIOS revision 4.04.6. It
also corrects anomalies with the User security settings.


S_Hinweise:
- The Windows CCRF Driver For CalComp Raster Plotters provides the capability for printing from the "Print" menu of any application.

- The Windows Driver For CalComp Raster Plotters supports the following CalComp  Raster Plotters,

	CalComp 67436
	CalComp Solus 4 54424
	CalComp Drawing Master 52424
	CalComp Drawing Master 52436
	CalComp Drawing Master 53436
	CalComp Drawing Master 53336
	CalComp Drawing Master 52224
	CalComp Drawing Master 52236
	CalComp TechJet Designer 5424
	CalComp TechJet Designer 5424+
	CalComp TechJet Designer 5424 R
	CalComp TechJet Designer 5436
	CalComp TechJet Designer 5436+
	CalComp TechJet Designer 5436 R
	CalComp TechJet Color 5324
	CalComp TechJet Color 5336

- The driver support an advanced plotter capability to automatically set the plotter resolution. This feature is  available for the following models,

	CalComp TechJet Designer 5424+
	CalComp TechJet Designer 5424 R
	CalComp TechJet Designer 5436+
	CalComp TechJet Designer 5436 R
	CalComp TechJet Color 5324
	CalComp TechJet Color 5336

- Images can contain text or graphics, or a mixture of both.

- Any size image can be printed, up to the maximum printable area for the largest paper that the CalComp Raster Plotter can accept. (Note: Some applications may limit the actual maximum paper size available.)

- The Dithering and Intensity can be adjusted from the Control Panel - Printers Windows function, or from within the "Printer Setup"  function provided by many applications.

- The plot data can be sent directly to the CalComp Raster Plotter over a parallel or serial port, or can saved in a file to be plotted later. The data is generated in a binary compressed raster format to minimize file size and transmission time.


S_Hinweise:
Firmware Aufrstung fr den TechJet Color
 =============================================

1. Plotter ausschalten.
2. Die Tasten "-" (<) und "+" (>) gedrckt halten und Plotter einschalten.
3. Im Display sollte erscheinen "Awaiting download file".
4. Das File SAKE_110.FRC  ber die Centronics Schnittstelle zum
   Plotter copieren. Dafr bitte den Befehl COPY /b benutzen!
5. Im Plotter Display erscheint: "Downloading ...", anschlieáend erscheint
   "/1.03/1.02/    : Hit Any Key".
6. Ist bis hier alles O.K., so drcken Sie eine beliebige Taste am
   control panel. Das Display zeigt jetzt "ERASING FLASH...  1234567"
   und dann "BURNING FLASH...  1234567".
7. War der Update erfolgreich, so erscheint nun "Please Reset Plotter".
8. Plotter ausschalten.
9. Plotter einschalten und den PLOT STATUS Prfen. Es sollte angezeigt
   werden: "1.01/1.02/1.03 x"  (x=D oder E gibt die Gráe des Plotters an).


S_Hinweise:
Windows 3.1 PostScript Treiber für die Drucker der 6600PS- und 6600XF-Serie

Enthält den Microsoft PstScript-Treiber 3.56


S_Hinweise:
Um eine ordnungsgemáe Installation zu gewhrleisten, sollten die
Benutzer lterer Treiber-Versionen die speziellen Installationshinweise
beachten.

Rasterplotter
Stepsize: Die im Treiber einstellbare Schrittgráe setzt ein Inch-Setup am
          verwendeten CalComp-Rasterplotter voraus. Ist der Plotter
          metrisch eingerichtet, wird der Plot nicht im Maástab 1:1
          wiedergegeben.

Besondere Installationshinweise

Benutzer lterer Treiberversionen sollten fr eine reibungslose Installation
der Version 5.0 sicherstellen, daá die ltere Version zuvor vollstndig
aus Windows entfernt wird. Dazu sind die in der "INFO.TXT"  beschriebene 
Schritte notwendig.


S_Hinweise:
****************************************************************************************************************
=========================================================
                               Iomega OS/2 OAD Drivers version 2.33
=========================================================
MAKEDISK.BAT is used to create a Device Support Diskette containing
the Iomega OS/2 OAD Drivers version 2.33. 

To create the diskette:

        1. Place a FORMATTED 720k floppy diskette into drive A: or B:.
        
        2. From a DOS window or DOS full screen session type the
           following command:

                MAKEDISK a:
                   or
                MAKEDISK b:
                 
           depending on the drive containing the formatted floppy. 

        3. After confirming that a formatted floppy is contained in the
           desired drive, press any key to continue.

        4. The diskette can now be used by the OS/2 DDINSTL.EXE utility
           to install the Iomega OS/2 OAD Drivers. Refer to the README
           file on the diskette for more information.
****************************************************************************************************************


S_Hinweise:
**************************************************************************************************************
TITLE:                            NetWare Client for OS/2 version 2.11
DOCUMENT ID:        TID020747
DOCUMENT REVISION:  C
DATE:                                       16DEC94
ALERT STATUS:                    Yellow
INFORMATION TYPE:     Issue

NOVELL PRODUCT and VERSION:
NetWare Client for OS/2 2.11

This product contains the following enhancements:

*    OS/2 Warp support
*    More robust Windows application support
*    Ability to run NetWare Administrator GUI utility in private Windows session

This product also includes the following:

*    Support for Remote Boot (RPL)
*    Private and global DOS/MS Windows support
*    IPX/SPX support for enhanced mode MS Windows applications
*    Automated ODINSUP setup
*    Documentation in native OS/2 format (costs less to download and runs with
the OS/2 book display program already on your system
***************************************************************************************************************


S_Hinweise:
****************************************************************************************************************
TITLE:                            NetWare Client for OS/2 version 2.11
DOCUMENT ID:        TID020744
DOCUMENT REVISION:  C
DATE:                                       16DEC94
ALERT STATUS:                 Yellow
INFORMATION TYPE:   Issue
README FOR:                   WSDRV1.EXE

NOVELL PRODUCT and VERSION:
NetWare Client for OS/2 2.11

This product contains the following enhancements:

*    OS/2 Warp support
*    More robust Windows application support
*    Ability to run NetWare Administrator GUI utility in private Windows
session

This product also includes the following:

*    Support for Remote Boot (RPL)
*    Private and global DOS/MS Windows support
*    IPX/SPX support for enhanced mode MS Windows applications
*    Automated ODINSUP setup
*    Documentation in native OS/2 format (costs less to download and runs with
the OS/2 book display program already on your system
**************************************************************************************************************


S_Hinweise:
***************************************************************************************************************
TITLE:              NetWare Client for OS/2 version 2.11
DOCUMENT ID:        TID020743
DOCUMENT REVISION:  C
DATE:               16DEC94
ALERT STATUS:       Yellow
INFORMATION TYPE:   Issue
README FOR:         OS2UT1.EXE

NOVELL PRODUCT and VERSION:
NetWare Client for OS/2 2.11

This product contains the following enhancements:

*    OS/2 Warp support
*    More robust Windows application support
*    Ability to run NetWare Administrator GUI utility in private Windows
session

This product also includes the following:

*    Support for Remote Boot (RPL)
*    Private and global DOS/MS Windows support
*    IPX/SPX support for enhanced mode MS Windows applications
*    Automated ODINSUP setup
*    Documentation in native OS/2 format (costs less to download and runs with
the OS/2 book display program already on your system)
**************************************************************************************************************


S_Hinweise:
**************************************************************************************************************
TITLE:              NetWare Client for OS/2 version 2.11
DOCUMENT ID:        TID020745
DOCUMENT REVISION:  C
DATE:               16DEC94
ALERT STATUS:       Yellow
INFORMATION TYPE:   Issue
README FOR:         OS2DC1.EXE

NOVELL PRODUCT and VERSION:
NetWare Client for OS/2 2.11

This product contains the following enhancements:

*    OS/2 Warp support
*    More robust Windows application support
*    Ability to run NetWare Administrator GUI utility in private Windows
session

This product also includes the following:

*    Support for Remote Boot (RPL)
*    Private and global DOS/MS Windows support
*    IPX/SPX support for enhanced mode MS Windows applications
*    Automated ODINSUP setup
*    Documentation in native OS/2 format (costs less to download and runs with
the OS/2 book display program already on your system)
***************************************************************************************************************


S_Hinweise:
****************************************************************************************************************
TITLE:              NetWare Client for OS/2 version 2.11
DOCUMENT ID:        TID021951
DOCUMENT REVISION:  A
DATE:               16DEC94
ALERT STATUS:       Yellow
INFORMATION TYPE:   Issue
README FOR:         OS2VMB.EXE

NOVELL PRODUCT and VERSION:
NetWare Client for OS/2 2.11

This product contains the following enhancements:

*    OS/2 Warp support
*    More robust Windows application support
*    Ability to run NetWare Administrator GUI utility in private Windows
session

This product also includes the following:

*    Support for Remote Boot (RPL)
*    Private and global DOS/MS Windows support
*    IPX/SPX support for enhanced mode MS Windows applications
*    Automated ODINSUP setup
*    Documentation in native OS/2 format (costs less to download and runs with
the OS/2 book display program already on your system
****************************************************************************************************************


S_Hinweise:
***************************************************************************************************************
TITLE:              v2.11 NetWare Client for OS/2 Patches
DOCUMENT ID:        TID021975
DOCUMENT REVISION:  A
DATE:               09JAN95
ALERT STATUS:       Yellow
INFORMATION TYPE:   Symptom Solution
README FOR:         R211FT.EXE

NOVELL PRODUCT and VERSION:
NetWare Client for OS/2 2.11

ABSTRACT:

This file contains the latest field test patches for the NetWare OS/2
Requester. These patches have not been submitted to Novell system test.
Patched NetWare OS/2 utilities are no longer contained in this file. NetWare
v3.x & v4.x users can get OS2UTP.EXE which contains the latest patched OS/2
utilities. A hybrid set of OS/2 utilities from v3.12 NetWare can be found in
OS2UTA.EXE & OS2UTB.EXE. NetWare v3.11 users should consider these utilites.
These files are found in NOVLIB/06.
****************************************************************************************************************


S_Hinweise:
****************************************************************************************************************
The EM525 AT Adapter
----------------------------------------

   You can take advantage of Predictive Pipelining, Cogent's
   innovative data transfer technology, by using eMASTER+ adapters
   in both the client and server computers.  Refer to the eMASTER+
   User Manual for information about configuring your EM525 AT
   adapter for Predictive Pipelining.

   The number for the Cogent BBS is incorrectly listed in the 
   eMASTER+ user Manual. The correct number is (206) 378-5405.

   Cogent's MS-DOS ODI workstation driver is now Novell Tested and 
   Approved. The Novell Labs Report number for the EM525 AT MS-DOS
   ODI driver is L-2106.
****************************************************************************************************************


S_Hinweise:
****************************************************************************************************************
The EM595 PCMCIA Adapter
----------------------------------------

   You can take advantage of Predictive Pipelining, Cogent's 
   innovative data transfer technology, by using eMASTER+ 
   adapters in both the client and server computers.  
   Refer to your EM595 PCMCIA User Manual for information about 
   using Predictive Pipelining between your PCMCIA portable 
   computer and your network server.
****************************************************************************************************************


S_Hinweise:
The Cogent PCI Adapter Readme File
----------------------------------------

   For instructions about installing and configuring your
   network driver, refer to the text file for your driver in 
   the README subdirectory of the eMASTER+ setup 
   diskette. 

   You can take advantage of Predictive Pipelining, 
   Cogent's innovative data transfer technology, by 
   using eMASTER+ adapters in both the client and 
   server computers. Refer to the eMASTER+ User 
   Manual for information about configuring your 
   EM960 PCI adapter for Predictive Pipelining.


S_Hinweise:
***************************************************************************************************************
The Cogent PCI Adapter Readme File
----------------------------------------

   For instructions about installing and configuring your
   network driver, refer to the text file for your driver in 
   the README subdirectory of the eMASTER+ setup 
   diskette. 

   You can take advantage of Predictive Pipelining, 
   Cogent's innovative data transfer technology, by 
   using eMASTER+ adapters in both the client and 
   server computers. Refer to the eMASTER+ User 
   Manual for information about configuring your 
   EM960 PCI adapter for Predictive Pipelining.
***************************************************************************************************************


S_Hinweise:
Change(s):

---------------------------------------------------------------------------
V2.1

    1. INSTALL.EXE and INSTALLP.EXE have been updated to fix bugs.

    2. Windows driver, S3TRIO.DRV, has been updated to improve the 
       performance.

    3. Add a DOS utility, FCON.EXE, to enable/disable the feature 
       connector.

---------------------------------------------------------------------------
V2.0

    1. ACADP, MSTAT40, and MSTAT50 DOS drivers have been moved from DISK #1
       to DISK #2.

    2. The Windows SETRES utility is replaced with PROPILOT program.

    3. AutoCAD Driver, ACADP.EXE, has been updated to S3's ADI 4.2 Driver
       V2.52.

    4. OS/2 Drivers have been updated to S3's V2.52.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------


S_Hinweise:
Win Disk f. VIDEO 12PD                           V.2.00


S_Hinweise:
NT V.3.5 f. CRYSTAL S series/MAGIC S4/RAINBOW   
                                                                                 V.1.00


S_Hinweise:
Für folgende Drucker stehen Windows-Treiber zur Verfügung:
=================================================

CITIZEN  Swift 240
CITIZEN  Swift 200
CITIZEN  Swift 24e
CITIZEN  Swift 24
CITIZEN  Swift 24x
CITIZEN  Swift 90
CITIZEN  Swift 9
CITIZEN  Swift 9x
CITIZEN  PN48
CITIZEN  224
CITIZEN  124D
CITIZEN  120D+
CITIZEN  120D
CITIZEN  HQP 40
CITIZEN  HQP 45
CITIZEN  Prodot 24
CITIZEN  Prodot 9
CITIZEN  Prodot 9x
CITIZEN  Notebook Printer II


S_Hinweise:
NT V.3.5 f. CRYSTAL/MAGIC SD & SV (twin) series 
                                                                         V2.10


 miro.plus high-speed drivers - Installationsdiskette
für Windows NT (tm) Version 3.5 Betriebssystem
Version 2.10


S_Hinweise:
==============================
miro-Treiber fr OS/2   V 2.01                             18.05.1995
==============================

DIESER GRAFIKKARTEN-TREIBER IST KOMPATIBEL ZU OS/2 2.1, 2.11 
UND WARP V3.
INSTALLIEREN SIE IHN NICHT AUF ANDEREN VERSIONEN VON OS/2.



Inhaltsverzeichnis:
-------------------
1. Untersttzte Karten und Auflsungen
2. Installations-Hinweise
3. miro-Treiber fr OS/2 installieren
4. Windows unter OS/2
5. Zurckkonfigurieren auf VGA
6. Bekannte Probleme



1. Untersttzte Karten und Auflsungen
--------------------------------------

Dieser Treiber untersttzt die folgenden miro-Grafik-Boards:

- miroCRYSTAL 10SD
- miroCRYSTAL 20SD
- miroCRYSTAL 20SV
- miroCRYSTAL 40SV
- miroMAGIC 20SV ergo
- miroMAGIC 40SV ergo
==============================
miro-Treiber fr OS/2   V 2.01                             18.05.1995
==============================

DIESER GRAFIKKARTEN-TREIBER IST KOMPATIBEL ZU OS/2 2.1, 2.11 UND WARP V3.
INSTALLIEREN SIE IHN NICHT AUF ANDEREN VERSIONEN VON OS/2.



Inhaltsverzeichnis:
-------------------
1. Untersttzte Karten und Auflsungen
2. Installations-Hinweise
3. miro-Treiber fr OS/2 installieren
4. Windows unter OS/2
5. Zurckkonfigurieren auf VGA
6. Bekannte Probleme



1. Untersttzte Karten und Auflsungen
--------------------------------------

Dieser Treiber untersttzt die folgenden miro-Grafik-Boards:

- miroCRYSTAL 10SD
- miroCRYSTAL 20SD
- miroCRYSTAL 20SV
- miroCRYSTAL 40SV
- miroMAGIC 20SV ergo
- miroMAGIC 40SV ergo
==============================
miro-Treiber fr OS/2   V 2.01                             18.05.1995
==============================

DIESER GRAFIKKARTEN-TREIBER IST KOMPATIBEL ZU OS/2 2.1, 2.11 UND WARP V3.
INSTALLIEREN SIE IHN NICHT AUF ANDEREN VERSIONEN VON OS/2.



Inhaltsverzeichnis:
-------------------
1. Untersttzte Karten und Auflsungen
2. Installations-Hinweise
3. miro-Treiber fr OS/2 installieren
4. Windows unter OS/2
5. Zurckkonfigurieren auf VGA
6. Bekannte Probleme



1. Untersttzte Karten und Auflsungen
--------------------------------------

Dieser Treiber untersttzt die folgenden miro-Grafik-Boards:

- miroCRYSTAL 10SD
- miroCRYSTAL 20SD
- miroCRYSTAL 20SV
- miroCRYSTAL 40SV
- miroMAGIC 20SV ergo
- miroMAGIC 40SV ergo


S_Hinweise:
Citizen GSX-220 and ABC colour printers

     These drivers support printing on the Citizen GSX-220 and ABC
     color printers.  Supported resolutions are 180 dpi (CTZP22) and
     360 dpi (CTZP24).
     Installation of Drivers in 1-2-3 Releases 2.3 and 2.4 with WYSIWYG

     In order to install a new Driver, proceed as follows:

      1.  Move to the Directory in which the 1-2-3 program is located.
      2.  Type INSTALL and press Return.
      3.  After having read the information on screen press Return, so
          that the INSTALL MAIN MENU appears.
      4.  Move the menu pointer to CHANGE SELECTED EQUIPMENT and press Return.
      5.  Select ADD NEW DRIVERS TO LIBRARY and specify the drive letter 
          where the driver files exist.
      6.  Now select MODIFY THE CURRENT DRIVER SET. 
      7.  To install a Text Driver, choose TEXT PRINTER, select the 
          manufacturer from the list and then select your printer model.
      8.  To install a Graphics Driver, choose GRAPHICS PRINTER, select the 
          manufacturer from the list and then select your printer model.
      9.  In order to go back to MAIN MENU select RETURN TO MAIN MENU.
      10. To complete Program Installation, move the menu pointer to EXIT
          INSTALL PROGRAM and press Return. The question, do you want to
          save changes appears. Select YES and press Return until the 
          question EXIT INSTALL PROGRAM appears. Select YES.
     11.  The drivers are now available for selection in 1-2-3.


S_Hinweise:
This disk's root directory has three subdirectories, "i386",
     "mips", and "alpha, for the Intel (i386), Mips, and Alpha
     versions of Windows NT. Each contains device driver files
     for the correspondent version of Windows NT.

     Use Windows NT Setup to install these device drivers:
          1) Double click on the "Windows NT Setup" icon in the
             "Main" program group.
          2) Select "Add/Remove Tape Devices..." in the "Options"
             menu of Windows NT Setup.
          3) Select "Add.." in the "Tape Device Setup" window.
          4) Open/expand the "Device:" list in the "Select Tape
             Device Option" window.
          5) Select "Other (Requires a disk from a hardware
             manufacturer)" at the bottom of the "Device:" list
             in the "Select Tape Device Option" window.
          6) Enter the drive/path to the appropriate files on
             this disk in the "Insert Diskette" window; e.g.,
             "a:\i386" for the files for the Intel (i386)
             version of Windows NT, "a:\mips" for the files
             for the Mips version of Windows NT, and "a:\alpha"
             for the files for the Alpha version of Windows NT.
          7) Select "OK" in the "Insert Diskette" window.
          8) Select one of the lines in the "Choose a Tape Driver
             supported by this hardware manufacturer's disk." list
             in the "Select OEM Option" window; i.e., select the
             description of the set of tape drives that you want
             a device driver for.
          9) Select "OK" in the "Select OEM Option" window.
         10) Select "Install" in the "Select Tape Device Option"
             window.
         11) If it appears, then select "New" in the "Windows NT
             Setup" window; otherwise, enter the same drive/path
             to the appropriate files on this disk that was used
             in step #6 above.
         12) Select "Continue" in the "Windows NT Setup" window.
         The "Tape Device Setup" window will reappear with the
         line item selected in step #8 now included in the "Tape
         Devices installed on ..." list. Close the "Tape Device
         Setup" window, close/exit Windows NT Setup, and restart
         Windows NT to activate the changes made.


S_Hinweise:
====================================================================
                                      miroCrystal 20SD 1MB/2MB
                                                Treiber fr OS/2   V 1.12   2 Dsiketten
                                                           22.02.1995
====================================================================

DIESER GRAFIKKARTEN-TREIBER IST KOMPATIBEL 
ZU OS/2 2.1, 2.11 UND WARP V3.
INSTALLIEREN SIE IHN NICHT AUF ANDEREN VERSIONEN VON OS/2.

Inhaltsverzeichnis:
-------------------
1. Untersttzte Karten und Auflsungen
2. Installations-Hinweise
3. miro-Treiber fr OS/2 installieren
4. Windows unter OS/2
5. Zurckkonfigurieren auf VGA

1. Untersttzte Karten und Auflsungen
--------------------------------------

Dieser Treiber untersttzt die folgenden miro-Grafik-Boards:

- miroCRYSTAL 20SD - 1MB
- miroCRYSTAL 20SD - 2MB


Die folgenden Auflsungen und Farbtiefen werden mit den angegebenen
miro-Grafik-Boards untersttzt:

      Auflsung        20SD -1MB   20SD -2MB
  -----------------    ---------   ---------
   640 x  480 x 256        x           x
   800 x  600 x 256        x           x
  1024 x  768 x 256        x           x
  1152 x  864 x 256        -           x
  1280 x 1024 x 256        -           x
   640 x  480 x 64K        x           x
   800 x  600 x 64K        -           x
  1024 x  768 x 64K        -           x
   640 x  480 x 16M        x           x

  Alle Auflsungen untersttzen Seamless Windows.


S_Hinweise:
====================================================================
                                               1/2 WIN CRYSTAL SD/SV Serie
                                                 Treiber für Windows 3.x  Version 2.0
                                                                       2 Disketten
====================================================================

  Diese Datei enthält die Treiberdiskette: This file contains the 
  installation Disk: miro*win High-speed drivers for Windows for miroCRYSTAL 20SD, 20SV, 
  40SV, 20SV ergo, 40SV ergo


S_Hinweise:
1/1 WIN , DOS SOUND


  Diese Datei enthält die Treiberdiskette : This file contains the driver 
  disk : miro*SOUND driver for sound series miroPCM1 pro, PCM10, FM10 Disk 1/1, 
  Version 1.20


S_Hinweise:
================================================================
                                           1/1 WIN VIDEO 10/20TD life
                       MIRO VIDEO 10 20TD WINDOWS TREIBER DRIVER

  Diese Datei enthält die Installationsdiskette/This file contains the 
  installation disk / miro win, Highspeed drivers for Windows for miroVIDEO 10/20TD 
  life, disk 1/1, V 1.10, 12/94.


S_Hinweise:
===================================================================
                                      1/1 WIN CRYSTAL 12SD / 22SD
                                 MIRO TREIBER DRIVER WINDOWS
===================================================================
  Diese Datei enthält die Treiberdiskette : This file contains the driver 
  disk : miro*win Highspeed drivers for Windows miroCRYSTAL 12SD / 22 SD Disk 1/1, 
  Version 2.02


S_Hinweise:
Dimens50.exe enthält coreldrw.exe, cdrutl50.dll und liesmich.txt.

Diese sind neue coreldrw.exe und cdrutl50.dll Dateien für das CorelDraw 5 F2
die Probleme mit den Dimensionen im CorelDRAW 5.0 Rev.F2 fixen.


S_Hinweise:
===================================================================
                                                     1/1 CAD PV-Serie
                                       MIRO TREIBER DRIVER CAD
===================================================================
  Diese Datei enthält die Treiberdiskette : This file contains the driver 
  disk : miro*win Highspeed drivers for CAD miroCRYSTAL 20PV, miroMAGIC 40PV Disk 
  1/1, Version 1.00


S_Hinweise:
==================================================================
                                           1/1 OS/2 CRYSTAL 12 PD
                                        MIRO TREIBER DRIVER OS 2

  Diese Datei enthält die Treiberdiskette : This file contains the driver 
  disk : miro*plus Highspeed drivers for OS/2 miroCRYSTAL 12PD Disk 1/1, Version 
  1.00


S_Hinweise:
This is the latest update for CD Creator 1.01, that should fix the TOC  write 
            problems some clients had encountered with the Ricoh 9200 CD recorder.   
            This patch also includes support for the Ricoh 1060 recorder.  This update
            is only valid for use with the 1.01 version of CD Creator.  This 1.01  version
            is not available as a download, and must be acquired from Customer  Service.


S_Hinweise:
=====================================================================
                                  1/1 NT 3.5 CRYSTAL/MAGIC SD&SV
                               Keywords: MIRO TREIBER DRIVER NT 3.5
=====================================================================

  Diese Datei enthält die Treiberdiskette : This file contains the driver 
  disk : miro*plus Highspeed driver for Windows NT 3.5 miro CRYSTAL 12SD, 22SD, 
  20SD, 20SV, 40SV ergo Disk 1/1, Version 1.00


S_Hinweise:
This is the update file for CD Creator, which resolves the problems
             clients have encountered with media not being properly recognized by 
             the CD  Creator software. This file is a self-extracting archive, and 
             requires a  password in order to uncompress properly.  The password is 
             available to  registered owners of Corel's new CD Creator software, 
             and can be obtained from  Bryan Shearer (72350,2234) in the CorelSCSI
             message area here in the forum.


S_Hinweise:
====================================================================
                    WINDOWS 95 BETA-TREIBER FÜR MIRO GRAKIKARTEN
====================================================================
                                                            !!!!!!!!!!!!BETA RELEASE !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
                                                

miro Computer Products AG
31.03.1995

Die beiliegenden Beta-Treiber sind Windows 95 kompatibel für folgende miro Grafikkarten:

miroCRYSTAL 12SD PCI
miroCRYSTAL 20SD 1MB VL/PCI
miroCRYSTAL 20SD 2MB VL/PCI
miroCRYSTAL 20SV VL/PCI
miroCRYSTAL 40SV VL/PCI
miroMAGIC 20SV ergo VL/PCI
miroMAGIC 40SV ergo VL/PCI

Die Treiber lassen sich über den normalen Installationsvorgang von Windows 95 installieren oder nachträglich über die Systemsteuerung - Anzeige Eigenschaften.


S_Hinweise:
This is a self-extracting archive containing the necessary files to  upgrade
               the Corel CD Creator program, to support the Pinnacle RCD-1000  recorder.
               This patch file does not require a password in order to uncompress,  and is 
               only useful for owners of Corel's CD Creator package.  This patch is  
               only for use with the 1.01 revision of CD Creator.  If clients do not yet 
               have the full update to revision 1.01, they will have to request it from
               Customer Service before they can use this patch.


S_Hinweise:
This is a self-extracting archive containing the update necessary for
           support of the Sony 920S CD-ROM recorder, with the CD Creator package.  
           This  file is not password protected, but is only useful for owners of 
           Corel's CD  Creator package.  This update is only for use with revision 1.01 
           of CD Creator;  clients with an earlier revision of CD Creator should post a 
           request to  Customer Service here in the forum, for this free update.


S_Hinweise:
======================================================================
                                                   Aktuelle Version 1.1
======================================================================

      Microsoft(R) Product Support Services Application Note (Text File)
          WV1160: VIDEO 1.1E FOR WINDOWS(R) RUN-TIME EDITION

                                                   Revision Date: 3/95
                                                       1 Disk Included

The following information applies to Microsoft Video for Windows,
version 1.1e.

 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
| INFORMATION PROVIDED IN THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY SOFTWARE THAT MAY     |
| ACCOMPANY THIS DOCUMENT (collectively referred to as an Application |
| Note) IS PROVIDED "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER      |
| EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED      |
| WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND/OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR       |
| PURPOSE. The user assumes the entire risk as to the accuracy and    |
| the use of this Application Note. This Application Note may be      |
| copied and distributed subject to the following conditions:  1) All |
| text must be copied without modification and all pages must be      |
| included;  2) If software is included, all files on the disk(s)     |
| must be copied without modification (the MS-DOS(R)  utility         |
| diskcopy is appropriate for this purpose);  3) All components of    |
| this Application Note must be distributed together;  and  4) This   |
| Application Note may not be distributed for profit.                 |
|                                                                     |
|                                                                     |
| Copyright (C) 1995 Microsoft Corporation.  All Rights Reserved.     |
| Microsoft, MS-DOS and Windows are registered trademarks of          |
| Microsoft Corporation.                                              |
| NetWare is a registered trademark of Novell, Inc.                   |
 ---------------------------------------------------------------------


S_Hinweise:
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               Microsoft Windows NT 3.5 Workstation und Server
                                                                Service Pack 2
                        ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Inhalt 
------
1.0  Einführung 
2.0  Installationsanweisungen für das Windows NT 3.5 Service Pack 2
2.1  Benutzerhinweise 
2.2  Liste der Softwarefehler, die mit dem Windows NT 3.5 Service Pack 2 
     behoben werden
     (Anm.: Nicht übersetzt, da Auszug aus der US-Fehlerdatenbank)

1.0  Einführung 
---------------
Diese Version des Microsoft(R) Windows NT(TM) 3.5 Service Pack 2 ist
von Windows NT aus einfach zu installieren, und es werden nur die Dateien
ersetzt, die ursprünglich auf Ihrem Windows NT Workstation- oder 
Windows NT Server-System eingerichtet waren. 
Service Pack-Versionen sind kumulativ, d.h. neben den neuen Fehlerbehebungen
enthalten sie auch alle vorherigen Fehlerbehebungen in der Software.


2.0  Installationsanweisungen für das Windows NT 3.5 Service Pack 2
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Installation des Service Packs von einem Diskettenlaufwerk:
1.  Legen Sie die Service Pack-Diskette 1 in das Diskettenlaufwerk ein.
2.  Wechseln Sie an der Windows NT-Eingabeaufforderung zu diesem Disketten-
    laufwerk (A: oder B:), und geben Sie UPDATE ein.
3.  Folgen Sie den Anweisungen auf dem Bildschirm.

Installation des Service Packs von einem CD-ROM-Laufwerk:
1.  Legen Sie die Service Pack-CD in das CD-ROM-Laufwerk ein.
2.  Wechseln Sie an der Windows NT-Eingabeaufforderung zu diesem CD-ROM-
    Laufwerk und danach in das Verzeichnis i386, MIPS oder ALPHA (abhängig 
    vom CPU-Typ Ihres Computers, d.h. Intel(TM), MIPS(R) oder 
    ALPHA AXP(TM)), und geben Sie UPDATE ein.
3.  Folgen Sie den Anweisungen auf dem Bildschirm.

Installation des Service Packs von einem Netzlaufwerk:
1.  Stellen Sie an der Windows NT-Eingabeaufforderung eine Verbindung zum
    Netzlaufwerk her, auf dem sich die Service Pack-Dateien befinden. 
2.  Wechseln Sie zu diesem Netzlaufwerk, und geben Sie UPDATE ein.
3.  Folgen Sie den Anweisungen auf dem Bildschirm.


2.1  Benutzerhinweise 
---------------------

*** Notfalldiskette

Falls es irgendwann nach der Installation des Service Packs notwendig werden
sollte, die Windows NT-Notfalldiskette zur Wiederherstellung Ihres 
Windows NT-Systems zu verwenden, müssen Sie das Service Pack neu 
installieren. Dies ist erforderlich, da von der Notfalldiskette 
Windows NT-Originaldateien wiederhergestellt werden, die möglicherweise 
nicht mit den Service Pack-Dateien übereinstimmen.
Nachdem Ihr System mit Hilfe der Notfalldiskette wiederhergestellt wurde,
folgen Sie einfach den weiter oben beschriebenen Service Pack-Installations-
anweisungen.


S_Hinweise:
IBM OS/2 2.x / 3.x IDE CD driver for IDE CDROM drives
                                      February 16, 1995


        This package contains the drivers for IDE CDROM drives

PJ16105    Trap 0003 on 4MB machines during Install
PJ16058    Non-ATAPI Compliant fixes

        This package also contains several modifications to the driver
        which allow certain IDE CDROMs with not 100% compliant HW to
        work with OS/2.

        You MUST use these NEW files to replace the existing copies supplied
        by whatever version of OS/2 you are using.
        All four system files must be replaced (or added):
        IBM1S506.ADD
        IBMIDECD.FLT   <- Not in versions of OS/2 prior to Warp 3.0, add
        OS2CDROM.DMD
        OS2DASD.DMD

This ATAPI.ZIP file is NEWER than the files on the OS/2 WARP FULL PACK...


S_Hinweise:
neuer Treiber für Philips CD-ROM CM 206, Ver. 1.42


S_Hinweise:
D-Link DE-150 8-Bit Ethernet Card
                         Release Note
                         ============


Thank you for purchasing the D-Link DE-150 8-Bit Ethernet Card
for the IBM PC/XT/AT and compatible computers.

This diskette contains this README file and the following
directories. Each directory contains driver program(s) for the
Adapter to run a different networking operating system.  An
README.DOC file that tells you how to install and use the driver
program(s) is also provided in each directory. You may TYPE or
print this README.DOC file to use as reference.


S_Hinweise:
**************************************************************************************************************
            D-Link PCI Ethernet Adapter / DE-530CT             MAR. 1995
            ======================================

Thank you for purchasing the D-Link PCI Ethernet Adapter/DE-530CT.
This diskette contains the necessary driver programs to run in Novell,
Windows for Workgroups, Windows NT, Win 95, MS LAN Manager, Banyan Vines,
DECnet Pathwork, IBM LAN Server, and SCO Unix.

The driver programs in this diskette are organized in the following manner.
Each directory contains a README.DOC file which provides you with detailed
installation instructions:
***************************************************************************************************************


S_Hinweise:
*************************************************************************************************************
						    April 1993
	       D-Link Ethernet Pocket LAN Adapter
	       ==================================


Thank you for purchasing the D-Link Ethernet Pocket LAN Adapter for
desktop, laptop and notebook PCs.

The driver programs in this diskette is organized in the following
manner. Each directory contains a README.DOC file which provides you
with detailed installation instructions:
*************************************************************************************************************


S_Hinweise:
*************************************************************************************************************

						   February 1993
	       D-Link Ethernet Pocket LAN Adapter
	       ==================================


Thank you for purchasing the D-Link Ethernet Pocket LAN Adapter for
desktop, laptop and notebook PCs.

The driver programs in this diskette is organized in the following
manner. Each directory contains a README.DOC file which provides you
with detailed installation instructions:
*************************************************************************************************************


S_Hinweise:
*****************************************************************************************************************

							      MAY. 1994
		    D-Link PCMCIA Ethernet Card
		   ==============================


Thank you for purchasing the D-Link PCMCIA Ethernet Card for laptop,
notebook and palmtop PCs.

This diskette contains driver programs to allow you to run various
network OS with the D-Link PCMCIA Ethernet Card.  Each of the
following directories contains a README.DOC file which provides
you with detailed instructions to install the driver programs.
******************************************************************************************************************


S_Bezeichnung:
DR-UA124x IDE Treiber (DOS/WIN 95/WIN NT)

S_Hinweise:
Newest DR-UA124X Drivers for DOS, WIndows95 and Windows NT


S_Hinweise:
DRM-60?X Driver V2.221b

Device Driver Information
February 1995

This README File contains some additional information to
suplement the Software Driver Installation Manual/ Owners
Guide.

NOTES ON Driver INSTALLATION

1. INDICATE THE KIND OF SCSI HOST ADAPTER INSTALLED
Use QUICK INSTALL and make sure you indicate the correct
SCSI host adapter (interface card) you have installed in
your computer:  FUTURE DOMAIN. DD-C5002, IBM or ASPI
Compatible.  The installer will then place the proper driver 
into the CONFIG.SYS and the proper files into the AUTOEXEC.BAT.  
One of the driver listed below will be installed for the specific 
SCSI Host Adapter you indicate:

* DRD600.SYS is the device driver installed for FUTURE
DOMAIN SCSI host adapter (8bit, 16bit and microchannel)  or
the compatible Pioneer DD-C5002.

* DRD60PS.SYS is the device driver for IBM PS/2 SCSI Adapter/ A.

* DRD60ASP.SYS is a device driver for ASPI compatible SCSI
host adapters.  It will work with any host adapter that
supports the ASPI protocol and multiple LUNs (Logical Unit
Numbers).  See Point 2 below.  Please check the Pioneer
Device Driver line in the CONFIG.SYS file and make sure the
correct driver has been installed for your SCSI Host
Adapter. See Point 3, below.

2. ABOUT ASPI COMPATIBLE SCSI HOST ADAPTERS
If you are using an ASPI compatible SCSI host adapter, you
must install the ASPI MANAGER for your specific card BEFORE
you install the Pioneer device drivers.  The ASPI MANAGER is
available from the Dealer who sold the card or from the card
manufacturer.

Many ASPI MANAGERS require the "/L" or "/ET parameter to
support Logical Units.  Without Logical Unit support, only
the top disc in the Pioneer CD-ROM Changer can be accessed.

3. ABOUT THE CONFIG.SYS AND THE AUTOEXEC.BAT

CONFIG.SYS
If you are using a FUTURE DOMAIN or the PIONEER DD-C5002
SCSI host adapter, the device statement should load first in
the CONFIG.SYS and look like this:
        
        "DEVICE=C:\PIONEER\DRD600.SYS /D:MSCD000"

If you are using the IBM PS/2 SCSI Host adapter, the device
statement should load first and look like this:
        
        "DEVICE=C:\PIONEER\DRD60PS.SYS /D:MSCD000"

If you are using an ASPI Compatible SCSI host adapter, the
device statement should load into the CONFIG.SYS after the
ASPI Manager and look like this:
        
        "DEVICE=C:\PIONEER\DRD60ASP.SYS /D:MSCD000"


AUTOEXEC.BAT
Make sure the MSCDEX.EXE line is loaded BEFORE WINDOWS or
any MENU program.  It should look like this:
        
        "C:\PIONEER\MSCDEX.EXE /D:MSCD000"

NOTE:  The "/D" parameter in the CONFIG.SYS and the
AUTOEXEC.BAT do not have to read "MSCD000", but they must
match.  You can use something else, such as "MSCD001" for
example, if another driver is using "MSCD000".

4. SCSI ID AUTO SEARCH
The Pioneer QUICK INSTALL program has a feature that will
automatically search the SCSI bus and indicate the SCSI ID
number of the Pioneer CD-ROM changer attached.  This feature
may be over-ridden, but if you do elect to indicate the SCSI
ID in the CUSTOM INSTALL menus, make sure the number you
declare matches the number set with the SCSI ID switch on
the back of the unit.

5. INSTALLING TWO OR THREE PIONEER CD-ROM CHANGERS
If you are installing more than one Pioneer CD-ROM Changer,
each unit must have its own SCSI ID number.  You can use the
CUSTOM INSTALL MENU and specify that you wish to install two
devices using SCSI IDs 2 and 3. If you are installing two or
three drives on one SCSI chain, you can edit the CONFIG.SIYS
so that the "Device =" line includes a "/S:" switch
indicating the SCSI ID numbers of each Changer installed,
and an "/N:" switch,  indicating the number of discs
available in each changer.  See examples below:

DEVICE = C:\PIONEER\DRD600.SYS /D:MSCD000 /N:6,6,6 /S:0,1,2/C:CDP

or

DEVICE = C:\PIONEER\DRD600.SYS /D:MSCD000 /N:1,3,6 /S:0,1,2/C:CDP

In the first example, all six discs in three changer can be
accessed.  In the second example only disc 1 in the Changer
with SCSI ID 0 can be accessed; Discs 1,2 and 3 in the
Changer with SCSI ID 1 can be accessed; and all six discs in
the Changer with SCSI ID 2 can be accessed.

NOTE:  There are a total of 24 letters available to identify
drives and discs within the system.  Since each Changer
holds up to six discs, if all six discs are accessed in each
Changer, only three Changers can be installed on one SCSI
chain.  To install more than three changers, edit the
Pioneer Device line in the CONFIG.SYS and use XDISC.EXE.
(See point 6 below.)

NOTE:  Make sure the Changers in the middle of the SCSI
chain are not terminated, and that the last changer on the
chain is terminated.

6. INSTALLING UP TO SEVEN PIONEER CD-ROM CHANGERS
You can assign one drive letter for each Pioneer CD-ROM
Changer installed on a single SCSI chain by editing the
DEVICE= line in the CONFIG.SYS and using the XDISC utility
included on  the Pioneer Driver Diskette.  First, edit the
CONFIG.SYS Pioneer Device Driver line so it includes a /S:
switch indicating the SCSI ID numbers of each drive
installed and a /N: switch, set to 0 for each drive you want
to install.  See example below:

DEVICE = C:\PIONEER\DRD600.SYS /D:MSCD000/N:0,0,0,0,0,0/S:0,1,2,3,4,5/C:CDP

Then, launch XDISC by typing C:\PIONEER\XDISC.  After XDISC
is launched, follow instructions on the screen for accessing
discs in each drive.  For example, type:

XDISC_E_3   (NOTE:   _  is the symbol for pressing the spacebar.)

This will allow access to the third disc in the changer
assigned drive letter 'E'.

NOTE:   Do not set 0 and other numbers together as /N:
settings. To use XDISC, the /N; switch must be set to all 0s.

7. ABOUT MULTIPLE HOST ADAPTERS
If you have more than one SCSI host adapter supported by
ASPI, the AUTO SEARCH function will find the drive. However,
with multiple adapters, the search takes longer. You may
specify the adapter number in CUSTOM INSTALL menus. Again
this can also be indicated in the "/S: parameter. Counting
starts at 0 and as 0 is the default, it does not need to be
specified. To support a drive at SCSI ID 3 on host adapter
1, and a drive at SCSI ID 2 on host adapter 0, the
CONFIG.SYS "/S? switch would look like this:
        
        /S: 3; 1,2

8. FOR THOSE USING IBM SCSI ADAPTER /A  INTERFACE BOARDS
Please Power ON the Changer before you power ON
the computer.  The IBM SCSI Adapter /A interface
board checks the SCSI devices when the computer is
booted up.  If the SCSI device doesn't answer
correctly, the device isn't available once the
computer has booted up.


S_Hinweise:
To install tape device driver files:

          1) Double click on the "Windows NT Setup" icon in the
             "Main" program group.

          2) Select "Add/Remove Tape Devices..." in the "Options"
             menu of Windows NT Setup.

          3) Sequentially select and "Remove" any tape devices
             already installed and listed in the "Tape Devices
             installed on..." box of the "Tape Device Setup"
             window until you have an empty "Tape Devices
             installed on..." box.

          4) Close the "Tape Device Setup" window and close/exit
             Windows NT Setup.

          5) Shutdown and restart Windows NT.

          6) Double click on the "Windows NT Setup" icon in the
             "Main" program group.

          7) Select "Add/Remove Tape Devices..." in the "Options"
             menu of Windows NT Setup.

          8) Select "Add.." in the "Tape Device Setup" window.

          9) Open/expand the "Device:" list in the "Select Tape
             Device Option" window.

         10) Select "Other (Requires a disk from a hardware
             manufacturer)" at the bottom of the "Device:" list
             in the "Select Tape Device Option" window.

         11) Enter the drive/path to the directory where the desired
             set of tape device driver files and their "oemsetup.inf"
             file are stored on disk.

         12) Select "OK" in the "Insert Diskette" window.

         13) Select one of the lines in the "Choose a Tape Driver
             supported by this hardware manufacturer's disk." list
             in the "Select OEM Option" window; i.e., select the
             description of the set of tape drives that you want
             a device driver for.

         14) Select "OK" in the "Select OEM Option" window.

         15) Select "Install" in the "Select Tape Device Option"
             window.

         16) If it appears, then select "New" in the "Windows NT
             Setup" window; otherwise, enter the same drive/path
             to the floppy disk that was entered in step #12 above.
             IMPORTANT: always select "New" if it appears -- do NOT
             select "Current".

         17) Select "Continue" in the "Windows NT Setup" window.

         The "Tape Device Setup" window will reappear with a line
         item now included in the "Tape Devices installed on ..."
         list.

         Repeat steps 8 to 17 for each tape device line item that
         you wish to add to the "Tape Devices installed on ..."
         list.

         "Add.." (reinstall -- ref. steps 8 and 11) any tape device
         line items from the "Select Tape Device Option" window's
         "Device:" list to the "Tape Devices installed on ..." list
         that were removed in step #3 but are not now listed in the
         "Tape Devices installed on ..." list. These, if any, will be
         tape devices with tape device driver files that were not
         replaced by the above steps.

         Close the "Tape Device Setup" window, close/exit Windows NT
         Setup, and shutdown and restart Windows NT to activate the
         changes made.


S_Hinweise:
DELL COMPUTER CORPORATION
COPYRIGHT (C) 1988-1995, ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
BIOS RELEASE NOTES


System:        Dimension 4xx D
Version:       A04
Release Date:  03/28/95

The following change was made in the A03 BIOS to generate the A04 BIOS:

General:

1.      Add NOP inbetween 'disable kbd' and 'kbd data read' for
            OS/2 I/O trap routine to get inbetween OUT & IN.

2.      Fix 101-key KB detection on warm boot.

3.      Added optional memory hole feature.

4.      Take out turbo mode clock switching...just turn off caches.


S_Hinweise:
DELL COMPUTER CORPORATION
BIOS RELEASE NOTES

System:  OPTIPLEX 560/L
Version: A04
Release Date: 1/26/95 

The following changes were made to the A03 BIOS for the A04 BIOS:

	1) IDE DMA table properly terminated.


DELL COMPUTER CORPORATION
BIOS RELEASE NOTES

System:  OPTIPLEX 560/L
Version: A03
Release Date: 1/18/95

The following changes were made to the A02 BIOS for the A03 BIOS:

	1) IDE DMA table expanded.


DELL COMPUTER CORPORATION
BIOS RELEASE NOTES

System:  OPTIPLEX 560/L
Version: A02
Release Date: 12/14/95

The following changes were made to the A01 BIOS for the A02 BIOS:

	1) The speaker is not disabled when CMOS was cleared via jumper.
	2) Type F DMA added.



DELL COMPUTER CORPORATION
BIOS RELEASE NOTES

System:  OPTIPLEX 560/L
Version: A01
Release Date: 10/7/94

The following changes were made to the A00 BIOS for the A01 BIOS:

	1) Beta banner removed.


S_Hinweise:
Drivers for the AdvanSys ABP8xx/5xx SCSI Adapter under DOS, Windows 3.x, Windows95, OS/2 and Windows NT


S_Hinweise:
Hinweise zur EEHCAPI2 Beta-Version 0.96                                          Stand 17.05.95
--------------------------------------------------------------------
 Allgemeines

   EEHCAPI2 ist ein COMMON-ISDN-API Treiber der universal einsetzbar ist
   fr sowohl CAPI1.1 als auch CAPI 2.0 Anwendungen. Dabei kann jede Art
   von o.e. Anwendungen an einem nationalesISDN-Anschluá oder an einem
   EuroISDN-Anschluá betrieben werden.
   EEHCAPI2 hat auch keine Probleme mehr mit einem, immer wieder mal mg-
   lichem, Datenverlust auf der seriellen Schnittstelle. Ein Vorgnger
   dieses Treibers war bei Auftreten dieses Fehlers gezwungen, ein Verbindung
   wieder abzubauen.
   Mehrere Anwendungen (z.Z 2) knnen das CAPI gleichzeitig nutzen. Mehrere
   Gerte (z.Z. 2) knnen kann das CAPI treiben.


 Voraussetzungen zum Einsatz:

  Damit die oben erwhnten Kombinationen der Anwendungsarten und An-
  schlsse mglich sind, und damit der Datenverlust auf der V.24 nicht
  zum Abbau der Verbindung fhren soll, muá ein Elink 301 ab Version
  2.30 oder ein 310, 293, 323 oder 324 ab Version 1.36 eingesetzt werden.
  Andere Gerte bzw. Versionen vom 301er, kleiner als 2.30 bzw. Versionen
  vom 310, 293, 323 oder 324 kleiner als 1.36 kann das CAPI zwar auch treiben
  hierfr gilt jedoch, daá der Anschluá nur ein nationalesISDN-Anschluá sein
  kann und bei Datenverlust auf der V.24 eine Verbindung abgebrochen werden muá.
  In jedem Fall erweist sich der Einsatz von seriellen Schnittstellen
  mit ein FIFO Puffer als sinnvoll.


S_Hinweise:
=================================================================
                                    WINDOWS DISK IMAGER UTILTY 
                        zum Entpacken von Disketten Images von Toshiba 
=================================================================

WINIMAGE 2.0:THE WINDOWS DISK IMAGER <--
RUN IN BACKGOUND, WORK ON DISK IMAGE <-
This ZIP contain the Windows 3.1 version
make disk image from floppy, extract file from
image, make an empty image, inject file on it 
and put the image on blank disk. TRUE WINDOWS 
APP: Toolbar,status Bar,3D-look, drag & drop 
client and server. Change image format,defrag
delete file on image. POWERFUL BATCH ASSISTANT
French & US version.


S_Hinweise:
Windows Drivers for C&T 655XX Video Systems
              T2100 T2150 T4900 C&T VIDEO DRIVER VERSION 3.1.6T

  High color, high resolution video drivers for Toshiba systems using the 
  Chips & Technologies 655XX video controllers (see KEYWORDS for listing.)

  This self-extracting ZIP file contains a *.IMA disk-image file which 
  requires a copy of WinImage to convert to diskette.  The shareware version of 
  WinImage can be downloaded as WIMALT.ZIP from our `Toshiba Related Software' 
  library (LIB 3.)

Benötigt WinImage Utility


S_Hinweise:
OS/2 Warp Video Drivers for T4900CT
                C&T CHIPS T4900 T4900CT VIDEO OS2 OS 2 WARP

  Warp OS/2 Display drivers for the T4900CT.  Please see the installation 
  notes in the READ.ME file prior to 
  installing.

  This is a self-extracting ZIP 
  file.

  NOTE: Installation diskette label must be set to "CTDISP 1"


      Installation of Chips & Technologies 65545 Drivers for OS/2
     --------------------------------------------------------------

 ******************************* Warning *********************************** 
 Before installation of any SVGA display driver, the system display should be 
 set to VGA mode. DO NOT install this driver package if the system display is
 set to anything other than 640x480x16 VGA mode. To restore VGA mode, use
 Selective Install and select VGA for Primary Display, or run the SETVGA
 utility.
 ****************************************************************************

    1. Open an OS/2 full-screen or windowed session
      
    2. Insert Display Diskette in Drive A:
     
    3. At the OS/2 Command Prompt, enter the following command:
      
    	 A:\INST2X A: C:    ;; on OS/2 2.0,2.1 systems 

    	 A:\INST30 A: C:    ;; on WARP OS/2 3.0 systems

	 where   A: is the source drive
	         C: is the boot drive where OS/2 2.x is installed
		 
        **NOTE** If installing this driver package on OS/2 3.0 ( WARP )
	 	 MAKE SURE you use INST30.CMD 
	         			   
        The command file will copy the following files to C:
       
       		 C:\OS2\SVGA.EXE	     -- original saved as SVGA.ESV
		 C:\OS2\INSTALL\DSPINSTL.EXE -- original saved as DSPINSTL.211
					     -- this file NOT copied on WARP	
		 C:\OS2\SCREEN01.SYS         -- original saved as SCREEN01.SSV
		 C:\OS2\MDOS\VSVGA.SYS
		 C:\OS2\CHIPS.SYS
		 C:\OS2\INSTALL\CT65545.DSC
	
	The command file will also run SETLBA.EXE which will modify CHIPS.SYS
	with this adapter's linear buffer address obtained from BIOS.
	
     4: When INSTALL completes, do a system SHUTDOWN and REBOOT. This is
	required to load SCREEN01.SYS which has been modified to correctly
	identify the display adapter.
		 
     5: After the system has been rebooted do the following:
	A) On OS/2 2.x Systems
	   Open an OS/2 Full Screen or Windowed session. At the OS/2 command
	   prompt type DSPINSTL to install new device driver and configure the
	   video system.

	B) On OS/2 3.0 (WARP) System
	   Go to the System Setup folder and run Selective Install to install
	   new device driver and configure the video system.
	   DO NOT use DSPINSTL on WARP systems.
	
        Follow the DSPINSTL or Selective Install session prompts to complete
	the installation.

		*  Select Primary Display
		
		*  From the list of Primary Display Adapter Types		

		      Select CHIPS & TECHNOLOGIES 65545

                *  Click the OK button

                *  On the Multimedia Device Settings dialog box click OK

                *  On the OS/2 Setup and Installation dialog box click Install

                *  Enter A: for the Source Directory and click Install

       ALWAYS use the INSTxx.CMD on this source disk for the FIRST install
       of Chips & Technologies 65545 device drivers.

       The display driver is initialized for 640x480x256 Color. To switch to	
       a different video resolution or color depth, go to the System Setup
       folder and click the System icon. From the list of screen resolutions,
       select a new resolution.


S_Hinweise:
Plug and Play BIOS Configuration for T4850 & T49

 WINDOWS SOUND SYSTEM PLUG PLAY BIOS T4850 T4900 T4850CT T4900CT

  This utility allows resetting the T4850 and T4900 Series system's Plug 
  and Play BIOS default Windows Sound System assignments of IRQ 10 and DMA 0.  
  CONF_WSS allows the user to re-assign these settings so that other devices, 
  either ISA cards or PCMCIA cards, can use IRQ 10 or DMA 0.  See the included 
  CONF_WSS.TXT file for more 
details.


S_Hinweise:
Last modified 3/8/95


ENHANCED IDE SOFTWARE
=====================

Windows 3.11 and Windows for Workgroups 3.11 do not support use of 32-bit Disk
Access mode on Enhanced IDE hard disk drives (drives larger than 528MB or with
more than 1024 cylinders) without use of a special driver. To provide full
functionality of our systems with larger capacities and Windows 3.11, Toshiba
has developed a Windows driver to support 32-bit Disk Access for use with
these models.  Download EIDE32.EXE from the `Toshiba Software' library (LIB 2)
if you have one of these models and want to use the 32-bit Disk Access mode.
EIDE32.EXE contains the enhanced IDE software driver and an automated
installation program (SETUP.BAT).  The driver allows 32-bit disk access for
hard drives larger than 528MB in Windows 3.1x and Windows for Workgroups 3.1x.

                                NOTE:

    To gain maximum disk performance you should enable 32-bit disk and 
    file access after installing the FAST Disk Driver.  Please see the
    section "Enabling 32-bit Disk and File Access" below for more
    instructions.  


SPECIAL NOTE FOR T4850CT USERS
==============================

In addition to the installation steps covered below, T4850CT users must also
add a line line to the [386Enh] section of the SYSTEM.INI which reads:

    DEVICE=VCACHE.386

VCACHE.386 is already in the WINDOWS/SYSTEM directory of the pre-installed
T4850.

If this line isn't added to SYSTEM.INI then attempts to enter the virtual
memory section results in a error:

"32-bit File Access was unable to run. This may be because you started the
network before starting Windows, because Windows could not find the IFSHLP.SYS
driver, or your hard disk(s) may be incompatible with 32-bit File Access."


SPECIAL NOTE FOR QEMM USERS
===========================

The following QEMM switches have been reported to be required in order to use
QEMM's Stealth mode with Toshiba's EIDE 32-bit Disk Access driver.

  ST:M XBDA:N X=FE00-FEFF

The Quarterdeck also has a device driver available that is recommended for use
with any EIDE Windows drivers.  The filename in the QUARTERDECK Forum
libraries is 32BDA.ZIP.  This file includes a thorough explanation of the
issues relating to use of QEMM with 32-bit Disk Access drivers for use with
EIDE drives.


INSTALLATION OF TOSHIBA'S EIDE FAST DISK DRIVER
===============================================

Using SETUP to Install the Fast Disk Driver
-------------------------------------------

1.  Copy the files extracted from EIDE32.EXE to the root directory of
    a formatted diskette in the A: drive.

2.  At a DOS prompt, run the installation program:

    a:\setup

and follow the instructions given there.  SETUP should automatically 
install the driver. If for some reason there is a problem, you can
perform the installation manually:

                                NOTE:

    The installation program (SYSINI.EXE) _requires_ that the software
    be installed from a diskette in the A: drive.



Manually Installing the Fast Disk Driver
----------------------------------------

1. At a DOS prompt, copy the driver to your windows directory. 
   For example:

   copy a:\toshctrl.386 c:\windows\system

2. Edit your SYSTEM.INI file to enable the new driver.  For example:

    a.  At the DOS prompt, type CD \WINDOWS and press ENTER.

    b.  Type EDIT SYSTEM.INI and press ENTER.

    c.  In the [386Enh] section add the following lines:

            32bitDiskAccess=OFF
            device=*int13
            device=toshctrl.386 

    d.  To save the file first press ALT+F, then press S. 

    e.  To exit the editor first press ALT+F, then press X. 


ENABLING 32-BIT DISK AND FILE ACCESS
====================================

                                NOTE:

    In order to enable 32-bit disk access within Windows or Windows for
    Workgroups, you must first install the FAST Disk Driver by using
    SETUP or by manually performing the steps in section "Manually 
    Installing the FAST Disk Driver", above. 
    If you are using Windows for Workgroups you can enable 32-bit file
    access as well as 32-bit disk access.

To enable 32-bit disk access and 32-bit file access:

1.  Start (or restart) Windows or Windows for Workgroups.

2.  2a. Double click the Control Panel 
    2b. Double click the (386) Enhanced icon.(Enhanced dialog box opens.)  
    2c. Click on Virtual Memory button (Virtual Memory dialog opens).  
    2d. Click on Change button (more options appear).  
    2e. Click on "Use 32-bit disk access" (check mark appears).  
    2f. Click on "Use 32-bit file access" (Windows for Workgroups only; 
        check mark appears). 
    2g. Press ALT+A and type 2048 in Cache Size box (Windows for Workgroups 
        only; sets Cache Size up to 2,048KB). 
    2h. Respond "Yes"/"OK" to all prompts, and select "Restart Windows" 
        when prompted.

3.  The changes should take effect when Windows restarts.  This may be 
    verified by opening the Virtual Memory dialog again as described above.

 <<End of README.TXT file>>


S_Hinweise:
Windows-Anzeigegerätunterstützung für STB Velocity 64V Version 2.10


S_Hinweise:
Windows-Anzeigegerätunterstützung für STB PowerGraph 64 Version 2.10


S_Hinweise:
Windows-Anzeigegerätunterstützung für STB Nitro Version 2.10


S_Hinweise:
Windows Video Drivers for WD90C24xx Controllers
             90C24 90C24A 90C24A2 WINDOWS VIDEO DRIVER

  Windows drivers for Toshiba systems using the Western Digital family
  of WD90C24xx video controllers.  Supported models include: T1950CT,
  T1960CT, T2400 Series, T2450 Series, T3400 Series, T3600CT, T4700C
  Series, T4800CT, and T4850CT.

  See 90C24.VER for a list of the driver versions included in this file.


Toshiba W3.X  640x480x256C V1.2-6 small font
Toshiba W3.X  640x480x256C V1.2-6 large font

Toshiba W3.X  800x600x256C V1.2-6 small font
Toshiba W3.X  800x600x256C V1.2-6 large font

Toshiba W3.X 1024x768x256C V1.2-6 small font
Toshiba W3.X 1024x768x256C V1.2-6 large font

Toshiba W3.X  640x480x16C  V1.2-4 small font
Toshiba W3.X  640x480x16C  V1.2-4 large font

Toshiba W3.X  800x600x16C  V1.2-4 small font
Toshiba W3.X  800x600x16C  V1.2-4 large font

Toshiba W3.X 1024x768x16C  V1.2-4 small font
Toshiba W3.X 1024x768x16C  V1.2-4 large font

Toshiba W3.X 640x480 32K-color, V1.2-4
Toshiba W3.X 640x480 64K-color, V1.2-4

NOTE: 32K and 64K -color video modes are not supported on all models.
      See your User Reference Manual to see which models are supported
      on your system.



8.5-7  A84F000420-401  50222JR


S_Hinweise:
Windows-Anzeigegerätunterstützung für STB Horizon+ Version 2.10


S_Hinweise:
ATA Driver Update for TCM 3.0
ATA TCM3 TOSHIBA CARD MANAGER HARD DISK PARTITION

  PCMATA.SYS 
v1.01

  This new ATA driver is a direct replacement for the 
  PCMATA.SYS v1.00 included with Toshiba Card Manager v3.0.  It supports the 
  following 
enhancements:

   1. Allows partitions of greater the 
128MB.
   2. Allows 
  different IO port settings to be used for the ATA 
drives.
      The /IO=xxx 
  parameter will now accept an available IO port other than 
170h.

  See the PCMATA.TXT 
  file for installation 
details.


S_Hinweise:
Windows-Anzeigegerätunterstützung für STB PowerGraph Pro Version 2.10


S_Hinweise:
Windows-Anzeigegerätunterstützung für STB PowerGraph 32 Version 2.10


S_Hinweise:
TOSHIBA SPECIAL ENHANCEMENTS GUIDE - REVISION

  This file contains important supplementary information that was unavailable
  when the Special Enhancements Guide was printed.

  CONTENTS

       Compatible Toshiba Computers
       
       Choosing a Configuration at Startup
          Editing CONFIG.SYS
          Setting a Default Configuration
          Adding AUTOEXEC.BAT Options
          
       Warnings and Cautions
          Special Enhancements Setup Program and SmartDrive
          MemMaker and EMM386 NOVCPI Switch

  COMPATIBLE TOSHIBA COMPUTERS

  The Toshiba Special Enhancements Disk has been verified to be
  compatible with all Toshiba Computers except the following:

        T1000, T1000SE, T1000XE, T1000LE
        T1100, T1100 Plus
        T1200F, T1200FB, T1200H, T1200HB, T1200XE
        T1600
        T1800 series
        T1900 series
        T2000 series
        T2200 series
        T3100, T3100e, T3100SX
        T3200, T3200SX
        T3300SL
        T5100
        T5200
        T8500

        **************************************************************
        NOTE:  MS-DOS 6.22 may or may not work on the above computers.
               You use it at your own risk.
        **************************************************************
The files contained within SEP622.EXE and SED.EXE are licensed by Toshiba and
protected under copyright laws.  Modification of the files is strictly
prohibited, and they may not be used or copied except as expressly set forth by
Toshiba.  These files are for use in enhancing a pre-existing installation of
MS-DOS 6.22 on specific models of Toshiba computers and are supplied "AS IS"
without warranty of any kind, either express or implied, including but not
limited to implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular
purpose.  The entire risk as to the quality and/or performance of the programs
or files is with the user.  Should they prove defective, you (and not Toshiba
nor the operator of the online service they were downloaded from) assume the
entire cost of all necessary repair or correction. Under no circumstances will
Toshiba or the operator of this service be liable to you for any damages
resulting from use of the files, including any damages for lost profits, direct
or indirect damages, other special incidental, exemplary or consequential dama
ges whether for breach of contract, tort, or otherwise, even if advised of the
possibility of such damage.


S_Hinweise:
T4900CT Toshiba Windows Utilities
                           WINDOWS UTILITIES MAXTIME HWSETUP

  Toshiba's Windows utilities files for the T4900CT Mobile Pentium 
  notebook PC.  Includes the MaxTime and the Hardware Setup 
programs.


Run SETUP.EXE from Windows' Program Manager or File Manager to install these
Toshiba Windows-based utilities for the T4900CT Mobile Pentium notebook
computer.


S_Hinweise:
T2400 Series Toshiba Windows Utilities
  Keywords: SATELLITE T2400 WINDOWS UTILITIES MAXTIME

  Toshiba's Windows utility files for the Satellite T2400 Series systems.  
  Includes the MaxTime and Hardware Setup 
programs.


S_Hinweise:
T3400 Series Windows-based Toshiba Utilities
    T3400 T3400CT PORTEGE TOSHIBA UTILITY UTILITIES MAXTIME HWSETUP

  The file contains Toshiba's Windows-based utilities for the Portege 
  T3400 Series of notebook computers.  Run WUSETUP.EXE from within Windows to 
  install.


S_Hinweise:
MaxTime for T2400
                    MAXTIME WINDOWS POWER MANAGEMENT T2400

    Toshiba's MaxTime Windows power management utility for the T2400

    Unzip to subdirectory and execute MAXTIME.EXE.


S_Hinweise:
T4900CT BIOS 1.30
  Keywords: FLASH BIOS T4900 T4900CT UPDATE UPGRADE PCMRMAN

  This Flash BIOS update fixes a problem causing the T4900CT to lock up 
  when PCMRMAN.SYS (Toshiba Card Manager 3.0's `resource manager' module) is 
  loading in the CONFIG.SYS file at boot 
time.

  See the README.TXT file for 
  detailed installation 
instructions.


S_Hinweise:
Max Time for the T1960
  Keywords: MAX TIME 1960 WINDOWS POWER BATTERY

  This is a copy of the Max Time/Windows Utilities diskette for the T1960.


S_Hinweise:
ZyXEL Rom Version 6.14 for the U-1496 Plus
  Keywords: ZYXEL ROM VERSION 614 U-1496P 1496P U1496 PLUS 1496SP

  ZyXEL Rom Version 6.14 for the U-1496 Plus.  
  R614SP.U24 
  R614SP.U25


S_Hinweise:
ZyXEL Rom Version 6.15 for the U-1496B PLUS


S_Hinweise:
ZyXEL Rom Version 6.15 for the U-1496E PLUS


S_Hinweise:
ZyXEL Rom Version 6.14 for the U-1496
  Keywords: ZYXEL ROM VERSION 614 U-1496 1496 U1496 1496S

  ZyXEL Rom Version 6.14 for the U-1496.  You need to download 
  R614S.U24 also.  You need a eprom programmer to use this file.


S_Hinweise:
ZyXEL Rom Version 6.14 for the U-1496E
  Keywords: ZYXEL ROM VERSION 614 U-1496E 1496E U1496E

  ZyXEL Rom Version 6.14 for the U-1496E.  You need to download R614E.U24
  also.  You need a eprom programmer to use this file.


S_Hinweise:
MS Mail Driver for ZyXEL
  Keywords: ZYXEL MSMAIL MS MAIL MICROSOFT

  ZyXEL Drivers for MS MAIL


S_Hinweise:
ZyXEL driver for Carbon Copy
  Keywords: ZYXEL CC CARBON COPY DRIVER

  Copy this file into your Carbon Copy Directory.


S_Hinweise:
CC:Mail driver for ZyXEL Modems
  Keywords: ZYXEL CC MAIL LOTUS DRIVER

  This is the driver for Lotus CC:Mail.


S_Hinweise:
MODEM.INF files for RAS
  Keywords: ZYXEL DRIVERS WINDOWS NT WFW REMOTE RAS

  Contains drivers for Windows for Workgroups as well as Windows NT.


S_Hinweise:
ZyXEL's Windows API
  ZYXEL WINDOWS API PROGRAMMING LIBRARY TAPI TELEPHONY

  This is ZyXEL's Windows API.  It contains data, fax and voice samples.
  Use PKUNZIP -D  when unzipping this file.


S_Hinweise:
Zfax 3.24 patch file
          ZYXEL ZFAX DATA FAX VOICE

  This patch file will upgrade any Zfax version 3.12 or higher to 3.24.


S_Hinweise:
Zfax Version 3.24
  Keywords: ZYXEL ZFAX VOICE DATA FAX

  This is file contains all the files need to run Zfax.  Download this if
  you have any Zfax version before 3.12. 

The release fixes a couple of bugs over Zfax 3.21.  The ability to conver faxes to PCX has been fixed.  3.23 also fixed a bug of Zfax locking up when you entered a fax nuber to retrieve a fax remotely.


S_Hinweise:
ZyXEL Rom Release History
  Keywords: ZYXEL ROM VERSION REVISION DOC NOTES

  This document list all the features that have been added as well as any
  changes to the ZyXEL modem by rom upgrade.


S_Hinweise:
Windows 95 Display drivers for the Stingray cards based on the
AVANCE chipset (S501, S801).


S_Hinweise:
1000AVI , Setup, & Tools DOS und diverse


S_Hinweise:
Windows 3.1x , V.4.21

	³ ELSA WINNER Windows Diskette, Ver 4.21 
	³
	³       WINNER 1000AVI
	³
	³ Copyright (c) 1993-95 ELSA GmbH, Aachen (Germany)


S_Hinweise:
WindowsNT 3.5, V.3.00

| ELSA WINNER Windows Diskette mit Windows NT 3.5 Treibern 
	| Version 3.00
	|
	|	WINNER 100VL
	|	WINNER 1000 (ISA/EISA/PCI/VL))
	|	WINNER 1000ISA
	|	WINNER 1000PRO (PCI/VL)
	|	WINNER 1000AVI
	|	WINNER 1000TRIO
	|	WINNER 2000 (ISA/EISA/VL)
	|	WINNER 2000PRO (PCI/VL)
	|	WINNER 2000PRO/X
	|
	| Copyright (c) 1993-95 ELSA GmbH, Aachen (Germany)


S_Hinweise:
OS/2 2.1x - Warp V3 , Ver.3.18

       þ
        ³ LIESMICH Datei fr
        ³
        ³ ELSA WINNER OS/2 DISKETTE VERSION 01.00.05
        ³
        ³ ELSA WINNER 1000 (AVI)
        ³ ELSA WINNER 2000 (AVI)
        ³ ELSA WINNER 2000 (PRO/X)
        ³
        ³ Copyright (c) 1994-95 ELSA GmbH, Aachen (Germany)
        ³
        ³ Sonnenweg 11
        ³ D-52070 Aachen
        ³
        ³ Telefon    : +49/0-241-9177-0
        ³ FaxBox     : +49/0-241-9177-4
        ³ Support-Fax: +49/0-241-9177-213
        ³ BBS        : +49/0-241-9177-981
        ³ ISDN       : +49/0-241-9177-7800
        ³ CIS        : GO ELSA
        ³
        ³ 01.09.95, gu

        Inhaltsbersicht

        1.      bersicht
        2.      Disketteninhalt
        3.      Installation
        4.      Bemerkungen
        5.      Versionshinweise
        6.      Bekannte Probleme
        7.      EnDIVE

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

1.      bersicht

        !!! ACHTUNG !!!

        Diese Diskette beinhaltet die WINNER OS/2 Treiber-Software fr
        IBM OS/2 ab Version 2.1.
        (siehe Abschnitt 2 fr eine Liste der Dateien auf der
        Diskette).

        Diese Datei beinhaltet neueste Informationen, die Sie noch
        nicht im Handbuch Ihrer WINNER Grafikkarte finden.
        Soweit Informationen in dieser Datei nicht im Einklang mit dem
        Handbuch stehen sollten, sind die Informationen hier gltig.


-----------------------------------------------------------------------

2.      Disketteninhalt

        Das OS/2 Verzeichnis (\OS2) der Diskette enthlt die
        folgenden Dateien:

        DATE.DOC        Datei, die die Diskette, Produktionsdatum,
                        usw. identifiziert

        LIESMICH.TXT    die Datei, die Sie gerade lesen
        README.TXT      engl. Version der Datei LIESMICH

        DSPINSTL.EXE    Konfigurations- und Installationsprogramm
        ELSAINST.DLL    Dynamic Link Library fr DSPINSTL

        ELSAMM.DSC      Konfigurations - Dateien
        ELSAMML.DSP     --------- " --------
        ELSAMMH.DSP     --------- " --------

        VSVGA.SYS       MDOS VGA Treiber (erweiterter Modus)
        WINDOWS.DR@     OS2 Windows - Bildschirmtreiber
        VIDEOMM         OS/2 Bildschirmtreiber fr die WINNER Karte
        SCREEN01.SYS    Physikalischer Einheiten Treiber (PDD)

        INSTALL.CMD     REXX Installations Programm
        INSTD.CMD       REXX Installations Programm (deutsch)
        INSTE.CMD       REXX Installations Programm (englisch)
        INSTALL2.CMD    OS/2-Batch Installations Programm
        WININST.EXE     WINNER Konfigurations Utility
        WININST.ICO     WINNER.EXE Icon
        SVGADATA.PMI    WINNER Installations  Datei
        TESTSCR.EXE     Datei, die das Testbild anzeigt
        FILTER.EXE      EnDIVE Filter Set Utility
        WINNER          WINNER Konfigurations Datei
        WINMAN.MON      WINman Monitor Datei
        WMANCOPY.BAT    WINman Installations Datei
        WCDCOPY.BAT     WINman Installation von CD


-----------------------------------------------------------------------

3.      Installation

        Um eine erfolgreiche Installation zu gewhrleisten, sollte
        der Orginal-OS/2-VGA-Modus installiert sein.


3.1     Zurcksetzen auf den Orginal-VGA-Modus:

        a) OS/2 2.1x
           In einen OS/2 Fenster im Verzeichnis bootdrive:\os2, wobei
           bootdrive das OS/2-Startlaufwerk bezeichnet, folgende
           Zeile eingeben:

           setvga bootdrive:

           z.B.: C:
                 CD OS2
                 SETVGA C:

        b) OS/2 Warp
           Mittels der Wiederherstellungsoption beim Sytsemstart
           (Alt+F1) den primren Bildschirm auf VGA zurcksetzen.
           (nhere Beschreibung siehe OS/2 Handbuch)

        Anschlieáend muá ein Systemabschluá durchgefhrt werden.


3.2     Installation der WINNER-OS/2-Treiber der Version 1.xx:

        Die Installation muá von der Diskette aus erfolgen.
        Bitte halten Sie die Windows Treiber Diskette (WINGUI) bereit.
        Diese wird whrend der Installation bentigt.

        1) Legen Sie die Installationsdiskette ein.
           ffnen Sie ein OS/2 Fenster und wechseln zum Laufwerk A:.
           Anschlieáend wechseln Sie in das Verzeichnis \OS2.

        2) Geben Sie folgede Zeile ein:

           a) mit REXX Untersttzung

                install

              Sie werden nach dem Quell-Verzeichnis (Installations-
              diskette) und nach dem Ziel-Verzeichnis (WINNER -
              Verzeichnis) gefragt.
              Im allgemeinen knnen Sie diese Fragen einfach besttigen,
              so daá die Standard-Einstellungen bernommen werden.

           b) ohne REXX Untersttzung

                install2 [INSTALLDRIVE:] [BOOTDRIVE:]

                (Das 'ELSA Video Configuration' Programm wird nicht
                installiert)

              Das Install Programm legt ein Verzeichnis
              (bootdrive:\WINNERMM) an und kopiert alle relevanten
              Dateien in dieses Verzeichnis.
              Anschlieáend wird DSPINSTL.EXE ausgefhrt.

           z.B.: fr a)  A:
                          CD OS2
                          INSTALL

                 fr b)  A:
                          CD OS2
                          INSTALL2 A: C:


        3) Es erscheint die "Display Driver Install" Dialogbox.
           Whlen Sie "Primary Display".

        4) Whlen Sie im nchsten Menu
             "ELSA WINNER 1000/2000 AVI/PROX V 1.00"

        5) Besttigen Sie im nchsten Menu
             " 640x480x256#60Hz" oder
             "1024x768x256#75Hz"

           Auswahl 1 : Hierbei wird eine Standard VGA Auflsung mit
                       60Hz Bildwiederholfrequenz installiert.

           Auswahl 2 : Hierbei wird eine SVGA Auflsung mit 75Hz
                       Bildwiederholfrequenz fr High Refresh
                       Monitore installiert.

           Anm.: weitere Modi siehe Punbkt 11)

        6) Im nun folgenden Menu mssen Sie das unter 2) angelegte
           Verzeichnis angeben ("Change" anklicken, statt "a:"
           einen "." (Punkt) fr das aktuelle Verzeichnis
           eintragen, "Set" und dann "Install" anklicken).

        7) Whrend die Dateien kopiert werden, fragt unter
           Umstnden das Installationsprogramm, ob Dateien
           berschrieben werden sollen. Antworten Sie mit "YES".

           Unter Umstnden erhalten Sie eine Meldung, wonach die
           Video Karte nicht untersttzt wird. Besttigen Sie diese
           Meldung und setzen mit der Installation fort.

        8) Schlieáen Sie die nchste Dialogbox durch "OK".

        9) Sie werden gefragt, ob Sie das 'ELSA Video
           Configuration' Programm installieren mchten.
           Antworten Sie mit "J". Hierbei wird ein Programm Ordner mit
           dem ELSA Resolution Manager und der Liesmich Datei auf Ihrer
           Arbeitsoberflche erstellt.

       10) Legen Sie nun nach Aufforderung die WINGUI-Diskette
           (ELSA Windows Treiber Diskette) in das Laufwerk A:
           und besttigen mit der "J"-Taste.
           Der WINOS2 WINman wird nun installiert.

       11) Anschlieáend muá ein Systemabschluá durchgefhrt und der
           Rechner neugestartet werden.

       12) Unter Verwendung des 'ELSA Resolution Manager' knnen Sie
           den gewnschten Videomode selektieren.
           Nach dem nchtsen Start von OS/2 wird dieser Mode aktiv.
           Unter dem Menu-Punkt "Monitor" kann eine Monitorkonfiguration
           ausgewhlt werden. Dies ist notwendig bei der Verwendung des
           Testbildes whrend der Videomode Auswahl. Anhand der Monitor-
           daten wird sichergestellt, daá die Grenzwerte des Monitors
           durch die Darstellung des Testbildes nicht berschritten
           werden.


-----------------------------------------------------------------------

4.      Bemerkungen

4.1     WIN-OS/2 Konfiguration

        Beim ersten Starten der WINOS2 Oberflche wird automatisch der
        ELSA WINman aufgrufen, mit dem die WINOS2 Oberflche
        konfiguriert werden kann.
        Es steht Ihnen eine ONLINE-Hilfe zur Verfgung.


        Standardmáig wird der ELSA WINDOWS-Trieber WINNER08.DRV mit
        640x480x256 installiert.
        Die Dateien WINNERxx.DRV werden bei der Installation in das
        WINOS/2-Verzeichnis kopiert (befinden sich auf der OS/2
        Treiberdiskette gepackt in der Datei WINDOWS.DR@).


4.2     OS/2 Warp

        Die Installation wurde soweit angepaát, daá sie problemlos
        mit der Warp luft.


4.3     De-Installation:

        Dieser Treiber kann folgendermaáen deinstalliert werden:

        1. Auf VGA zurcksetzen

           a) OS/2 2.1x

              - wechseln ins OS2-Versichnis:
                Beispiel: C:\OS2

              - setvga bootdrive:
                Beispiel: SETVGA C:

           b) OS/2 Warp

              - siehe Punkt 3.1 b)

        2. Lschen der Dateien

           - WINNERMM.DLL (bootdrive:\os2\dll)
           - WS3ACCEL.DLL (bootdrive:\os2\dll)
           - WS3INIT.DLL  (bootdrive:\os2\dll)
           - BVHSVGA.DLL  (bootdrive:\os2\dll)

             Beispiel: DEL C:\OS2\DLL\WINNERMM.DLL
                       DEL C:\OS2\DLL\BVHSVGA.DLL

        Diese Vorgehensweise ist notwendig, da das Programm
        DPSINSTL.EXE keine Dateien mit einer niedrigeren Versionsnummer
        kopiert.


4.4     Dieser Treiber untersttzt folgende Grafikkarten

        Alle WINNER Grafikkarten der Serien AVI und PRO/X


4.5     Bildwiederholraten:

        Die Bildwiederholraten knnen mit WINSETUP unter DOS bzw. im
        DOS-Fullscreen modifiziert werden.
        (Die WINNER 2000 AVI hat feste Grafikmodi und Bildwiederholraten,
        die nicht verndert werden knnen !)
        Der Treiber erkennt diese Modifikationen nach einem Neustart
        des Systems.
        Der 'ELSA Resolution Manager' zeigt zur Auswahl alle
        untersttzten Grafikmodi (WINSETUP.EXE) an.

4.6     Vorraussetzung:

        Um die Hardware-Untersttzung des DIVE-Interfaces zu nutzen,
        mssen 64 MB Adressraum in dem System zu Verfgung stehen. Dieses
        ermittelt und Konfiguriert der Treiber. Schlgt dieser Vorgang Fehl,
        kann dies folgende Ursachen besitzen :
             a) PCI Bus Rechner :
                  - mehr als 4031 MB Hauptspeicher
                    Abhilfe : - keine
                  - lteres System-Bios (nicht PCI konform)
                    Abhilfe : folgende Zeile der CONFIG.SYS zufgen
                                SET VIDEO_APERTURE=A00
                               (Videospeicher ab Adresse 2,5GB)

             a) VL Bus Rechner :
                  - mehr als 64 MB Hauptspeicher
                    Abhilfe : - keine
                  - BIOS ermittelte ungltige Adresse
                    Abhilfe : folgende Zeile der CONFIG.SYS zufgen
                                SET VIDEO_APERTURE=40
                               (Videospeicher ab Adresse 64MB)

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

5.      Versionshinweise

        Dieser Abschnitt beschreibt die nderungen bezglich der
        letzen Versionen dieser Diskette (bis 3.17 allg. gltiger Treiber).

        VERSION 3.11:

          - Vergráern von 1 BPP Bitmap korrigiert.
          - Start Logo bei WINNER 1000ISA/EISA fehlerfrei.
          - Fehlerhafter Hardware Cursor bei WINNER 1000ISA/EISA
            behoben.
          - DOS Fullscreen-Umschaltung (WINNER 1000PRO/PCI) korrigiert.


        VERSION 3.12:

          - Fehlerhafte Windows-Systemfarben.
          - PCI Mainboard-BIOS Fehler abgefangen.
          - WinMan Installation verbessert.
          - Fehlerhafte Seamless-Darstellungen nach einer Ganzseiten-
            Darstellung.
          - PS Viewer Anzeige korrigiert.

        VERSION 3.14:

          - Geschwindigkeitsteigerungen in den wichtigsten Funktionen
            (gltig fr WINNER 1000/2000 PRO und WINNER 1000TRIO)
          - Software Motion Video auch im 32 BPP Mode lauffhig.
          - WinMan (V.2.09) erkennt Seamless Mode und bricht ab.
          - Pixelfehler in Fensterrahmen behoben

        VERSION 3.15:

          - WINNER 1000AVI und WINNER 2000PRO/X Untersttzung.
          - fehlerhafter Mauszeiger im 16 BPP Mode (1000PRO).
          - fehlerhafte Liniendarstellung (fehlender letzter Punkt).
          - optimierung der GpiPolyLine mit Linientyp SOLID.

        VERSION 3.16:

          - WINNER 2000 PRO/X 8 MB Untersttzung.
          - Untersttzung aller 8/16/32 BPP Auflsungen.
          - falsche Grauschattierung im 32 BPP Mode behoben.
          - fehlerhaftes Verhalten bei unzulssigen Buchstaben
            behoben.
          - Monitor-Auswahl und Testbild eingefhrt.
          - 8 bit per gun, soweit dies durch die Palette untersttzt
            wird.

        VERSION 3.17:

          - ZOC  : richtige Darstellung der Fonts.
          - MMPM : Wechseln in eine Ganzseitenbildschirm-Sitzung,
                   whrend des abspielen eines AVI-Files.

        VERSION 1.00:

          - EnDIVE/DIVE : Dies wird durch die Hardware untersttzt.
                          Hierbei handelt es sich um die Fhigkeiten :
                          Stretch/Shrink und Colorspace Conversion.

        VERSION 1.00.04:

          - PMView : GpiDrawBits Fehler behoben.
          - WINNER 2000 AVI
          - X und Y Stretch-Filter

        VERSION 1.00.05:

          - WINNER 2000 PRO/X-8 Release


-----------------------------------------------------------------------

6.      Bekannte Probleme

6.1     WINOS2-Ganzseitenbildschirm

        Falls fr WINOS2 und WPS unterschiedliche Bildwiederholraten
        konfiguriert wurden, kann bei einigen Monitoren nach einem
        Wechsel zu WINOS2 der Schirm dunkel bleiben (oder hnliches).
        Durch das Zurckschalten auf die WPS wird dieser wieder
        restauriert.

        WINNER WINOS2 und Seamless Treiber:
        Benutzen Sie die Treiber WINNERxx.DRV von der
        OS/2-Treiberdiskette (WINDOWS.DR@).


6.2     Lotus 1-2-3 f. OS/2 Vers. 2.0
        Lotus 1-2-3 kann nur im 8 BPP Modus betrieben werden.


6.3     Software- bzw. Color Cursor

        In folgenden Konfigurationen ist der Software Cursor fehlerhaft:

        2 MB Videospeicher:
            1600 x 1280 x 8 BPP
        Abhilfe:
            Verwenden Sie die Auflsung 1600 x 1200 x 8 BPP

        4 MB Videospeicher:
            1600 x 1280 x 16 BPP
        Abhilfe:
            Verwenden Sie die Auflsung 1600 x 1200 x 16 BPP

        8 MB Videospeicher:
            1600 x 1280 x 32 BPP
        Abhilfe:
            Verwenden Sie die Auflsung 1600 x 1200 x 32 BPP



-----------------------------------------------------------------------

7.      EnDIVE


7.1     X und Y Filter

        Diese verbessern die Darstellung bei vergrsserten AVI Filmen.
        Der X Filter Interpoliert die Bildpunkte in horizontaler Richtung und
        der Y Filter in vertikaler Richtung.

        Der Y Filter kann nur angewendet werden, wenn
           1. nur ein Film aktiv ist
           2. gengend Offscreen vorhanden ist.
        Trifft eines der beiden Bedingungen nicht zu, so wird dieser ignoriert.

        Die Filter knnen mit dem mitgelieferten Tool "ELSA EnDIVE Filter" gesetzt
        werden.
        Standardmssig ist der X Filter eingeschaltet.


S_Hinweise:
OS/2 2.1x - Warp V3 , V. 3.18.03

        ³ ELSA WINNER OS/2 DISKETTE VERSION 3.18.03
        ³
        ³ ELSA WINNER 1000 (ISA) 
        ³ ELSA WINNER 1000 (PRO) (AVI)
        ³ ELSA WINNER 2000 (PRO) (PRO/X)
        ³ ELSA WINNER 1000 TRIO
        ³
        ³ Copyright (c) 1995 ELSA GmbH, Aachen (Germany)


S_Hinweise:
OS/2 2.1x - Warp V3 , V. 3.18

        ³ ELSA WINNER OS/2 DISKETTE VERSION 3.18
        ³
        ³ ELSA WINNER 1000 (ISA) 
        ³ ELSA WINNER 1000 (PRO) (AVI)
        ³ ELSA WINNER 2000 (PRO) (PRO/X)
        ³ ELSA WINNER 1000 TRIO
        ³
        ³ Copyright (c) 1995 ELSA GmbH, Aachen (Germany)


S_Hinweise:
**************************************************************************************************************
  SpeedPci Utility
  ----------------

  SpeedPci displays or changes the ring speed setting for the
  OC-3136 Token-Ring PCI 16/4 Adapter:

	SpeedPci [-<adapter instance>] [<ring speed>]

	- adapter instance must be 0-7.
	- ring speed must be either 4 or 16
	- both parameters are optional
	- if adapter instance is left out, SpeedPci will use the
	  adapter with instance 0.
	- if ring speed if left out, SpeedPci will only display
	  the ring speed setting
	- if any illegal parameter is provided, SpeedPci will
	  display a short description of how to invoke the program
	  correctly
***************************************************************************************************************


S_Hinweise:
***************************************************************************************************************
 Cfg3118 program
  ----------------

  The CFG3118 utility program is used to - from the command line in DOS - to
  quickly and easily change the configuration of Olicom OC-3118 ISA 16/4
  Adapters.  The new configuration data is stored in the adapter's 
  non-volatile memory, and remains active until it is changed again.

  The configuration parameter(s) you wish to change must be specified in the
  command line as parameters to the CFG3118 program.  If no parameters are 
  specified, the current configuration of the adapter is displayed.
****************************************************************************************************************


S_Hinweise:
****************************************************************************************************************
OC-3872 CAU Manager Diskette v. 02.12 for OC-3610, OC-3690 CAU
------------------------------------------------------------------------------

This file describes last minute changes to documentation and
additional information not covered by the Guide to Operations (GTO).


General Notes:
--------------
The major enhancements in this release are:

   1. The ability to perform BOOTP/TFTP microcode load. However, a
      prerequiste for this is the use of EPROM version 1.05.
      The microcode will function normally (but without BOOTP/TFTP)
      with older eprom's.

   2. The support of RMON. The CAU now implements an RMON PROBE on each
      adapter, and it supports the RMON SNMP MIBs according to RFC1271 and
      RFC1513. The following RMON groups are supported:
          - Token Ring MAC Layer Statistics group.
          - Token Ring Promiscuous Statistics group.
          - Token Ring Source Routing Statistics group.
          - Token Ring MAC Layer History group.
          - Token Ring Promiscuous History group.

      RMON is enabled by default, but can be disabled through OBM, if so
      desired. Note, that the CAU must be reset for a change of RMON enable
      status to take effect.

      With RMON enabled, all the supported RMON statistics groups start
      collecting statistics immediately after CAU startup.
      Two instances of each of the supported RMON history groups are
      started automatically on each adapter:
          - one instance with 30-second sampling interval and latest 60
	    samples kept, covering a total time period of 30 minutes.
          - one instance with 30-minute sampling interval and latest 48
	    samples kept, covering a total time period of 24 hours.

   3. Now supports connection of up to two standard MAU's on each of the
      four LAM data ports on the back-panel of the CAU.
      The MAU's must be connected to the CAU using a standard STP lobe cable
      between the CAU's LAM port, and the RING IN connector on the MAU.
      If two MAU's are to be connected to one LAM port, the two MAU's are
      interconnected with at normal STP patch cable from RING OUT to RING IN.
      NOTE: The CAU must be reset after changes in the MAU attachments.


    4. Now it is possible that the adapter closes on very noisy rings this is an error 
       in adapter hardware/microcode and can not be cured easily.


    5. New options for OCAUMG
   OCAUMG caubin=<cau_image> cambin=<cam_image> /S<scan_time> /R<mode>
   cau_image or cam_image is the filename of a microcode image to use for
   automatic micro code download to a CAM or CAU.
   scan_time a decimal number between 1-32768 and determines the seconds
   ocaumg spend scanning the network for devices.
    mode can be 0 1 2 and sets the default RPL mode to Manual,Automatic and Ignore.
******************************************************************************************************************


S_Hinweise:
****************************************************************************************************************
         Thomas-Conrad Corporation Release Information, 05/11/95
                  Thomas-Conrad TCNS Novell Server Driver
                   


This README contains notes and release information for Thomas-Conrad
TCNS Novell NetWare server driver v1.14B.

*****************************************
* NETWARE SERVER DRIVER SUPPORT MODULES *
*****************************************

Included are recent versions of Novell NetWare Loadable Modules
(NLMs) required for use with the Thomas-Conrad server driver TCNSH.LAN. 
You MUST use these NLMs, or more recent versions, with TCNSH.LAN.  
MSM.NLM and MSM31X.NLM have been upgraded to version 2.50. RXNETTSM.NLM  
has been upgraded to v2.08.
 ****************************************************************************************************************


S_Hinweise:
****************************************************************************************************************
	 Thomas-Conrad Corporation Release Information.
.******************************
* TCExxMCH.LAN Installation  *
******************************

TCExxMCH.LAN is a high performance server driver designed to work with 
NetWare versions 3.1X and 4.0.  To use this driver in a NetWare 3.1x 
server, you will need to install four NetWare Loadable Modules (NLMs)
and upgrade your MONITOR.NLM program.  These files, LSLENH.NLM, 
PATCHMAN.NLM, MSM31X.NLM, ETHERTSM.NLM, and MONITOR.NLM are 
included in this release.  
*****************************************************************************************************************


S_Hinweise:
Thomas-Conrad Corporation Release Information, 06/13/95
               Thomas-Conrad TC5048 Adapter/PCI
                     Diskette Version 1.20


This diskette contains notes and release information for the Thomas-
Conrad TC5048 PCI Ethernet network adapter.

************************************************************************************************************


S_Hinweise:
Thomas-Conrad Corporation Release Information, 06/13/95
               Thomas-Conrad TC5048 Adapter/PCI
                     Diskette Version 1.20


This diskette contains notes and release information for the Thomas-
Conrad TC5048 PCI Ethernet network adapter.
**************************************************************************************************************


S_Hinweise:
Thomas-Conrad Corporation Release Information, 06/13/95
               Thomas-Conrad TC5048 Adapter/PCI
                     Diskette Version 1.20


This diskette contains notes and release information for the Thomas-
Conrad TC5048 PCI Ethernet network adapter.


S_Hinweise:
Thomas-Conrad Corporation Release Information, 06/13/95
               Thomas-Conrad TC5048 Adapter/PCI
                     Diskette Version 1.20


This diskette contains notes and release information for the Thomas-
Conrad TC5048 PCI Ethernet network adapter.

***************************************************************************************************************


S_Hinweise:
OS/2 Warp Treiber V.3.18

       ³ ELSA WINNER OS/2 DISK VERSION 01.00.05
        ³
        ³ ELSA WINNER 1000 (AVI)
        ³ ELSA WINNER 2000 (AVI)
        ³ ELSA WINNER 2000 (PRO/X)
        ³
        ³
        ³ Copyright (c) 1994-95 ELSA GmbH, Aachen (Germany)
        ³
        ³                              Subsidary:
        ³ ELSA GmbH                    ELSA Inc.
        ³ Sonnenweg 11                 2041 Mission College Blvd.
        ³ D-52070 Aachen               Suite 165
        ³ Germany                      Santa Clara, CA 95054
        ³                              USA
        ³
        ³ Tel.  : +49/0-241-9177-0     Phone: +1-408-565-9669
        ³ FaxBox: +49/0-241-9177-4     Phone:  1-800-272-ELSA
        ³ Support-Fax:                 Fax  : +1-408-565-9650
        ³         +49/0-241-9177-213   BBS  : +1-408-565-9630
        ³ BBS   : +49/0-241-9177-981   CIS  : GO ELSA
        ³ ISDN  : +49/0-241-9177-7800
        ³ CIS   : GO ELSA
        ³
        ³


S_Hinweise:
This disk contains drivers that will let you use your scanner through many
 different applications.

 Here is a list of the disk's main subdirectories and their principal contents:

 \TWAIN     -  driver for all TWAIN-compliant windows applications
               that uses Tamarack's SCSI card
 \ASPITWAN  -  driver for all TWAIN-compliant windows application
               that uses Adaptec's interface card


S_Hinweise:
³ ELSA WINNER Windows disk, ver. 3.56,  2 Disketten
	³
	³       WINNER 100VL
	³       WINNER 1000 
	³       WINNER 1000ISA
	³       WINNER 1000PCI/VL
	³       WINNER 1000PRO
	³       WINNER 2000 
	³       WINNER 2000VL
	³       WINNER 2000PRO
	³
	³ Copyright (c) 1993-95 ELSA GmbH, Aachen (Germany)


S_Hinweise:
*************************************************************************************************************
Flash.exe is the 5V SST flash EEPROM updating program 
for HOT-523 and HOT-543 mainboard.
List below is the procedures for 5V SST flash EEPROM updating:

1. Copy flash.exe and updating BIOS file from floppy disk to 
   hard disk drive. (recommend)

2. Remove any EMS driver from you config.sys file.

3. Reset your system and enter BIOS setup program.

4. Disabling External Cache on 'BIOS FEATURE SETUP'.

5. Boot-up your system and run FLASH program.
*************************************************************************************************************


S_Hinweise:
OPTi MAD16 Pro LATEST INFORMATION
			DOS/Windows (Version 2.20)
				12/07/94

	 !!! Note: For Windows users, please exit from Windows and run
				the installation from DOS. !!!

 What's NEW in this release

	 - Support OTHER CD drives which not listed in our installer's CD
		drive list. OTHER IDE, Sony compatible and Panasonic compatible
		are those which we are not aware of at the time software release
		but actually could be interfaced with our sound cards. What
		the software does, when OTHER is selected, is to setup the
		CD-ROM interface of the sound card. The CD driver installation
		then has to be taken care by you after the audio software 
		installation is done.
	 - Maintain Green PC feature after IRQ re-selection
	 - Reset FM MIDI device during INIT


S_Hinweise:
*******************************************************************************************************************
Bitte kopieren Sie die Datei PIL.DOT in das Unterverzeichnis WINWORD\VORLAGEN 
und öffnen Sie dann die Datei in WinWord. Falls Sie ursprünglich die Makros
nicht installiert hatten, tun Sie dies bitte vorher, da hierbei noch einige
nachher benötigte Dateien in das WINDOWS- bzw- WINDOWS \ SYSTEM - Verzeichnis
kopiert werden.
Die Datei PIL4.XLA kopieren Sie bitte in das Verzeichnis ...\EXCEL\XLSTART.
*******************************************************************************************************************


S_Hinweise:
****************************************************************************************************************
Bitte kopieren Sie die Datei PIL6.DOT in das Unterverzeichnis WINWORD\VORLAGEN 
und öffnen Sie dann die Datei in WinWord. Falls Sie ursprünglich die Makros
nicht installiert hatten, tun Sie dies bitte vorher, da hierbei noch einige
nachher benötigte Dateien in das WINDOWS- bzw- WINDOWS \ SYSTEM - Verzeichnis
kopiert werden.
Die Makros für Excel 4.0 sollten auch mit Excel 5.0 problemlos funktionieren.
*****************************************************************************************************************


S_Hinweise:
#
	| LIESMICH Datei fuer
	|
	| ELSA WINNER Windows 95 Treiber, Ver. 1.02
	|
	|       WINNER 1000 (ISA/EISA, PCI, VL)
	|       WINNER 1000PRO
	|       WINNER 1000AVI
	|       WINNER 1000TRIO
	|       WINNER 2000 (ISA/EISA, VL)
	|       WINNER 2000AVI
	|       WINNER 2000PRO
	|       WINNER 2000PRO/X
	|       GLoria
	|
	| Copyright (c) 1994-95 ELSA GmbH, Aachen (Germany)
	|
	| Sonnenweg 11
	| D-52070 Aachen
	|
	| Telefon    : +49/0-241-9177-0
	| FaxBox     : +49/0-241-9177-4
	| Support-Fax: +49/0-241-9177-213
	| BBS        : +49/0-241-9177-981
	| ISDN       : +49/0-241-9177-7800
	| CIS        : GO ELSA
	|
	| 01.09.95, js, tr


S_Hinweise:
NDIS V.116 für Windows NT (Beta)


  Beta Version des NDIS Treibers für die Stollamnn TINA DD ISDN Karte
  Neuer TIWMAC Treiber.

Readme for RAS through NDIS/TAPI Miniport Driver with tina-dd
under Windows NT

Copyright Stollmann Entwicklungs- und Vertriebs GmbH, 15.5.95

History:

03.01.95  created
13.01.95  Hardware installation added
02.03.95  additional infos
29.03.95  TIWMAC Version 1.14, Monitor added
15.05.95  TIWMAC Version 1.16, 

NDIS Versions
1.11	first Beta version
1.12	second Beta version
1.13	additional Readme infos
1.14	third Beta version
1.15	damaged file TIWMAC
1.16	fourth Beta
THIS IS STILL A BETA, BE CAREFUL


S_Hinweise:
CPV Modeminf für Wfw/NT


  Verbesserter SIRIUS II Modemtreiber (Flowcontrol Bugfix)

Readme SW-tina-d-NT V1.00


This floppy contains a MODEM.INF file which supports the ISDN-PC-card tina-d 
of Stollmann under Windows NT. It is to install in

\WINNT\SYSTEM32\RAS\

Save the existing Modem.inf to Modem.bak and copy the MODEM.INF of this floppy
into the directory. Afterwards start the configuration of RAS and select 
Stollmann from the modem install list. 

If you do not want to replace your Modem.inf, append the two entries of
Stollmann in MODEM.INF to your Modem.inf.

The supported transfer speeds are 19.200 bps and 38.400 bps. For 
RAS the tina-d behaves as a standard modem. No special settings are necessary.

The MODEM.INF works with Windows-NT 3.1, Windows-NT 3.5 and Windows for 
Workgroups 3.11.

Stollmann Entwicklungs- und Vertriebs GmbH, 1.12.94


S_Hinweise:
CPV Sirius II Lotus Notes ModemTreiber


  PCMCIA Sirius II Modemtreiber für Lotus Notes (korrigierte Version)


S_Hinweise:
Lotus Notes Treiber Sirius I


  Lotus Notes Treiber für CPV PCMCIA Sirius I V.32bis  MC216


S_Hinweise:
****************************************************************************************************************

                 	  Additional Information


         Aztech CD-ROM Device Driver for OS/2 Version 2.1 & 2.11  

     

     Installation Method
     ===================
     
     All installation instructions below are written for a system which is 
     configured for booting OS/2 from the C: partition. If your boot drive 
     is other than C:, please substitute your boot drive letter for C:.                   
     
     If you have an OS/2 version 2.11 upgrade CSD set and would like to upgrade 
     your system from verion 2.10 to version 2.11, you should first follow 
     the instructions below to install OS/2 version 2.1 and CDA268-01A, then 
     upgrade to version 2.11 from OS/2 version 2.11 upgrade CSD set.
          
     I.  If you are installing OS/2 version 2.1 or 2.11 Operating System from 
         the OS/2 compact disc (CD), please begin the installation on step A.
     
    II.  If you are installing OS/2 version 2.1 or 2.11 Operating System from a 
         series of diskettes, please complete the respective installation on 
         your system first and go on to Step B for installing Aztech CD-ROM 
         Drive to an Existing OS/2 version 2.1 or 2.11 System.
     
   III.  If you are installing Aztech CD-ROM Drive to an Existing OS/2 version 
         2.1 System, please go on to step B.  
*****************************************************************************************************************


S_Hinweise:
NOVELL PRODUCT and VERSION:
NetWare 3.11
NetWare SFT III 3.11
NetWare 3.12
NetWare 4.01

ABSTRACT:

This file includes the current Server Library NLMs Update for NetWare 3.11,
NetWare SFT III 3.11, NetWare 3.12, and NetWare 4.01.


S_Hinweise:
CDROM.NLM for NetWare 3.12 and 4.01.  The CDROM.NLM now supports CD's with
greater than 1824 directories and more than 58,368 files, along with other
enhancements.


S_Hinweise:
NOVELL TECHNICAL INFORMATION DOCUMENT

TITLE:  NetWare 4.10 OS Patches
README FOR:  410PT2.EXE

NOVELL PRODUCTS and VERSIONS:
NetWare 4.1

ABSTRACT:

This file contains the latest operating system test patches for
NetWare 4.10. Included with this prerelease are all patches for
all user-versions of NetWare 4.10.  The patches included have
system tested by Novell. Novell recommends loading ALL patches
before contacting Novell for support.


S_Hinweise:
NOVELL TECHNICAL INFORMATION DOCUMENT

TITLE:  41RTR2.EXE; NetWare 4.10 OS Protocol Update
README FOR:  41RTR2.EXE

NOVELL PRODUCTS and VERSIONS:
NetWare 4.1

ABSTRACT:

This release contains several fixes for numerous protocol-related
NLM(TM) files in the NetWare 4.10 release.  Various problems with
TCP/IP, AppleTalk, IPXRTR, or INETCFG are addressed.  Actual
problems and solutions are detailed later in the readme technical
information document.


S_Hinweise:
NOVELL TECHNICAL INFORMATION DOCUMENT

TITLE:              DS REPAIR needed to upgrade from 4.0x to 4.1
DOCUMENT ID:        TID022055
DOCUMENT REVISION:  A
DATE:               20MAR95
ALERT STATUS:       Yellow
INFORMATION TYPE:   Symptom Solution
README FOR:         4X241.EXE

NOVELL PRODUCT and VERSION:
NetWare 4.0
NetWare 4.01
NetWare 4.02
NetWare 4.10

ABSTRACT:

The utilities compressed in 4X241 are designed to provide a smooth upgrade
from NetWare 4.0x (version 310) to 4.1.


S_Hinweise:
Installationsdiskettensatz (2 Disketten) für MAESTRO 16/32 mit AnalogDevices 
Chipsatz.
Bitte auf der Soundkarte nachschauen:
Großer Chipsatz in der Mitte, bezeichnet mit "AnalogDevices"

Diesen Treiber NICHT benutzen, wenn Sie die Version 1.07, 1.11 oder 1.12 benutzen !!!!


S_Hinweise:
NOVELL TECHNICAL INFORMATION DOCUMENT

TITLE:  Updated AppleTalk v4.50c
README FOR:  ATK45C.EXE

NOVELL PRODUCTS and VERSIONS:
NetWare for Macintosh 3.12
NetWare for Macintosh 4.02
NetWare for Macintosh 3.011

ABSTRACT:

This updated APPLETLK.NLM solves all outstanding bugs with APPLETLK.NLM 3.06, 3.07b, 3.07e, 3.65 and 4.01.  It is applied to both 3.x and 4.0x NetWare servers.  Some of the problems that are resolved include performance problems due to ADSP, Token Ring connectivity problems, server ABENDs due to a duplicate free, and FDDI/AppleTalk routing issues.


S_Hinweise:
EtherExpress(TM) 16 NetWare Server Driver v2.43


   (5/12/95) EtherExpress(TM) 16 NetWare Server Driver Version 2.43 of
   EXP16.LAN, NetWare server driver. This driver has been certified by
   Novell for NetWare 3.12, NetWare 4.02 and NetWare for OS/2 (v4.02).
   The updated NLMs from LANDR3 are needed to work with this driver.
   They have been included in this archive for your convenience. Typical
   symptom of using earlier LAN drivers with updated NLM's, would
   include problems loading multiple frame types.


S_Hinweise:
Windows NT - Treiber für das MAESTRO 16/32 - Sound Systems


S_Hinweise:
AudioDrive ES488 device driver for OS/2 (Version 1.00)

   INSTALLATION:
     You need to install MMPM/2 first in order to install this driver.
     Please remove other MMPM/2 audio adapters and audio drivers before you 
     install AudioDrive ES488/ES688 driver.
     Run MINSTALL by double clicking "Multimedia Install" icon to install
     this driver.

   KNOWN BUGS:

   FILE LIST:
     The distribute diskette contains the folloing files.
     1. AUDFILES.SCR
     2. CARDINFO.DLL
     3. CONTROL.SCR
     4. ES488DD.SYS
     5. ESSVSD88.DLL
     6. ES488INS.HLP 
     7. GENIN.DLL
     8. GENINMRI.DLL
      
   NOTE:
     Since this driver doesn't support multiple open, user cannot open 
     Digital Audio, Digital Video or MIDI Player at the same time.
     System sounds will not be played if the wave device is being used.
     This driver cannot play wave file and midi file at the same time.


S_Hinweise:
Intel EtherExpress(TM) Flash32 adapter drivers


   (5/2/95) EtherExpress(TM) Flash32 adapter driver disk: This is a self
   extracting archive containing the current production diskette for the
   Intel EtherExpress Flash32 network adapter. (Software p/n 352658-001)
   The software drivers on this disk are: Novell DOS ODI ver 4.07;
   Novell OS/2 ODI ver 4.01; Novell 4.0x server ver 6.02; Novell 3.1X
   server ver 3.25; NDIS 2.0.1 DOS & OS/2 ver 7.11; Win NT 3.5 and WFW
   3.11 ver 1.09.


S_Hinweise:
DOS-Mixer und Initialisierung für Sound-System Gold 16 und Gold 16 SE


S_Hinweise:
FL32DIAG v1.1 for EtherExpress(TM) Flash32 cards


   (5/3/94) FL32DIAG.EXE Version 1.1 of the EtherExpress Flash32
   diagnostic program fixes a timing problem that only occurs on 60 and
   66mhz systems. It appeared during the 82596 self-test process of the
   diagnostics and would give a false failure of the 82596 chip.


S_Hinweise:
NOVELL TECHNICAL INFORMATION DOCUMENT

TITLE:  HPT011.EXE - Enhanced PRINTCON for HostPrint
README FOR:  HPT011.EXE

NOVELL PRODUCTS and VERSIONS:
NetWare HostPrint 1.11

ABSTRACT:

HPT011.EXE contains a version of the NetWare 4.1 PRINTCON utility which
makes configuration of HostPrint 1.11 and HostPrint/400 easier by
eliminating the need to use HPDEF and PRINTDEF.  It is only for
HostPrint 1.11 and HostPrint/400 1.0 on NetWare 4.1 and NetWare 3.12
servers.


S_Hinweise:
WARP(V3)-Beta-Treiber zur  MPU401-Schnittstelle des SoundSystem MAESTRO 16/32        
                        Juli 1995


S_Hinweise:
NOVELL TECHNICAL INFORMATION DOCUMENT

TITLE:              IPXRT2.EXE: IPX Upgrade -NetWare Servers 1.0a
DOCUMENT ID:        TID201002
DOCUMENT REVISION:  B
DATE:               01MAY95
ALERT STATUS:       Yellow
INFORMATION TYPE:   Issue
README FOR:         IPXRT2.EXE

NOVELL PRODUCT and VERSION:
IPX Upgrade for NetWare Servers 1.0
NetWare 3.11
NetWare 3.12
NetWare 4.01
NetWare 4.02

ABSTRACT:

"IPX Upgrade for NetWare Servers 1.0a" for NetWare 3.1x, 4.01, & 4.02 servers
(but not servers with MPR, WANLinks or NetWare 3 SFT III).  Upgrades servers
to latest IPX router, and includes several fixes and new features including
both RIP/SAP and NetWare Link Services Protocol (NLSP).  NOTE: No longer
requires a PostScript printer for installation.  You can run NLSP on any IPX
Network: NetWare clients, servers, & 3rd party IPX routers all interoperate
with Novell NLSP routers.


S_Hinweise:
NOVELL TECHNICAL INFORMATION DOCUMENT

TITLE:              Server LAN Drivers
DOCUMENT ID:        TID022063
DOCUMENT REVISION:  B
DATE:               23MAR95
ALERT STATUS:       Yellow
INFORMATION TYPE:   Symptom Solution
README FOR:         LANDR4.EXE

NOVELL PRODUCT and VERSION:
NetWare 3.12
NetWare 4.01
NetWare 4.02
NetWare 4.10

ABSTRACT:

This file contains latest TSM files and latest NTR2000, NE15_21, NE2000, NE2
LAN drivers. (Mar23 Update changed PATCHMAN.NLM file only)


S_Hinweise:
EtherExpress(TM) PRO/10 adapter EPROODI.COM v2.3
  Keywords: 10 ADAPTER DOS DRIVER ETHEREXPRESS NETWARE ODI PRO UPDATE

   (2/15/95) A self-extracting file containing DOS ODI driver v2.33 for
   EtherExpress(TM) PRO/10 Adapter. This driver fixes a problem where if
   the Intel LANDesk(TM) Manager ping utility was run against a
   workstation loading windows, the workstation could hang.EPROODI.COM
   02-02-95
   


Intel EtherExpress(TM) PRO/10 LAN Adapter 
Passed Novell's self-certification tests.
EPROODI.COM  33,354 bytes 02-02-95 v2.33 
EPROODI.INS     776 bytes 02-02-95 text file for NetWare 4.x install
DRIVERS.DOS      63 bytes 02-02-95 driver name for NetWare 4.x install
EPROODI.DSC      32 bytes 02-10-95 FlashWorks description file

This driver has passed Novell's pre-certification test suite.

SYMPTOM
Workstation hangs loading Windows when being pinged by LANDesk Manager

CAUSE
Using an EPROODI driver which earlier than version 2.33. With concurrent 
processing on, the driver uses 32 bit registers as does Windows.  
The pinging is using IPX protocol which the spec didn’t require restoring 
the upper register and therefore the packet was getting corrupted.  
2.33 handles the restoring.


S_Hinweise:
NOVELL TECHNICAL INFORMATION DOCUMENT

TITLE:              LOGIN v3.76 for 3.12 NetWare
DOCUMENT ID:        TID021605
DOCUMENT REVISION:  B
DATE:               19JUL94
ALERT STATUS:       Yellow
INFORMATION TYPE:   Symptom Solution
README FOR:         LOG376.EXE

NOVELL PRODUCT and VERSION:
NetWare 3.12

ABSTRACT:

LOG376.EXE contains v3.76 (940711)PTF  of LOGIN.EXE for NetWare v3.12.  It
addresses problems when using EXIT statements containing more than 14
characters.


S_Hinweise:
Intel EtherExpress(TM) PRO/10 LAN Adapter 
NetWare DOS ODI client driver: EPROODI.COM

Contents of archive:
EPROODI.COM  35,879 bytes 08-11-95 v2.52 
EPROODI.INS     776 bytes 03-07-95 text file for NetWare 4.x install
DRIVERS.DOS      59 bytes 06-27-95 driver name for NetWare 4.x install
EPROODI.DSC      32 bytes 08-14-95 FlashWorks description file

The 2.52 version of the DOS ODI driver is included on the SW Release #2.5 
disk that ships with the PRO/10 ISA adapter.  This driver has been updated 
to NetWare DOS ODI Client spec 4.0 for compliance with NetWare 4.1.  Added 
improved plug and play bios support; fixed frame integrity test that 
occasionally occurred under extreme stress, and updated copyright information.


S_Hinweise:
NOVELL TECHNICAL INFORMATION DOCUMENT

TITLE:  NetWare v4.1 LOGIN.EXE fixes
README FOR:  LOG412.EXE

NOVELL PRODUCTS and VERSIONS:
NetWare 4.1

ABSTRACT:

This version of LOGIN.EXE corrects three problems: 1) The "if member of  <group>" statement in a login script will always result in a true outcome.  2) Search drives mapped as root drives are not searched if directory is subsequently changed. 3) Using the login script DRIVE command caused the drive to be deleted.


S_Hinweise:
Aktuelle Version des ISIS-Treiber für alle TECO-SISI-Modelle


S_Hinweise:
NOVELL TECHNICAL INFORMATION DOCUMENT

TITLE:  NDIR for large drives
README FOR:  41NDIR.EXE

NOVELL PRODUCTS and VERSIONS:
NetWare 4.01
NetWare 4.02
NetWare 4.1

ABSTRACT:

NDIR v4.25 (950714)PTF resolves problems when executing on a WFWG
(Windows for WorkGroups) redirected drive and a number of
disk/volume statistics using  /vol option.  It will work with all
4.x NetWare.


S_Hinweise:
Aktuelle Version des Treibers für TECO-Parallelscanner


S_Hinweise:
NOVELL TECHNICAL INFORMATION DOCUMENT

TITLE:              Remote Program Load files
DOCUMENT ID:        TID022076
DOCUMENT REVISION:  A
DATE:               07APR95
ALERT STATUS:       Yellow
INFORMATION TYPE:   Issue
README FOR:         RPLKT2.EXE

NOVELL PRODUCT and VERSION:
NetWare 2.2
NetWare 3.11
NetWare 3.12
NetWare 4.01
NetWare 4.02
NetWare 4.10

ABSTRACT:

RPLKT2.EXE which contains Remote Program Load files for NetWare v2.x, v3.1x,
v4.x.


S_Hinweise:
NOVELL TECHNICAL INFORMATION DOCUMENT

TITLE:              SBACKUP files
DOCUMENT ID:        TID014522
DOCUMENT REVISION:  C
DATE:               2MAR95
ALERT STATUS:       Yellow
INFORMATION TYPE:   Symptom Solution
README FOR:         SBACK3.EXE

NOVELL PRODUCT and VERSION:
NetWare 3.11
NetWare SFT III 
NetWare 3.12
NetWare 4.XX

ABSTRACT:

This file contains current SBACKUP files for NetWare 3.11, 3.12 
and 4.XX. All SMS Target Service Agent (TSA) nlm's, SMDR.NLM, and other files 
used by SBACKUP should also be downloaded from SMSUP2.EXE, or later.
(The filename will be SMSUPx.EXE, where x represents the current 
revision of that download). Earlier versions of the SMS files may cause
compatibility problems when used with SBACKUP from this download.


S_Hinweise:
NOVELL TECHNICAL INFORMATION DOCUMENT

TITLE:  SYSCON.EXE v3.76 (950411) PTF
README FOR:  SYS376.EXE

NOVELL PRODUCTS and VERSIONS:
NetWare 3.12

ABSTRACT:

This version of SYSCON.EXE (3.76 (950411) PTF) corrects 3 problems in v3.75, 
which shipped with NetWare 3.12. 1) Clarifies the way Blocks Read Charge Rates are computed in the accounting function, 2) corrects a problem with changing the Days Between Forced Changes value in Account Restrictions, and 3) fixes an error message when viewing the Groups Belonged To screen.


S_Hinweise:
PCI Movie Patch release 1.1.4 May 18, 1995
--------------------------------------------

This patch fixes bug found in PCI Movie v1.1.2 where it is 
not possible to select 256 color modes when using PCI Movie 
with non-English versions of Windows.

This patch release for PCI Movie v 1.1.2 is comprised of two files:

README.TXT    -      this file
PCIDIS.EXE    -      PCI Movie's 256 color Windows driver

To install this patch release simply copy PCIDIS.EXE to your
\PCIMOVIE sub-directory where PCI Movie is already installed.


S_Hinweise:
GrafixStar 500 README version 1.1   14th May 1995

This readme file contains late-breaking information on GrafixStar 500.

Contents
1. Putting SmartDesktop and SmartScale in the StartUp program group
2. Using SmartDesktop
3. Recommendations for using SmartScale
4. Recommendations for multimedia CD titles
5. Disabling the VideoLogic GrafixStar banner
6. Removing the GrafixStar 500 software
7. Display refresh rate for DOS applications
8. VGA feature connector pass-through
9. Using Microsoft Flight Simulator
10. Troubleshooting


S_Hinweise:
GrafixStar 500 and 700 DOS and NT Drivers
--------------------------------------------------------

Please read the README.TXT file in the appropriate sub-directory for 
the DOS / NT application you wish to use with your GrafixStar card.

S3REFRESH.EXE is a DOS utility that sets the screen refresh rate for the DOS 
applications. Do not use S3REFRESH within Windows. It will override any 
Windows refresh rate settings. Copy it to your root directory. Note that 
S3REFRESH gives you the option of adding the settings you choose to your 
AUTOEXEC.BAT file.


S_Hinweise:
GrafixStar 700 README version 1.1   14th May 1995

This readme file contains late-breaking information on GrafixStar 700.

Contents
1. Putting SmartDesktop and SmartScale in the StartUp program group
2. Using SmartDesktop
3. Recommendations for using SmartScale
4. Recommendations for multimedia CD titles
5. Disabling the VideoLogic GrafixStar banner
6. Removing the GrafixStar 700 software
7. Display refresh rate for DOS applications
8. VGA feature connector pass-through
9. Using Microsoft Flight Simulator
10. Using all available display modes
11. Troubleshooting


S_Hinweise:
Hinweise zum EPROM Update des Modem LC144VF 
=====================================

Lesen Sie diesen Text bitte ganz durch. Sie vermeiden dadurch Fehlfunktionen
des Modems.

      Diese Daten sind nur fr den Modem LC144VF, nicht fr LC288FC!!!
                                         -------

ffnen des Gehuses:
-Das Gehuse leicht verwinden, damit die Klebestellen brechen.
-Mit einem krftigem Schraubenzieher am Schnittstellenstecker unter den
 Deckel hebeln. Dieser springt dann leicht auf.

Wechseln des EPROMS:
-Als EPROM wird ein 27C1001 mit 70 nS bentigt.
                                -----    
-Merken Sie sich wo die Kerbe am Chip ist. (Sie zeigt zum 
 Schnittstellenstecker) -----
-Hebeln Sie den Chip vorsichtig aus dem Sockel. Achten sie darauf, dass
 die Beine nicht verbogen werden.
-Lesen Sie die Daten mit einem Programmiergert aus dem Chip aus und speichern
 sie auf einer Diskette.
-Entfernen Sie den Aufkleber und lschen den Chip mit einer starken 
 UV-Lichtquelle.
-Wenn der Chip leer ist knnen Sie ihn mit einem entsprechenden 
 Programmiergert neu brennen.
-Kleben Sie das Fenster auf dem Chip mit einer lichtundurchláigen Folie zu.
-Setzten Sie den neu programmierten Chip vorsichtig in den Sockel ein.
 Achten sie unbedingt auf die Kerbe.


Initialisieren des Modems:
-Geben Sie in einem Kommunikationsprogramm folgende Zeile ein:

 AT*NC6 &F &W &W1

 Diese Zeile ist sehr wichtig, da der Modem ohne diesen Init nicht
 arbeiten wird.

Format der Datei 16.bin:
-Die Daten liegen als programmierbares File fr viele Eprommer vor.


S_Hinweise:
GrafixStar 300 README version 1.1   5th May 1995

This readme file contains late-breaking information on GrafixStar 300.

Contents
1. Putting SmartDesktop and SmartScale in the StartUp program group
2. Using SmartDesktop
3. Recommendations for using SmartScale
4. Recommendations for multimedia CD titles
5. Disabling the VideoLogic GrafixStar banner
6. Removing the GrafixStar 300 software
7. Display refresh rate for DOS applications
8. VGA feature connector pass-through
9. Using Microsoft Flight Simulator
10. Troubleshooting


S_Hinweise:
Dialog 14400 Professional                             im April 1995

    Flash Programmieren



Um das interne Flash neu zu programmieren, sollte man zuerst die neue
Version aus einer Mailbox runterladen.
(Zur Zeit: V168)
Es handelt sich dabei um eine Datei im Motorla S-Record-Format
(nur ASCII-Zeichen). Diese Datei sollte man sich sicherheitshalber
lngere Zeit aufheben.
Um den Modem selbst zu programmieren, ist es notwendig, beim Einschalten
entweder 
   eine Brcke auf der V.24-Buchse ('PC-Anschluá') zwischen den
   Kontakten 2 (D1) und 12  (PM1) zu stecken (-> Broklammer)
oder
   die Taste F7 gedrckt zu halten.
Was von beiden Maánahmen ntig ist, sollte man ausprobieren; es gibt
nmlich 2 Versionen von Eproms, die sich praktisch nur in diesem Punkt
unterscheiden.

Um zu erkennen, ob der Modem mit dem Programm aus dem Eprom-Speicher
luft, kann man die Taste 'Func Set' drcken; beim Eprom  wird ein Men-Punkt
'Flash' angeboten. Man sollte aber noch nicht 'Flash' starten, da noch
die Rechner-Modem-Geschwindigkeit und das Handshake einzustellen sind.
Mit erneutem Drcken von 'Func Set' wird das Men verlassen.
Man sollte nun den Rechner an der Buchse V.24 anschlieáen.
Mit  einem einfachen 'at'-Kommando kann man die Geschwindigkeit einstellen.
Der Handshake zwischen Rechner und Modem sollte am besten auf 
's2/m2-Handshake' (auch rts/cts oder Hardware-Handshake) eingestellt sein
(und zwar am Modem und auch am Rechner!).  Befehl at&r   (oder at&f), bei 
V25bis cat&r   .
 Die Geschwindigkeit sollte mglichst hoch sein, damit es nicht zu lange
dauert (z.B. 115200 BpS). Es gengt 1 StopBit, Wartezeiten nach jedem Zeichen 
oder am Ende von Zeilen sollten zu 0 gestellt werden. Das s2/m2-Handshake 
garantiert, daá keine Zeichen verloren gehen, allerdings kommt der Modem bei 
den von uns verwendeten PC's problemlos mit, ohne die m2 auszumachen.

Start des Download
---------------------
*  Taste Func Set 
*  F3 fr Flash
*  F1 fr Confirm    ;dies lscht das gesamte FlashProm, nicht das Eprom
*  Man wartet, bis auf der Lcd-Anzeige 'Flash Prog' erscheint.
Der Modem wartet nun darauf, daá der Rechner die oben genannte S-Record-Datei
zu ihm sendet (Dazu wird bei den meisten PC-Programmen Download angewhlt,
Format ASCII und der Dateiname angegeben.)
Die Programmierung sollte auch mit synchroner Datenbertragung mglich sein.

Sollte die Programmierung unterbrochen werden, z.B. durch Stromausfall, so 
bleibt das Eprom-Betriebsprogamm, das fr den Download-Vorgang bentigt wird.  
Mit ihm funktioniert sogar der eigentliche Modembetrieb, aber ohne Fehler-
korrektur durch den Modem.


S_Hinweise:
*      928Movie and IBM Thinkpad 755 compatibility patch      *


If running an IBM Thinkpad 755 (docking station) with 928Movie,
the system may lock up when playing back AVI files which are
stretched. All interupts will be locked (mouse frozen, Num Lock
frozen, Ctrl+Alt+Del has no effect).

Consultation with IBM Japan has highlighted that this happens
because Hidden Refresh is enabled by default on the Thinkpad.
If Hidden Refresh is disabled, then the system runs perfectly.

Unfortunately, there is no way to disable Hidden Refresh within
the machine, so we have provided this application which sets
the necessary bit in one of the Thinkpad registers to disable
Hidden Refresh.

Note that the application is NOT a TSR, and therefore will take
up no memory.


S_Hinweise:
MDM Dateien für Creatix Modems


                 LC288, LC144,SG144


S_Hinweise:
PCI Movie Readme For VESA Modes BIOS Extension Version 1.00 Patch Release - 
28 Feb 95
=======================================================================

This readme file contains the release notes for the VESA Modes BIOS upgrade v1.0.

Contents
========
1.  Introduction
2.  Installation

1.  Introduction
================
This patch release contains a Terminate and Stay Resident (TSR) program
that Extends PCI Movie's BIOS to support VESA graphics modes.  It was omitted 
from PCI Movie installation Disk 3 (release v1.1 & v1.1.2).
P91VESA.COM should be used with DOS applications that require VESA SVGA modes,
e.g. Autodesk Animator Pro.

2.  Installtion
===============
Copy the file P91VESA.COM to the PC's boot drive.
Edit the AUTOEXEC.BAT file and add the following line:
	<drive>:<path>\P91VESA.COM
<drive> is the drive letter where P91VESA.COM was copied, i.e. c:
<path> is the sub-directory where P91VESA.COM is located, i.e. DOS
For example, C:\DOS\P91VESA.COM


S_Hinweise:
* Das Programm CM_TEST.EXE enthlt folgende Funktionen:

  1. Es prft zuerst, welche Serial_Port (COM1 bis COM4) im Rechner
     vorhanden sind.

  2. Anschlieáend versucht es, die Existenz eines Modems von der Creatix
     Polymedia GmbH auf einem installierten Serial_Port festzustellen.

  3. Befindet sich ein gesuchtes Modem auf einem Serial_Port, testet das
     Programm das Modem durch Aufsetzung einiger AT_Kommandos, Ausfhrung
     einer "local analog loop back" (LALB) und liefert das Resultat durch
     entsprechende Meldungen zurck.
     
  4. Fr jedes gefundenen Modem der Creatix Polymedia GmbH wird auch eine
     Parameter_Datei mit einem Name wie MODEMn.PAR (n= 0, 1, 2, 3; ent-
     spricht der Reihenfolge der installierten Serial_Ports) erzeugt. Die 
     von einem Modem verwendeten Port-Basisadresse und IRQ-Nummer werden in
     die entsprechende Datei eingetragen.
 

* Das Programm CM_TEST.EXE soll man wie folgenden aufrufen:

        cm_test [v]     <return>


* Mit der Option "v" wird eine Report_Datei whrend des Programmablaufs
  erstellt, damit man den Testvorgang nachvollziehen kann.


S_Hinweise:
S3 display driver update                                                            April 6, 1995

This directory contains updates to the final beta
S3 display driver files S3.DRV and S3.VXD.

To install :
* Copy S3.DRV and S3.VXD over versions already in
  your Win95 \system directory.  You will need to
  do this from a Command Prompt only boot. 
* Copy VDD.VXD into your Win95 \system\vmm32 directory.
  There probably won't be one already there.  This
  copy will override the version of VDD.VXD built into
  the Win95 VMM32.VXD file.
  
This update corrects the following problems:
* Occasional screen "freakout", e.g. blank screen,
  random lines & garbage, etc.
* Corrupted mouse cursors, especially after resume
  from Energy Star monitor low-power states.
* System hangs & text problems on Diamond Stealth 24.
* Trashed screen switching between Windows desktop
  and MS-DOS applications.

The disk and software contained on it are provided to you at no additional charge.  Microsoft Corporation owns all right, title and interest to the software. Microsoft disclaims all warranties, express or implied, to the maximum extent permitted by law.  Any transfer of this disk or the software on this disc must be accompanied by this statement.

Copyright, 1995 Microsoft Corporation, All Rights Reserved.


S_Hinweise:
Orchid Technology 
               Fahrenheit 64 and Fahrenheit Pro 64
                      Driver Release v1.22
             ---------------------------------------

The file you have downloaded, !F64.EXE contains the complete 
files from the Fahrenheit Install/Driver disk v1.22.  This readme 
file contains instructions for making a Fahrenheit driver disk, 
so you can install the drivers.  You have already completed the 
first step, by unpacking the !F64.EXE file and reading this.  

When you unpack !F64.EXE you should have the following files:


FAH64    001   1044164 03-27-95   1:22a
INSTALL  EXE    179498 03-22-95   1:22a
SETUP    EXE    229284 03-22-95   1:22a
README   1ST      3220 04-04-95   


Using your Fahrenheit Drivers
-----------------------------
There are two ways to install the Fahrenheit software drivers and 
utilities.  You can install the software to your hard drive 
through Windows or DOS.  Both installation programs are the same; 
use the one most convenient for you.  For brevity only the DOS 
installation is covered in this readme file.  For instructions on 
the Windows installation, see your Fahrenheit manual.

1.  Copy all files (listed above) to a blank high density 3.5" 
    floppy disk.

2.  Log onto your floppy drive and run the INSTALL.EXE program          
    install the driver files to your hard drive.  You should run 
    INSTALL.EXE from DOS, not from Windows.

The INSTALL.EXE program is menu driven, and fairly self 
explanatory.  The INSTALL menu helps you install drivers for a 
variety of different applications.  If you have questions during 
any part of the installation process, press the F1 key for 
context sensitive help, or see your Fahrenheit manual for more 
information.


Troubleshooting
---------------
If you're using QEMM or EMM386 (or a similar type of memory 
manager),  you need to exclude the Fahrenheit's RAM and ROM 
memory address so your memory manager doesn't try to use that 
area.  The syntax for EMM386 and QEMM is to add the statement  
X=A000-C7FF  to the EMM or QEMM setup line in your CONFIG.SYS 
file.  If you are using QEMM's "Stealth" feature (ST:M or ST:F), 
you also need to add the statement XST=C000 to the QEMM line in 
CONFIG.SYS.  If you use QEMM, it may be necessary to re-run the 
Optimize program after adding the Fahrenheit exclusions.


Orchid Technical Support  
------------------------
Free telephone support is available Monday through Friday from 
7 a.m. to 5 p.m. PST at (510)683-0323.  Additional software 
drivers and upgrades are available through Orchid's 24-hour 
Bulletin Board Service (510)683-0327 (14.4K baud, 8N1).  Access 
Orchid support via our CompuServe forum.  Enter GO ORCHID at any 
! prompt to enter the Orchid section of the Multimedia B Vendor 
Forum.


Orchid Technology        
45365 Northport Loop West
Fremont, CA 94538

Orchid France S.A.R.L.   Orchid Technology GmbH   Orchid (Europe) Ltd.
Colombes, France         Meerbusch, Germany       Basingstoke, UK
Tel:(33)-1-47 80 70 50   (support thru dealer)    Tel: 256-479898

-- prepared 04/95  Orchid Technology Technical Support


S_Hinweise:
Orchid Technology
                 GameWave 32 Driver Release v2.3
             --------------------------------------------------


The file you have downloaded, !GWINV.EXE contains the complete 
files from the GameWave 32 InVision ROM driver disk v2.3.  This 
README.1ST file contains instructions for making a floppy 
installation disk, so you can install the new drivers.  You have 
already completed the first step, by unpacking the !GWINV.EXE 
file and reading this.  

This driver release is appropriate for the GameWave 32 board with 
the InVision ROM upgrade.  If you have the original GameWave 32 
board this driver set is not appropriate for your board.  You 
should use the driver set called !GW32.EXE.  If you have the 
GameWave 32 Plus board, this driver is not appropriate for your 
board.  You should use the driver set called !GWPLUS.EXE.  



When you unpack !GWINV.EXE you should have the following files 
and subdirectory:

disk.id                         27   2-09-95   2:30a  
ginstall.exe               109,329   8-10-92  10:00a  
install.dat                 21,362   2-15-95   2:30a  
install.hlp                 10,701   2-09-95   2:30a  
mscdex.exe                  25,361   5-31-94   6:22a  
readme.1st                   4,668   4-06-95   
gw32.001\cdd.sys            11,936  11-03-93   2:30a  
gw32.001\genmid.ld          39,925  10-11-94   2:30a  
gw32.001\gw32.exe           45,669   5-27-94   2:30a  
gw32.001\gw32.ini              163  10-16-93   2:30a  
gw32.001\imaadpcm.acm       17,936   9-02-94  12:00a  
gw32.001\mcicda.drv         13,824   3-10-92   3:10a  
gw32.001\midimap.cfg        36,856   9-24-93   2:30a  
gw32.001\midimap.drv        52,784   3-10-92   3:10a  
gw32.001\mpu401.drv          7,088   3-10-92   3:10a  
gw32.001\msacm.drv          22,816  11-29-94   2:30a  
gw32.001\msadlib.drv        22,064   3-10-92   3:10a  
gw32.001\msadpcm.acm        15,104  11-19-93  12:00a  
gw32.001\mt32.ld            46,095  10-24-94   2:30a  
gw32.001\orchid.wav         32,356  12-06-93   2:30a  
gw32.001\sndblst2.drv       14,464   3-10-92   3:10a  
gw32.001\swcd.sys            5,808   9-14-93   2:30a  
gw32.001\vadlibd.386         5,542   3-10-92   3:10a  
gw32.001\vsbd.386            5,650   3-10-92   3:10a  





Installing the New Driver
-------------------------

1.  The installer program (GINSTALL.EXE) should be run from a 
    floppy disk.  If you didn't unpack !GWINV.EXE to a floppy disk 
    then do so now.  The packed file has a subdirectory embedded 
    in it.  In order to unpack and create the subdirectory you'll 
    need to use the "-d" option when unpacking the files.  For 
    example:

!GWINV A: -d

NOTE:  If your floppy drive letter is not "A:" then substitute 
the appropriate drive letter.  


2.  Log onto your floppy drive and run the GINSTALL.EXE program to 
    install the driver files to your hard drive.  You should run 
    GINSTALL.EXE from DOS, not from Windows.

The GINSTALL.EXE program is menu driven, and fairly self 
explanatory.  If you have questions during any part of the 
installation process, press the F1 key for context sensitive 
help.  Once you have completed GINSTALL, the driver installation 
is complete.  You may need to reboot your system for changes to 
take effect.


Troubleshooting
---------------
1.  The main question Orchid Technical Support receives about 
this driver installation is regarding proper unpacking of the 
!GWINV.EXE file.  If the utilities don't seem to be installing 
correctly please review step number 1 in the previous section 
titled "Installing the New Driver" for instructions on 
unpacking the !GWINV.EXE file.  If the subdirectory embedded in 
the file isn't unpacked correctly the drivers won't install 
properly.



Orchid Technical Support  
------------------------
Free telephone support is available Monday through Friday from 
7 a.m. to 5 p.m. PST at (510)683-0323.  Additional software 
drivers and upgrades are available through Orchid's 24-hour 
Bulletin Board Service (510)683-0327 (14.4K baud, 8N1).  Access 
Orchid support via our CompuServe forum.  Enter GO ORCHID at any 
! prompt to enter the Orchid section of the Multimedia B Vendor 
Forum.





Orchid Technology        
45365 Northport Loop West
Fremont, CA 94538

Orchid France S.A.R.L.   Orchid Technology GmbH   Orchid (Europe) Ltd.
Colombes, France         Meerbusch, Germany       Basingstoke, UK
Tel:(33)-1-47 80 70 50   (support thru dealer)    Tel: 256-479898

-- prepared 04/95  Orchid Technology Technical Support


S_Hinweise:
Orchid Technology
              GameWave 32 Plus Driver Release v3.0
             ---------------------------------------

The file you have downloaded, !GWPLUS.EXE contains the complete 
files from the GameWave 32 Plus driver disk v3.0.  This 
README.1ST file contains instructions for making a floppy 
installation disk, so you can install the new drivers.  You have 
already completed the first step, by unpacking the !GWPLUS.EXE 
file and reading this.  

This driver release is appropriate for the GameWave 32 Plus 
board.  If you have the original GameWave 32 board this driver 
set is not appropriate for your board.  You should use the driver 
set called !GW32.EXE.  If you have the original GameWave 32 and 
have upgraded your ROMs to the InVision ROM set, this driver is 
not appropriate for your board.  You should use the driver set 
called !GWINV.EXE.  

When you unpack !GWPLUS.EXE you should have the following files 
and subdirectory:


disk.id                        32   2-16-95   3:00a  
install.dat                21,000   2-17-95   3:00a  
install.hlp                25,940   2-17-95   3:00a  
ginstall.exe              109,329   8-10-92   3:00a  
oemsetup.inf                  857   1-18-95   3:00a  
sw32.dr_                   37,456  12-06-94   3:00a  
vsbd.38_                    2,463   3-10-92   3:00a  
vsw32.38_                  10,890   1-21-94   3:00a  
readme.1st                  5,756   4-06-95
gw32plus\corelcdx.com      20,486   5-13-93   3:00a  
gw32plus\dmixer.exe       183,024  12-15-94   3:00a  
gw32plus\gw32.ini             284   2-16-95   3:00a  
gw32plus\games.pif            545  12-15-93   3:00a  
gw32plus\genmid.ld         39,925  10-11-94   3:00a  
gw32plus\gw32.exe          47,533   2-09-95   3:00a  
gw32plus\imaadpcm.acm      14,512   3-03-94   3:00a  
gw32plus\mcicda.drv        13,824   3-10-92   3:00a  
gw32plus\midimap.cfg       35,689   1-19-95   3:00a  
gw32plus\midimap.drv       52,784   3-10-92   3:00a  
gw32plus\soundwav.mid      66,955   5-11-94   3:00a  
gw32plus\mpu401.drv         7,088   3-10-92   3:00a  
gw32plus\msacm.dll         49,616  11-19-93   3:00a  
gw32plus\msacm.drv         22,816  11-29-94   3:00a  
gw32plus\msadlib.drv       22,064   3-10-92   3:00a  
gw32plus\msadpcm.acm       15,104  11-19-93   3:00a  
gw32plus\mtmcdas.sys       10,618   9-03-93   3:00a  
gw32plus\orcdde.dll         3,296   4-13-93   3:00a  
gw32plus\orchid.wav        32,356  12-06-93   3:00a  
gw32plus\orchinst.dat         174  12-09-94   3:00a  
gw32plus\orchinst.exe       6,048   4-13-93   3:00a  
gw32plus\slcd.sys          38,256   1-07-94   3:00a  
gw32plus\sw32.drv          62,800  12-06-94   3:00a  
gw32plus\sw32.hlp          24,150  12-07-94   3:00a  
gw32plus\sw32mxr.exe       31,936  12-08-94   3:00a  
gw32plus\sw32mxr.hlp       35,995  12-07-94   3:00a  
gw32plus\swcd.sys           5,808   9-14-93   3:00a  
gw32plus\threed.vbx        64,544   4-28-93   3:00a  
gw32plus\vadlibd.386        5,542   3-10-92   3:00a  
gw32plus\volume.com         2,393  12-01-94   3:00a  
gw32plus\vsbd.386           5,650   3-10-92   3:00a  
gw32plus\vsw32.386         22,258   1-21-94   3:00a  
gw32plus\wmidi.exe        129,232  12-06-94   3:00a  
gw32plus\wmidi.hlp         47,700  12-07-94   3:00a  
gw32plus\mqsystem.dll      29,686   3-31-94   3:00a  



Installing the New Driver
-------------------------

1.  The installer program (GINSTALL.EXE) should be run from a 
    floppy disk.  If you didn't unpack !GWPLUS.EXE to a floppy disk 
    then do so now.  The packed file has a subdirectory embedded 
    in it.  In order to unpack and create the subdirectory you'll 
    need to use the "-d" option when unpacking the files.  For 
    example:

!GWPLUS A: -d

NOTE:  If your floppy drive letter is not "A:" then substitute 
the appropriate drive letter.  


2.  Log onto your floppy drive and run the GINSTALL.EXE program to 
    install the driver files to your hard drive.  You should run 
    GINSTALL.EXE from DOS, not from Windows.

The GINSTALL.EXE program is menu driven, and fairly self 
explanatory.  If you have questions during any part of the 
installation process, press the F1 key for context sensitive 
help.  Once you have completed GINSTALL, the driver installation 
is complete.  You may need to reboot your system for changes to 
take effect.



Troubleshooting
---------------
1.  The main question Orchid Technical Support receives about 
this driver installation is regarding proper unpacking of the 
!GWPLUS.EXE file.  If the utilities don't seem to be installing 
correctly please review step number 1 in the previous section 
titled "Installing the New Driver" for instructions on 
unpacking the !GWPLUS.EXE file.  If the subdirectory embedded in 
the file isn't unpacked correctly the drivers won't install 
properly.



Orchid Technical Support  
------------------------
Free telephone support is available Monday through Friday from 
7 a.m. to 5 p.m. PST at (510)683-0323.  Additional software 
drivers and upgrades are available through Orchid's 24-hour 
Bulletin Board Service (510)683-0327 (14.4K baud, 8N1).  Access 
Orchid support via our CompuServe forum.  Enter GO ORCHID at any 
! prompt to enter the Orchid section of the Multimedia B Vendor 
Forum.



Orchid Technology        
45365 Northport Loop West
Fremont, CA 94538

Orchid France S.A.R.L.   Orchid Technology GmbH   Orchid (Europe) Ltd.
Colombes, France         Meerbusch, Germany       Basingstoke, UK
Tel:(33)-1-47 80 70 50   (support thru dealer)    Tel: 256-479898

-- prepared 04/95  Orchid Technology Technical Support


S_Hinweise:
Orchid Technology Kelvin Series 
                      Driver Release v1.4
             ---------------------------------------

The file you have downloaded, !KEL.EXE contains the complete 
files from the Kelvin Install/Driver disk v1.4.  This readme 
file contains instructions for making a Kelvin driver disk, so 
you can install the drivers.  You have already completed the 
first step, by unpacking the !KEL.EXE file and reading this.  

When you unpack !KEL.EXE you should have the following files:


DISK     ID         22 12-27-94   1:40a
KELVIN   001   1167812 04-11-95   4:29p
INSTALL  DAT     28288 04-04-95   3:05p
INSTALL  HLP     75910 12-27-94   1:40a
KINSTALL EXE    109329 08-10-92  10:00a
AVGAGR   DRV      2875 06-12-92  10:00a
TC132X25 DRV      1185 06-12-92  10:00a
TC132X43 DRV      1185 06-12-92  10:00a
COLORFIX EXE       555 08-18-94  10:00a
README   1ST      4685 04-11-95  



NOTE!
Known Shortcoming in this Release
---------------------------------
1. The Windows drivers in this release may show stray pixels on 
   the desktop title bars and icons with some Kelvin boards.  
   This is strictly a cosmetic problem and doesn't affect the 
   functionality of the drivers.  We are working on a fix.



Using your Kelvin Drivers
-----------------------------
1.  Copy all files (listed above) to a blank high density 3.5"   
    floppy disk.

2.  Log onto your floppy drive and run the KINSTALL.EXE program          
    install the driver files to your hard drive.  You should run 
    KINSTALL.EXE from DOS, not from Windows.

The KINSTALL.EXE program is menu driven, and fairly self 
explanatory.  The KINSTALL menu helps you install drivers for a 
variety of different applications.  If you have questions during 
any part of the installation process, press the F1 key for 
context sensitive help, or see your Kelvin manual for more 
information.


Changes in this Release  
-----------------------
1.  The Windows resource usage and release issue has been fixed 
    in this release.

2.  Certain problems running DOS applications under Windows have 
    been fixed in this release.

3.  There are new drivers for AutoDesk products in this release, 
    including AutoCAD 11, 12, and 13, all versions of 3D Studio, 
    and AutoSketch.  The AutoCAD drivers now include icon menuing 
    and spy glass.


**NOTE** This release was patched 04/95 by Orchid Technical 
Support with the following changes:

A.  Fixed a typo in INSTALL.DAT that was causing the UDH.DLL file 
(a Kelvin Windows driver module) not to unpack.

B.  Updated the version of DCI543X.DRV (a Kelvin Windows driver 
module).  This updated file should fix the problems that were 
occurring with Video for Windows v1.1d and v1.1e when the v1.4 
Kelvin disk was first released.


Troubleshooting
---------------
The most common question the Orchid Technical Support department 
gets regarding installation of Windows drivers is from people who 
have installed the drivers using KINSTALL, yet when they go into 
the Windows Control Panel the Kelvin driver icon doesn't show up.  
This problem is almost exclusively caused by memory managers 
loaded in your config.sys file.  If you're using QEMM or EMM386 
(or a similar type of memory manager),  you need to exclude the 
Kelvin's RAM and ROM memory area so your memory manager doesn't 
try to use that area.  The syntax for EMM386 and QEMM is to add 
the statement  X=A000-C7FF  to the EMM or QEMM setup line in your 
config.sys file.  If you are using QEMM's "Stealth" feature (ST:M 
or ST:F), you also need to add the statement XST=C000 to your 
line in config.sys.  Then reboot, and look for the icon in 
Windows.  If you use QEMM, it may be necessary to re-run the 
Optimize program after adding the Kelvin exclusions.


Orchid Technical Support  
------------------------
Free telephone support is available Monday through Friday from 
7 a.m. to 5 p.m. PST at (510)683-0323.  Additional software 
drivers and upgrades are available through Orchid's 24-hour 
Bulletin Board Service (510)683-0327 (14.4K baud, 8N1).  Access 
Orchid support via our CompuServe forum.  Enter GO ORCHID at any 
! prompt to enter the Orchid section of the Multimedia B Vendor 
Forum.

Orchid Technology        
45365 Northport Loop West
Fremont, CA 94538

Orchid France S.A.R.L.   Orchid Technology GmbH   Orchid (Europe) Ltd.
Colombes, France         Meerbusch, Germany       Basingstoke, UK
Tel:(33)-1-47 80 70 50   (support thru dealer)    Tel: 256-479898

-- prepared 04/95  Orchid Technology Technical Support


S_Hinweise:
Orchid Technology WaveBooster
                      Software Release v2.0
             ---------------------------------------

The file you have downloaded, !WB.EXE contains the complete 
files from the WaveBooster software disk v2.0.  This readme file 
contains instructions for making a WaveBooster disk, so you can 
install the software.  You have already completed the first step, 
by unpacking the !WB.EXE file and reading this.  

When you unpack !WB.EXE you should have the following files:

INSTALL  EXE    237126 03-29-94   4:33p
INSTALL  001    657878 04-18-95   2:00a
README   1ST      2130 05-19-95


Using your WaveBooster Software
-------------------------------
1.  Copy the files listed above to a floppy disk.

2.  Run Windows.

3.  From the Windows Program Manager Desktop click on the "File" 
menu option.  When the "File" menu drops down, click on "Run".  
For the "Command line" entry type in A:INSTALL (if your floppy 
drive letter is not "A:" then substitute the appropriate drive 
letter) then click on the "OK" button. 

4.  Once the Install program is running the process should be 
fairly self explanatory.  The program will prompt you for 
information needed to complete the software installation.  If you 
have questions refer to your WaveBooster manual.


Orchid Technical Support  
------------------------
Telephone support is available Monday through Friday from 
7 a.m. to 5 p.m. PST at (510)683-0323.  Additional software 
drivers and upgrades are available through Orchid's 24-hour 
Bulletin Board Service (510)683-0327 (14.4K baud, 8N1).  Access 
Orchid support via our CompuServe forum.  Enter GO ORCHID at any 
! prompt to enter the Orchid section of the Multimedia B Vendor 
Forum.


Orchid Technology        
45365 Northport Loop West
Fremont, CA 94538

Orchid France S.A.R.L.   Orchid Technology GmbH   Orchid (Europe) Ltd.
Colombes, France         Meerbusch, Germany       Basingstoke, UK
Tel:(33)-1-47 80 70 50   (support thru dealer)    Tel: 256-479898

-- prepared 05/95 Orchid Technology Technical Support


S_Hinweise:
IIT AGX display driver 
April 2, 1995

This directory contains a new version of the 
Win95 XGA display driver to support adapters
which use the IIT AGX graphics accelerator.
This driver supports modes up to 1024x768, 256 colors.
It does not support high- or true-color modes.

To install the AGX driver files:

-Open the Display control panel.
-Select the Settings Page.
-Click Change Display Type.
-Click the Change button for the Adapter type.
-Click the Have Disk button.
-Enter the path to the AGX driver disk or directory.
-Select the appropriate adapter type, click OK.

The new XGA driver files will be copied to your
system, and you will be able to select from the
supported display modes.

The disk and software contained on it are provided to you at no additional
charge.  Microsoft Corporation owns all right, title and interest to the software.
Microsoft disclaims all warranties, express or implied, to the maximum extent
permitted by law.  Any transfer of this disk or the software on this disc must be
accompanied by this statement.

Copyright, 1995 Microsoft Corporation, All Rights Reserved.


S_Hinweise:
Orchid Technology 
                        Fahrenheit Pro64 
                OS/2 Version 3 Warp Drivers v2.52
             ---------------------------------------

The file you have downloaded, F964WARP.EXE, contains v2.52 
drivers for OS/2 Version 3 Warp for the Orchid Fahrenheit Pro64.  
These drivers are only for use with the Orchid Fahrenheit Pro64, 
based on the S3 964 chip, and are not suitable for any other 
Fahrenheit model.  This file contains instructions for making 
driver disks, and installing the drivers.  You have already 
completed the first step, by unpacking the F964WARP.EXE file and 
reading this.


S_Hinweise:
Panther 5000 / TDC 4222
and 
Panther Mini 1000 / TDC 3500

Driver Installation for Windows NT

Rev :261294-01
Date : 04/01/95

This diskette contains two tape device drivers for Windows NT Backup application :
	* TANDQIC.SYS is the new driver for the TDC 4222
	* TANDMQIC.SYS is the new driver for the TDC 3500 minicartridge drive.


S_Hinweise:
Windows NT 3.5 ATAPI.SYS for CF-41

ATAPI    S5      13056 95-02-28   14:56    DRIVER for IRQ=5
ATAPI    S15     13056 95-02-28   15:01    Driver for IRQ=15

Please rename ATAPI.S?? as ATAPI.SYS and
 copy it to HDD (Default directry C:\WINDOWS\SYSTEM32\DRIVERS)


S_Hinweise:
Folgendes ist zu beachten bei der Installation der Socket-Services fr den
Panasonic CF-41 (Falls Sie den Rechner bereits installiert haben entfllt
Schritt 1):

1.) Den Rechner ohne PCMCIA-Untersttzung installieren

2.) Die Datei 'PCMCIA.TBL' nach x:\OS2\INSTALL kopieren

3.) Im Ordner 'Systemkonfiguration' den Punkt 'Installation anpassen'
    auswhlen

4.) 'PCMCIA-Untersttzung' anwhlen

5.) Als PCMCIA-System 'Panasonic CF-41' angeben

6.) Die Installation normal durchfhren

7.) Die Dateien 'PCMCIA.SYS' und 'IBM2SS01.SYS' nach x:\OS2 kopieren

8.) Einen Systemabschluá durchfhren.

(x: = Das Laufwerk auf dem Sie OS/2 Warp V3 installiert haben)

---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Solten Sie mit dieser Methode nicht mehr gengend Interrupts zur Verfgung 
haben (der PCMIA-Kontroller belegt 10 und 11), dann kann alternativ auch 
folgendermaáen vorgegangen werden (Falls Sie den Rechner bereits installiert 
haben entfllt Schritt 1):


1.) Den Rechner ohne PCMCIA-Untersttzung installiern.

2.) Im Ordner 'Systemkonfiguration' den Punkt 'Installation anpassen'
    auswhlen

3.) 'PCMCIA-Untersttzung' anwhlen

4.) Als PCMCIA-System 'Panasonic' angeben

5.) Die Installation normal durchfhren

6.) Die Datei 'PCMCIA.SYS' nach x:\OS2 kopieren

7.) Die Datei 'CONFIG.SYS' editieren und die Zeile 'BASEDEV=PCMCIA.SYS' in
    'BASEDEV=PCMCIA.SYS /P' ndern

8.) Einen Systemabschluá durchfhren.


S_Hinweise:
Microsoft Anti-Virus Signature Update - September 1995
         ------------------------------------------------------

*Signature File Update Information for the MS-DOS 6.X Anti-Virus Program*
  
This update works with MS-DOS 6.X Anti-Virus Program V1.0 or later.

Due to an increase in polymorphic viruses, this signature update includes
an updated executable file MSAV.EXE. The executable file has been updated 
for detection and removal of the new polymorphic viruses.


S_Hinweise:
Setup-Prg. und Windows-Druckertreiber fr KX-P3696 (20.01.95)


S_Hinweise:
CENTRAL POINT ANTI-VIRUS SIGNATURE UPDATE


*Signature File Update Information for Windows Anti-Virus Version 2.x*

The self-extracting archive file named WINSIG.EXE is for users of Central
Point Anti-Virus for Windows Version 2.x, or later.  It contains updated
files that include the latest virus signatures available.

To update your version of Central Point Anti-Virus for Windows, follow these
steps:

1. Copy the self-extracting archive file WINSIG.EXE to a temporary directory
   on your hard drive.

2. Run WINSIG.EXE to extract CPAVSCAN.DLL, the update signature file, 
   WNVIRLST.CPS, an updated virus list file, SMARTSIG.CPS, a DOS signature 
   file used by VSAFE, and the README.TXT file.

3. Copy the files CPAVSCAN.DLL, SMARTSIG.CPS and WNVIRLST.CPS to 
   the directory on your hard drive containing the Central Point 
   Anti-Virus for Windows files.

4. Run the Central Point Anti-Virus Windows program.


S_Hinweise:
How to install the Drivers


1) Just copy the ZIP files on your Syplus directory
2) Unzip the file
3) Run syplus for windows, and go to 'CONFIGURE' menu
4) Then choose 'Backup Devices' and choose the right driver !!


S_Hinweise:
Setup-Prg. und Windows-Druckertreiber fr KX-PS100 ( 09.03.95 )


S_Hinweise:
Setup-Prg. und Windows-Druckertreiber fr KX-P2023 D


S_Hinweise:
New TWSTS for Tandberg Data TDC4222

    This device does data compression for 2G and 2.5G tapes.  This is the
factory default setting and the driver presumes that this will be the case
when these tape cartridges are used.  If the device is not set for compression
mode when using these cartridges, the driver will not work properly.
Out of necessity, the drive uses logical instead of physical position when
running in compression mode.  When using other tapes (1G etc.) compression
is not used and positioning reverts to physical positioning.

    You will probably find some difficulty in keeping the drive streaming
when it is in its compression mode unless you are handling large files.
Other than that it should be pretty much plug and play.

    TWSTS.NLM   :   TapeWare for NetWare
    TWSTS.DDL   :   TapeWare for DOS


S_Hinweise:
;----------------------------------------------------------
;	Windows 3.1 Setup Utility for Chips 655xxx
;
;	Name: 		OEMSETUP.INF 
;			for Panasonic CF-41 (G)
;
;	History:	July, 15 1994  (ver 0.10L00)
;                       Aug.  05 1994  (ver 1.00L00):Change Driver name
;                       Dec.  06 1994  (ver 2.00L00):VGAOEM.FON
;      	                Dec.  07 1994  (ver 2.00L01):RoundRect=0
;                                                    Ellipse=0
;
;----------------------------------------------------------

[disks]
    a =. ,"CHIPS 655XX Driver Disk #1"
    1 =. ,"Microsoft Windows 3.1 Disk #1",disk1
    2 =. ,"Microsoft Windows 3.1 Disk #2",disk2
    3 =. ,"Microsoft Windows 3.1 Disk #3",disk3

[data]
    Version   = "3.10.040"

[display]
;r12r      = a:r12.drv,     "* CHIPS 655XX Portrait Right 480x640x16",      "100,96,96",   2:vgacolor.2gr,3:vgalogo.lgo, x:*vddvga, 2:vga.3gr,, 3:vgalogo.rle, PortRight
;r12l      = a:r12.drv,     "* CHIPS 655XX Portrait Left  480x640x16",      "100,96,96",   2:vgacolor.2gr,3:vgalogo.lgo, x:*vddvga, 2:vga.3gr,, 3:vgalogo.rle, PortLeft
;lin4480   = a:vidgx4.drv,  "* CHIPS 655DGX-VL/ISA 640x480x16",  "100,96,96",   a:chip.2gr, 3:vgalogo.lgo, a:chip31.386, a:chip.3gr,, 2:vgalogo.rle, W480X4
;lin4600   = a:vidgx4.drv,  "* CHIPS 655DGX-VL/ISA 800x600x16",  "100,96,96",   a:chip.2gr, 3:vgalogo.lgo, a:chip31.386, a:chip.3gr,, 2:vgalogo.rle, W600X4
;lin4768   = a:vidgx4.drv,  "* CHIPS 655DGX-VL/ISA 1024x768x16", "100,120,120",   a:chip.2gr, 3:vgalogo.lgo, a:chip31.386, a:chip.3gr,, 2:vgalogo.rle, W768X4
;lin41024  = a:vidgx4.drv,  "* CHIPS 655DGX-VL/ISA 1280x1024x16","100,120,120",   a:chip.2gr, 3:vgalogo.lgo, a:chip31.386, a:chip.3gr,, 2:vgalogo.rle, W1024X4

lin8480s  = a:vidgx8.drv,  "CHIPS 655DGX  640x480x256(Small Font)", "100,96,96",   a:chip.2gr, 3:vgalogo.lgo, a:chip31.386, a:chip.3gr,, 2:vgalogo.rle, W480X8s
lin8480l  = a:vidgx8.drv,  "CHIPS 655DGX  640x480x256(Large Font)", "100,120,120",   a:chip.2gr, 3:vgalogo.lgo, a:chip31.386, a:chip.3gr,, 2:vgalogo.rle, W480X8l

lin8600s  = a:vidgx8.drv,  "CHIPS 655DGX  800x600x256(Small Font)", "100,96,96",   a:chip.2gr, 3:vgalogo.lgo, a:chip31.386, a:chip.3gr,, 2:vgalogo.rle, W600X8s
lin8600l  = a:vidgx8.drv,  "CHIPS 655DGX  800x600x256(Large Font)", "100,120,120",   a:chip.2gr, 3:vgalogo.lgo, a:chip31.386, a:chip.3gr,, 2:vgalogo.rle, W600X8l

lin8768s  = a:vidgx8.drv,  "CHIPS 655DGX 1024x768x256(Small Font)", "100,96,96",   a:chip.2gr, 3:vgalogo.lgo, a:chip31.386, a:chip.3gr,,  2:vgalogo.rle, W768X8s
lin8768l  = a:vidgx8.drv,  "CHIPS 655DGX 1024x768x256(Large Font)", "100,120,120",   a:chip.2gr, 3:vgalogo.lgo, a:chip31.386, a:chip.3gr,,  2:vgalogo.rle, W768X8l

lin15480s = a:vidgx15.drv, "CHIPS 655DGX  640x480x32K(Small Font)", "100,96,96",   a:chip.2gr, 3:vgalogo.lgo, a:chip31.386, a:chip.3gr,, 2:vgalogo.rle, W480X15s
lin15480l = a:vidgx15.drv, "CHIPS 655DGX  640x480x32K(Large Font)", "100,120,120",   a:chip.2gr, 3:vgalogo.lgo, a:chip31.386, a:chip.3gr,, 2:vgalogo.rle, W480X15l

lin16480s = a:vidgx16.drv, "CHIPS 655DGX  640x480x64K(Small Font)", "100,96,96",   a:chip.2gr, 3:vgalogo.lgo, a:chip31.386, a:chip.3gr,, 2:vgalogo.rle, W480X16s
lin16480l = a:vidgx16.drv, "CHIPS 655DGX  640x480x64K(Large Font)", "100,120,120",   a:chip.2gr, 3:vgalogo.lgo, a:chip31.386, a:chip.3gr,, 2:vgalogo.rle, W480X16l

;lin24480  = a:vidgx24.drv, "CHIPS 655DGX-VL/ISA 640x480x16M", "100,96,96",   a:chip.2gr, 3:vgalogo.lgo, a:chip31.386, a:chip.3gr,, 2:vgalogo.rle, W480X24

[PortRight]
,,SYSTEM.INI,"display driver","DisplayOrientation=","DisplayOrientation=1"

[PortLeft]
,,SYSTEM.INI,"display driver","DisplayOrientation=","DisplayOrientation=3"


[W480X4]
a:winmem32.dll,0:system,SYSTEM.INI,DISPLAY,"SCREEN-SIZE=","SCREEN-SIZE=640X480"
,,SYSTEM.INI,DISPLAY,"COLOR-FORMAT=","COLOR-FORMAT=4"
,,SYSTEM.INI,DISPLAY,"MONITOR-TYPE=","MONITOR-TYPE=NI"
,,SYSTEM.INI,DISPLAY,"HARDWARE-CURSOR=","HARDWARE-CURSOR=0"
,,SYSTEM.INI,"display driver","DisplayOrientation=","DisplayOrientation=0"

[W600X4]
a:winmem32.dll,0:system,SYSTEM.INI,DISPLAY,"SCREEN-SIZE=","SCREEN-SIZE=800X600"
,,SYSTEM.INI,DISPLAY,"COLOR-FORMAT=","COLOR-FORMAT=4"
,,SYSTEM.INI,DISPLAY,"MONITOR-TYPE=","MONITOR-TYPE=NI"
,,SYSTEM.INI,DISPLAY,"HARDWARE-CURSOR=","HARDWARE-CURSOR=0"
,,SYSTEM.INI,"display driver","DisplayOrientation=","DisplayOrientation=0"
,,SYSTEM.INI,DISPLAY,"CursorAnimation=","CursorAnimation=0"

[W768X4]
a:winmem32.dll,0:system,SYSTEM.INI,DISPLAY,"SCREEN-SIZE=","SCREEN-SIZE=1024X768"
,,SYSTEM.INI,DISPLAY,"COLOR-FORMAT=","COLOR-FORMAT=4"
,,SYSTEM.INI,DISPLAY,"MONITOR-TYPE=","MONITOR-TYPE=NI"
,,SYSTEM.INI,DISPLAY,"HARDWARE-CURSOR=","HARDWARE-CURSOR=0"
,,SYSTEM.INI,"display driver","DisplayOrientation=","DisplayOrientation=0"
,,SYSTEM.INI,DISPLAY,"CursorAnimation=","CursorAnimation=0"

[W1024X4]
a:winmem32.dll,0:system,SYSTEM.INI,DISPLAY,"SCREEN-SIZE=","SCREEN-SIZE=1280X1024"
,,SYSTEM.INI,DISPLAY,"COLOR-FORMAT=","COLOR-FORMAT=4"
,,SYSTEM.INI,DISPLAY,"MONITOR-TYPE=","MONITOR-TYPE=I"
,,SYSTEM.INI,DISPLAY,"HARDWARE-CURSOR=","HARDWARE-CURSOR=0"
,,SYSTEM.INI,"display driver","DisplayOrientation=","DisplayOrientation=0"
,,SYSTEM.INI,DISPLAY,"CursorAnimation=","CursorAnimation=0"

[W480X8s]
a:winmem32.dll,0:system,SYSTEM.INI,DISPLAY,"SCREEN-SIZE=","SCREEN-SIZE=640X480"
,,SYSTEM.INI,DISPLAY,"COLOR-FORMAT=","COLOR-FORMAT=8"
,,SYSTEM.INI,DISPLAY,"MONITOR-TYPE=","MONITOR-TYPE=NI"
,,SYSTEM.INI,DISPLAY,"HARDWARE-CURSOR=","HARDWARE-CURSOR=0"
,,SYSTEM.INI,"display driver","DisplayOrientation=","DisplayOrientation=0"
,,SYSTEM.INI,DISPLAY,"CursorAnimation=","CursorAnimation=0"
,,SYSTEM.INI,DISPLAY,"RoundRect=","RoundRect=0"
,,SYSTEM.INI,DISPLAY,"Ellipse=","Ellipse=0"
3:vgaoem.fon,0:system,,SYSTEM.INI,boot,"oemfonts.fon=","oemfonts.fon=vgaoem.fon"
3:vgafix.fon,0:system,SYSTEM.INI,boot,"fixedfon.fon=","fixedfon.fon=vgafix.fon"
3:vgasys.fon,0:system,SYSTEM.INI,boot,"fonts.fon=","fonts.fon=vgasys.fon"


S_Hinweise:
How to install the drivers :


1) Format a diskette.
2) Create a directory SYFILES with the command : 'MD A:\SYFILES'.
3) Copy the ZIP file in the 'syfiles' directory.
4) Unzip the file.
5) Under Sytos plus for DOS, go to the 'utility menu' then choose 'configure device'.
6) Choose 'driver disk' or type F8.
7) Insert the diskette you just create, and choose the correct driver.


S_Hinweise:
Kurze Programmbeschreibung des TDC4X00.EXE
------------------------------------------

Das von TANDBERG DATA entwickelte Programm ermoeglicht das Programmieren von
Laufwerken der Serie TDC 4100 und TDC 4200 ueber die SCSI-Schnittstelle.

Als Hardware-Voraussetzung fuer dieses Programm wird zunaechst ein DOS-
kompatibler PC mit einem ASPI-kompatiblen SCSI-Host Adpater benoetigt.
In der config.sys des PC muss der jeweilige ASPI-Manager geladen sein.

Das Programm wird durch Eingabe von TDC4X00 <ENTER> gestartet. 

Im ersten Schritt werden Sie nach der SCSI-ID des Streamer-Laufwerkes gefragt. 
Diese koennen jedoch nur die Werte 0 bis 6 sein, da die ID 7 dem Host Adapter 
zugeordnet ist. Danach werden Sie nach der gewuenschten Konfiguration gefragt. 
Sie koennen zwischen den folgenden Konfigurationen waehlen:

- HP-9000 Emulation
- RS-6000 Emulation
- Silicon Graphics
- SUN
- Standard SCSI-1
- Standard SCSI-2


S_Hinweise:
CENTRAL POINT ANTI-VIRUS SIGNATURE UPDATE


*Signature File Update Information for OS/2 Anti-Virus Version 1.X*

The self-extracting archive file named OS2SIG.EXE is for users of Central
Point Anti-Virus for Windows Version 1.0, or later.  It contains updated
files that include the latest virus signatures available.

This update works with Central Point Anti-Virus OS/2 Version 1.0 or later.


S_Hinweise:
MICROSOFT ANTI-VIRUS SIGNATURE UPDATE


*Signature File Update Information for Windows Anti-Virus Version 1.X*

The self-extracting archive file named WINAV.EXE is for users of Microsoft
Anti-Virus for Windows Version 1.0, or later.  It contains updated
files that include the latest virus signatures available.

This update works with Microsoft Anti-Virus Windows Version 1.0 or later.


S_Hinweise:
CR-Serie Treiber DOS, OS/2Warp

Panasonic / MKE device driver information: 
Copyright (c) Matsushita Kotobuki Electronics Industries 1989-1995 


*****************************************************
       	Matsushita Kotobuki Elec.  AT-BUS
        Proprietary Interface CD-ROM drive series
        CR-521/522/523  &  CR-562/563
*****************************************************


Files on this Disc:

README.DOC	This text file for DOS and OS/2

		[ Required files for DOS installation]

INSTALL.EXE	Executable file for Installation for DOS
CDMKE.SYS	Device driver file (Version 4.11) for DOS and Windows 3.1
INSTALL.DAT	Setup file for customized executable file


		[Required files for OS/2 installation]

INSTOS2.EXE	Executable file for Installation for OS/2
INSTOS2.DAT	Setup file for customized executable file
MKECR56x.ADD 	Device driver for OS/2 (Version 2.11) 
MKECR56x.DDP  	Setup file for device driver for OS/2




*****************************************************
	Installation procedure for DOS and OS/2
	Date: 3/3/1995
	Written by : MKE/Panasonic.
*****************************************************


S_Hinweise:
CENTRAL POINT ANTI-VIRUS FOR DOS VERSION 2.X SIGNATURE UPDATE


The following Central Point Anti-Virus signature file is an update which
correctly identifies the One-Half virus, cleans the Natas virus from both 
the boot sector and files, plus detects and cleans the Plagiarist and
DieHard II viruses.

The self-extracting archive file named V2SIG.EXE is for users of Central
Point Anti-Virus Version 2.0 and later.  It contains updated files that
include the latest virus signatures available.

Due to an increase in polymorphic viruses, this signature update includes
both an updated signature file SMARTSIG.CPS, and an updated executable file
CPAV.EXE. The executable file has been updated for detection and removal 
of the new polymorphic viruses.  No new features have been added.

To update your files, you must have CPAV Version 2.0 or later on your 
hard drive.

1. Download the self-extracting archive file as V2SIG.EXE to a temporary 
   directory on your hard drive.


2. Run V2SIG.EXE to extract the update files, UPDATE.EXE, CPAV.UDT, 
   SMARTSIG.CPS, VIRULIST.CPS, and the README.TXT file.


3. From the temporary directory run UPDATE.  Update asks where your
   current version of CPAV exists.  Type the path name.  The files 
   in the current working CPAV directory will be updated automatically.

   In the process of updating your current copy of CPAV, the old CPAV.EXE
   is renamed to the filename CPAV.OLD.


4. Run the Central Point Anti-Virus program.

5. Delete the update files from the temporary directory.


S_Hinweise:
STANDARD MICROSYSTEMS CORPORATION

              Novell NetWare DOS ODI Workstation Driver
            For Ether 10/100 Fast Ethernet EISA Adapters

                         RELEASE INFORMATION

   This software is licensed by SMC for use by its customers only.
        Copyright (c) 1995 Standard Microsystems Corporation.
                         All rights reserved.

                   Version 1.02     26 January 1995


This driver conforms to the Novell ODI Specification: 16-Bit DOS 
Client HSMs, v4.0, 1 Aug 1994.

This release information describes the version history of the 
Novell NetWare DOS ODI workstation driver. This driver supports
SMC9232 (10/100 Mbps) Fast Ethernet Adapters.


S_Hinweise:
EIDE2300 Drv/Uty v3.20   Complete driver set Dos, Win, WinNT

STANDARD MICROSYSTEMS CORPORATION                               JUN 30 '94


 COMM.DRV
 _____________________________________________________________________________

  *  The purpose of this driver is to fix the problem user may encounter while
     accessing the serail ports in MicroSoft Windows 3.1. For example, if the
     system hangs up after trying to send/receive data to/from an external
     MODEM, this driver may be able to fix this problem.

  *  The process to install this driver is :
     1. Boot your system with DOS, do not enter Windows.
     2. Go to the directory where your Windows 3.1 locates.
     3. Enter the directory SYSTEM.
     4. Rename the file COMM.DRV in this directory to COMM.ORG.
     5. Copy the new COMM.DRV from diskette to this directory.
     6. Now, you can run Windows with the new driver.

  *  Installation Example :
     (Assume your Windows 3.1 files locate in C:\WINDOWS, the new COMM.DRV is
     in A: floppy drive, directoy WIN.DRV)

     C:
     CD \WINDOWS\SYSTEM
     REN COMM.DRV COMM.ORG
     COPY A:\WIN.DRV\COMM.DRV

STANDARD MICROSYSTEMS CORPORATION
5:12PM  5/06/94



COMS.EXE
_______________________________________

  *  Runs under DOS, only.

  *  Make this filename (COMS.EXE) the first line in your
     AUTOEXEC.BAT file.

  *  Run this program BEFORE entering MS Windows; e.g.,
     write a WIN.BAT file that calls COMS.EXE before WIN.


   ******** Install Windows NT 3.5 ATAPI Driver (IDE CDROM Support) ********

    This driver support for Windows NT 3.5 and after version, but not support
    for NT 3.1.
    The driver is provided on diskette of your Promise IDE and EIDE noncache
    card packages. Include: DC2300, DC2300plus, EIDE2300, EIDE2300plus, VG3
    and VG4 series card.

    Please follow the steps below to install the Windows NT 3.5 driver:

    (When you installed this driver. You need to run ptivgapi.exe to set the
     turbo/fast mode. If you don't run ptivgapi.exe, you just used fast mode)

Promise Technology Inc. EIDE2300 Series VL-IDE Adapter Driver Installation
--------------------------------------------

1) From the Program Manager, double click on "Windows NT Setup" in the
   Main group.

2) Select "Options/Add/Remove SCSI Adapters..."

3) Click on "Add" then warning dialog will appear and click "OK".

4) The "Select SCSI Adapter Option" dialog will appear; select
   "Other (Requires a disk from a hardware manufacturer)" from the
   "Adapter:" list box.

5) Next, the "Insert Diskette" dialogbox will appear; insert the Promise IDE
   driver disk into Drive A: and type "A:\NT35" into dialogbox.

6) Next, the "Select OEM Option" dialogbox will appear; select
   "Promise Technology Inc. EIDE2300 Series VL-IDE COntroller" and click
   "OK".

7) Next the "Select SCSI Adapter Option" dialogbox will appear; click on
   the "Install" button in the dialogbox.

8) If installation is successful, the "SCSI Adapter Setup" dialogbox will
   reappear, and "Promise Technology Inc. EIDE2300 Series VL-IDE Controller"
   will be listed as an installed driver.

9) Run ptivgapi.exe in "DOS Prompt" or "FilesManager" and choice turbo/fast
   mode.

10) Reboot your system to load the Promise EIDE2300 Series IDE ATAPI driver.

11) If you want change turbo/fast mode, you just need run ptivgapi.exe again
    and Reboot your system.


S_Hinweise:
EIDE2300plus NT drivers

-------------------
RELEASE INFORMATION
-------------------
     EIDENT31.SYS    (Version 3.10) is the driver for Microsoft Windows NT 3.1 
     EIDENT35.SYS    (Version 3.10) is the driver for Microsoft Windows NT 3.5
     PTITURBO.EXE    is the set mode utility for Windows NT 3.1, 3.5.
     OEMSETUP.INF    is the information file 1 for Windows NT driver setup 
     DISK1.NT        is the information file 2 for Windows NT driver setup 


     +=========================================================+
     |  Microsoft Windows NT version 3.1, 3.5 disk driver for  |
     |  EIDE2300PLUS Controller                                |
     +=========================================================+


S_Hinweise:
STANDARD MICROSYSTEMS CORPORATION

              Novell NetWare OS/2 Workstation Requester
            For Ether 10/100 Fast Ethernet EISA Adapters

                         INSTALLATION GUIDE

   This software is licensed by SMC for use by its customers only.
        Copyright (c) 1995 Standard Microsystems Corporation.
                         All rights reserved.


This installation guide describes:

o  Preinstallation hardware requirements.

o  Adapter installation notes.

o  How to use EZStart to copy SMC's NetWare OS/2 ODI workstation 
   driver from the SMC SuperDisk to your PC.

o  How to install the driver using Novell's OS/2 requester 
   INSTALL program.

o  How to install multiple adapters.

o  Error messages.


S_Hinweise:
d mode should be specified on the individual VL-IDE device, 
     NOT both.  It is possible to define different modes for separate 
     VL-IDE devices.  Example: /D0:d /M0:m is illegal
			       /D0:d /M1:m is legal

     F   : EIDE2300PLUS controller works in the Fast mode (Default operation
	   is in Turbo mode).

     W   : EIDE2300PLUS controller works in the 16-bit data access mode.
	   Certain motherboard CPUs(for example, IBM 486 SLC2) have a 16-bit
	   external data bus and cannot operate in the default 32-bit data
	   access mode.

     P   : EIDE2300PLUS controller works in the Power-Saving-Detection mode.
	   This parameter is used when the IDE drive is not fully compatible
	   with the power saving functions.

     D0  : drive 0 PIO speed setting
     D1  : drive 1 PIO speed setting
     n   : drive speed from 0 to 8, or A
	   0 to 8 : PIO speed level (speed 8 is the so-called MODE 3 timing)
	   A : IORDY indicator

     M0  : drive 0 DMA speed setting
     M1  : drive 1 DMA speed setting
     m   : drive speed from 0 to 8
	   0 to 8 : DMA speed level
     
     X2  : Disable ISA-IDE IDE HD support (default: Enabled)


     In the Fast(F) mode, the EIDE2300PLUS disk controller supports 32-bit
     VL-Bus I/O access. In Turbo(T) mode, the EIDE2300PLUS not only supports
     32-bit VL-Bus I/O access but also read/write multiple commands. Since
     read/write multiple commands allow the host to access disk data in
     multiple-sector blocks, the Turbo mode will usually be faster.

     Note that not all IDE drives support the read/write multiple commands.
     Usually, you may set your EIDE2300PLUS to run in the Turbo mode. When
     your system is brought up, the driver EIDE2300.SYS will automatically
     issues an Identify Drive command to check if the attached IDE drive(s)
     support the read/write multiple commands. In case your drive(s) does
     not support the read/write multiple commands, the EIDE2300PLUS disk
     controller will automatically be forced to run in the Fast mode.

     Please also note: While some IDE drives may respond to the Identify
     Drive command and confirm its capability to support the read/write
     multiple commands, they may not support the read/write multiple
     commands properly.  In such cases, you will need to specify the
     operating mode as "F" explicitly to ensure reliable operation of such
     IDE drives.

     Example:

     The DOS driver EIDE2300.SYS resides in the root directory of the drive
     C:. If you want your EIDE2300PLUS controller to run in the TURBO mode;
     drive 0 at speed 3 and drive 1 at speed 5. Please add the following
     statement to the file CONFIG.SYS.

     device = c:\EIDE2300.SYS /D0:3 /D1:5

     If your EIDE2300PLUS controller has to run in the Fast mode, the
     statement must be changed to:

     device = c:\EIDE2300.SYS /f /D0:3 /D1:5

     If the DOS driver is installed manually, you might have the following
     three types of prompt messages when you boot up the system.

 (a) HDD 0 setting: FAST  Mode, Speed 5 by DEVICE DRIVER AUTOMATICALLY
     HDD 1 setting: Turbo Mode, DMA Speed 5 by DEVICE DRIVER AUTOMATICALLY

     Where the operating mode and the speed parameter may vary with the hard
     drive(s) attached. This message will be shown when the device driver is
     installed without any user specified parameter and the drive(s)
     attached can be found in the internal speed table of the DOS driver.

 (b) HDD 0 setting: FAST  Mode, Speed 2 by HARDWARE JUMPER SETTING
     HDD 1 setting: Turbo Mode, Speed 2 by HARDWARE JUMPER SETTING


	   +-----------------------------------------------+
	   |                      Notice                   |
	   |  To optimize the performance of your HDD      |
	   |    please execute the Installation Utility    |
	   |     to reconfigure your device driver         |
	   +-----------------------------------------------+

     Where the operating mode and speed parameter may vary with the hard
     drive(s) attached.  This message will be shown when the HDD(s) can't be
     found in the internal speed table. It might appear when the drive(s)
     are brand new models for phe device driver, or the device driver is
     copied from other PC's hard drive. The Installation Utility stands
     for the EIDE2300.EXE.

 (c) HDD 0 setting: FAST  Mode, Speed 5 by USER DEFINED SETTING
     HDD 1 setting: Turbo Mode, Speed 5 by USER DEFINED SETTING

	   +----------------------------------------------------+
	   |                      Notice                         |
	   | Please ensure the above setting is your preference. |
	   |  For better reliability and optimized performance   |
	   |    please execute the Installation Utility          |
	   |      to reconfigure your device driver              |
	   +-----------------------------------------------------+

     Where the operating mode and speed parameter may vary with the hard
     drive(s) attached. This message will be shown when user defined
     parameter is entered with the DOS device driver. The Installation
     Utility stands for the EIDE2300.EXE.

     Four IDE Drive Note
     -------------------
     1. The DOS Device driver "EIDE2300.SYS" loads and supports the IDE
	hard disks on the secondary ISA-IDE connector. You can connect 
	up to four IDE Hard disk Drives on your EIDE2300.

     2. The Master/Slave drive settings for drives on the ISA-IDE 
	connector are the same as for VL-IDE connector.  There should 
	be only one master and one slave on the ISA-IDE connector.
       
     3. The ROM BIOS on the EIDE2300PLUS controller supports large IDE 
	drives on the VL-IDE (J1) connector ONLY.  

     4. If you would like to connect 3 (or 4) IDE hard disks, make sure the
	DOS driver EIDE2300.SYS in installed. Than you can use the
	EIFDISK.EXE enclosed in the "Drivers and Installation Utilities"
	diskette to partition you 3rd and 4th IDE drives before formatting
	them.
      
     IDE CDROM and other IDE Devices
     --------------------------------
	Other devices such as IDE CDROM and TAPE MUST support IDE ATAPI 
	interface. The drive manufacturer provides software drivers to 
	attach these drives.  
	
	Be sure to configure the proper master/slave drive settings.  On 
	BOTH PRIMARY and SECONDARY connectors, there is one master and one
	slave on EACH connector.
		      
	On either PRIMARY or SECONDARY connector, the other IDE device 
	relies on their supplied drivers.  The EIDE2300.SYS driver does 
	not load support for IDE devices besides IDE hard disks.

	When installed on the PRIMARY connector, set in the Mainboard
	Bios drive type to "not installed" for the other IDE device and 
	when necessary, indicate the parameters IRQ14 PORT 1F0 for the 
	driver installation.
	
	When installed on the SECONDARY connector, indicate IRQ15 and PORT 
	170 for the driver installation.
	


     [Fast IO driver installation]

     There is a utility COMS.EXE under the \UART\DOS.DRV sub-directory of
     the Device Driver Diskette. Please browse the README.TXT file in the
     same sub-directory and install the utility as described to utilize the
     UART16550 fast IO.

     +============================================================+
     |    EIDE2300PLUS device driver for Microsoft Windows 3.1 and    |
     |    Windows for Workgroups 3.11                             |
     +============================================================+

     The file EIDE2300.386 is the Microsoft Windows 3.1 disk driver for the
     EIDE2300PLUS disk controller.

     While Microsoft Windows version 3.1 supports 32-bit disk access, the
     disk data transfer between host and the IDE adapter is still limited
     by the 16-bit ISA bus.  If you want to speed up your hard drives under
     Windows through the 32-bit VL-Bus, you need this driver.  In addition,
     the driver also allows your host to access the disk data through the
     faster "read/write multiple" commands.

     If you choose to install the Windows driver manually, you should
     complete the installation steps from (1) to (8) which are described
     in the EIDE2300PLUS Installation Guide, then follow the steps below:


     1. Copy the driver EIDE2300.386 to your system in the appropriate path.

	It is recommended that the driver EIDE2300.386 be copied to the
	Windows SYSTEM directory.

     2. Check if the following lines exit in the [386Enh] section of your
	SYSTEM.ini file.

	[386Enh]
	32BitDiskAccess=ON
	device=*int13

	If the statements do not exist, add them into the [386Enh] section.
	If the statements exist, but 32BitDiskAccess is set to "OFF", change
	it to "ON".


     3. Delete the "device=*wdctrl" device setting.

	Delete the command line "device=*wdctrl" from the [386Enh] section
	of your SYSTEM.INI file, if it exists.

     4. Install the virtual device "EIDE2300.386".

	Add the following command lines in the [386Enh] section of the
	SYSTEM.INI file:

	device=[drive:][\path\]EIDE2300.386
	DisksAccessMode=[Fast|Turbo] [/W] [/D0:n|/M0:m] [/D1:n|/M1:m]

	The [drive:] and [\path\] point to the directory that contains
	EIDE2300.386 file. Note that the setting must specify the full path
	of the device driver EIDE2300.386.

	The setting of disk_access_mode specifies the disk access mode as
	follows:

	Fast  : EIDE2300PLUS controller works in the Fast mode
	Turbo : EIDE2300PLUS controller works in the Turbo mode
		(default mode)

	W   : EIDE2300PLUS controller works in the 16-bit data access mode.
	      Certain motherboard CPUs(for example, IBM 486 SLC2) have a
	      16-bit external data bus and cannot operate in the default
	      32-bit data access mode.

	D0  : drive 0 PIO speed setting
	D1  : drive 1 PIO speed setting
	n   : drive speed from 0 to 8, or A

	      0 to 8 : PIO speed level(speed 8 is the so-called MODE 3
	      timing
	      A      : IORDY indicator

	M0  : drive 0 DMA speed setting
	M1  : drive 1 DMA speed setting
	m   : drive speed from 0 to 8
	      0 to 8 : DMA speed level

	Note : If no parameter is specified, the EIDE2300PLUS disk
	       controller will be set to run under the default Turbo
	       and 32 bit data access mode.

	In the Fast(F) mode, the EIDE2300PLUS disk controller supports
	32-bit VL-Bus I/O access. In the Turbo(T) mode, the EIDE2300PLUS not
	only supports 32        bit VL-Bus I/O access but also read/write multiple
	commands. Since read/write multiple commands allow the host to
	access disk data in multiple-sector blocks, the Turbo mode will
	usually be faster.

	Note that not all IDE drives support the read/write multiple
	commands. Usually, you may set your EIDE2300PLUS to run in the Turbo
	mode. When your system is brought up, the driver EIDE2300.386 will
	automatically issue an Identify Drive command to check if the
	attached IDE drive(s) support the read/write multiple commands.
	In case your drive(s) does not support the read/write multiple
	commands, the EIDE2300PLUS disk controller will automatically be
	forced to run in the Fast mode.

	Please also note: While some IDE drives may respond to the Identify
	Drive command and confirm its capability to support the read/write
	multiple commands, they may not support the read/write multiple
	commands properly.  In such cases, you will need to specify the
	operating mode as "Fast" explicitly to ensure reliable operation of
	such IDE drives.

     [Note]

     1. If there is a ROM BIOS on the EIDE2300PLUS controller,
	the EIDE2300.386 supports LBA mode only on the VL/IDE (J1) connector
	and when it is set as the primary controller.




     [Fast IO driver installation]

     If you are using Windows 3.1, there is a device driver COM.386 under
     the \UART\WIN.DRV sub-directory of the Device Driver Diskette. Please
     browse the README file in the same sub-directory and install the device
     driver as described to utilize the UART16550 fast IO.

     If you are using Windows for Workgroups 3.11, there is a device driver
     SERIAL.386 under the \UART\WG.DRV sub-directory of the Device Driver
     Diskette. Please browse the README.TXT file in the same sub-directory
     and install the device driver as described to utilize the UART16550
     fast IO.


     +=============================+
     |  Trademark Acknowledgments  |
     +=============================+

     VESA is a registered trademark of the Video Electronics Standards
     Association. VL-Bus is a trademark of the Video Electronics Standards
     Association.

     MS-DOS and Windows are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.
     PC, PC-AT and OS/2 are regist red trademarks of IBM Corporation.


